Schneider Electric Altivar 66 Instruction Sheet

Instruction Bulletin
VD0C06S702
July 2000
Raleigh, NC, USA
Price $130.00
ALTIVAR® 66
Adjustable Speed Drive Controllers
Service and Troubleshooting Manual
100—350 HP Constant Torque
125—400 HP Variable Torque
Retain for Future Use.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
This product contains energy storage devices. Read and understand
this bulletin and the bulletins supplied with your specific equipment
before maintaining or servicing the ALTIVAR 66 Drive controller.
Installation, adjustment, service and maintenance of these drive
controllers must be performed by qualified personnel.
• Confirm that the drive controller has been correctly selected,
installed, and applied before performing any service or maintenance.
• Verify that all drive controller overcurrent protective devices,
conductors, enclosures, and other circuit elements have been
correctly selected for application and that the drive controller is
properly grounded in accordance with the instruction bulletin
recommendations and applicable code requirements.
• Some measurements must be performed with power applied to the
equipment. Many parts in this drive controller, including printed circuit
boards, operate at line voltage. DO NOT TOUCH. Use personal
protective equipment and follow precautions and measurement
procedures referenced in this bulletin when making any
measurements on energized equipment. Use instruments and
insulated tools approved for job.
• Disconnect all power before servicing the drive controller. WAIT ONE
MINUTE until the DC bus capacitors discharge, then measure the DC
bus capacity or voltage between the PA and (-) terminals to verify that
the DC voltage is less than 45 Vdc (refer to “PROCEDURE 1: BUS
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5). The DC bus LED is not
an accurate indication of the absence of DC bus voltage.
• DO NOT short across DC bus capacitors or touch unshielded
components or terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
• Install all covers and close the drive controller door before applying
power or starting and stopping drive controller.
• Observe and follow all applicable lock-out and tag-out procedures for
specific installation.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 1:
INTRODUCTION
Contents
ALTIVAR 66 FAMILY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
REVISION LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Protection Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Protection Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Static Sensitive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
DOCUMENTATION LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
ATV66C10N4 TO C19N4 DESIGNS A, B, AND C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
SECTION 2:
INVESTIGATING THE PROBLEM
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
RECOMMENDED TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Drive System Energized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
Drive System De-energized (Power Removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
LED INDICATIONS AND KEYPAD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6
Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
I/O Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
FAULT CATEGORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
SECTION 3:
CORRECTING THE PROBLEM
RUNS—DOES NOT PERFORM AS EXPECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Poor Speed Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Excessive Motor Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip . . . . . 3.10
Cannot Start Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Cannot Stop Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Drive Will Not Follow Speed Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Specific Drive Function Does Not Work as Expected/Not at All . . 3.24
TRIPS—RESETTABLE BY KEYPAD/LI/AUTOMATIC/
POWER CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Bus Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.26
3.26
3.28
3.30
3.34
3.36
3.38
3.41
i
Contents
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Loss of Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overspeed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Link Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom. Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.45
3.46
3.46
3.46
3.47
3.47
3.47
TRIPS—REQUIRES POWER TO BE CYCLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transistor Short Circuit or Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Transistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Brake Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Brake Resistor Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Supply Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precharge Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Test Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.48
3.48
3.51
3.52
3.53
3.53
3.55
3.55
3.56
3.58
3.59
3.59
3.59
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
KEYPAD DISPLAY IS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Signs of Equipment Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No External Signs of Equipment Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Power Part of the Drive Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking DC Bus Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 (Design A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 (Design B and C) and
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Diode Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DC Bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Precharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Inverter Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DB Diode Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Control Part of the Drive Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Controller Internal Measurements Check . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the 24 VDC and 10 VDC User Power Supplies . . .
Checking the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autodiagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logic and Analog Input/Output Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.61
3.62
3.63
3.64
3.67
3.67
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.70
3.71
3.73
3.73
3.73
3.75
3.77
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 4.1:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C10N4–C19N4
DESIGN A
NOTE: See “ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Designs A,
B, and C” in section 1 to determine design type.
SECTION 4.2:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C10N4–C19N4
DESIGNS B AND C
NOTE: See “ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Designs A,
B, and C” in section 1 to determine design type.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Contents
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2
4.1.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.6
4.1.2 Replacing Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.7
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.8
4.1.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.12
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.14
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.19
4.1.6.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.19
4.1.6.2 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . 4.1.22
4.1.6.3 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.25
4.1.7 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor . . . . . . . . . 4.1.29
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.30
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components. . . 4.1.34
4.1.9.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.35
4.1.9.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.38
4.1.9.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.40
4.1.9.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.43
4.1.10 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Clamp Capacitor . 4.1.47
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.48
4.1.12 Replacing the Line Filter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.53
4.1.13 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield . 4.1.55
4.1.14 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.56
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.57
4.1.16 Replacing the Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.61
4.1.17 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.63
4.1.18 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.65
4.1.19 Replacing the Precharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.66
4.1.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.68
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.70
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.74
4.1.23 Replacing the Control Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.78
4.1.24 Replacing the Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.78
4.1.25 Replacing the Heatsink Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.80
4.1.26 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . 4.1.82
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.84
4.1.28 Replacing the Power Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.88
4.1.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield . . . . . . . 4.1.90
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2
4.2.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.4
4.2.2 Replacing Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.5
4.2.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.6
4.2.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.9
4.2.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.12
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.15
4.2.6.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.16
iii
Contents
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.2.6.2 Replacing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly . . .4.2.18
4.2.6.3 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . .4.2.21
4.2.6.4 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.24
4.2.6.5 Replacing the Inverter Clamp Module . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.26
4.2.7 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.29
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components . . . 4.2.31
4.2.8.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.31
4.2.8.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.35
4.2.8.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.38
4.2.8.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.42
4.2.9 Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.45
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.48
4.2.11 Replacing the Line Filter Board (Design B Only) . . . . . . . 4.2.53
4.2.12 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield .4.2.55
4.2.13 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.56
4.2.14 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2. 58
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.60
4.2.16 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.64
4.2.17 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.67
4.2.18 Replacing the Precharge Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.68
4.2.19 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.70
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.71
4.2.21 Replacing the Control Power Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.75
4.2.22 Replacing the Control Power Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.78
4.2.23 Replacing the Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.79
4.2.24 Replacing the Heatsink Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.81
4.2.25 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . .4.2.84
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.85
4.2.27 Replacing the Power Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.89
4.2.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield. . . . . . . 4.2.92
SECTION 4.3:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C23N4–C31N4
iv
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.2
4.3.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.11
4.3.2 Replacing the Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.12
4.3.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.13
4.3.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.16
4.3.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.19
4.3.6 Replacing the Line Filter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.22
4.3.7 Replacing a Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.24
4.3.8 Replacing the Fan Failure Detection Assembly . . . . . . . . . 4.3.25
4.3.9 Replacing the Fan Failure Relay Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.27
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.28
4.3.10.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . .4.3.30
4.3.10.2 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . 4.3.35
4.3.10.3 Replacing an Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.38
4.3.11 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor. . . . . . . . . 4.3.42
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) IGBT Kit . . . . . . . . .4.3.44
4.3.12.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board(s) . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.46
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Contents
4.3.12.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.48
4.3.12.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.51
4.3.12.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.57
4.3.13 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Clamp Capacitor . 4.3.61
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Flexible Bus . . . . . 4.3.62
4.3.15 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.66
4.3.16 Replacing AC Line Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.69
4.3.17 Replacing DC Bus Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.70
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.73
4.3.19 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.76
4.3.20 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.79
4.3.21 Replacing the Control Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.80
4.3.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.81
4.3.23 Replacing the Precharge Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.83
4.3.24 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.85
4.3.25 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.86
4.3.26 Replacing the Precharge Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.87
4.3.27 Replacing the Power Supply for the Overtemperature
Detection Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.90
4.3.28 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . 4.3.91
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.93
4.3.30 Replacing a Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.97
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.99
SECTION 5
BASIC PROCEDURES
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN
CAPACITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
PROCEDURE 3: INPUT LINE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . 5.5
PROCEDURE 4: CHECKING PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
PROCEDURE 5: VALIDATION AFTER REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
PROCEDURE 6: CHECKING FAN OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 7: CLEANING HEATSINKS AND AIR PASSAGES . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 8: RUNNING THE DRIVE CONTROLLER FROM CONTROL
POWER ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL . . . 5.10
PROCEDURE 10: OUTPUT MOTOR VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT . . 5.11
PROCEDURE 11: OUTPUT MOTOR CURRENT MEASUREMENT . . 5.11
TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
LOCAL SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
FACTORY TELEPHONE SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
FACTORY REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
ON-SITE REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
v
Contents
vi
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 1:
INTRODUCTION
Section 1—Introduction
Contents
ALTIVAR 66 FAMILY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
REVISION LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Protection Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Protection Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Static Sensitive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
DOCUMENTATION LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
ATV66C10N4 TO C19N4 DESIGNS A, B, AND C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
1.1
Section 1—Introduction
ALTIVAR 66 Family
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
ALTIVAR 66 FAMILY
ALTIVAR 66 is a family of 1 to 350 hp (CT) or 400 hp (VT), 2.2 to 300 kW,
adjustable speed AC drive controllers. Capable of controlling either constant
or variable torque loads, and designed to handle simple or complex
applications, ALTIVAR 66 drive controllers can function as stand-alone drive
controllers or as part of complex drive systems. They may be supplied as part
of a Class 8839 or 8998 motor controller.
REVISION LEVEL
This is the first release of this document. The information in Section 4.3,
Spare Part Change Out Instructions for ATV66C23N4–C31N4, is new.
The information in Sections 4.1 (Spare Part Change Out Instructions for
ATV66C10N4–C19N4 Design A) and 4.2 (Spare Part Change Out
Instructions for ATV66C10N4–C19N4 Designs B and C) replaces the change
out instruction for drive controllers with those part numbers in instruction
bulletin VD0C06S701 dated December 1996.
SCOPE OF MANUAL
This manual covers the ALTIVAR 66 drive controllers listed in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: ALTIVAR 66 Drive Controllers
Catalog
Number [1, 2]
Constant
Torque HP
Variable
Torque HP
100
125
Equipment Change
Out Procedures:
Section 4.1 or 4.2 [3]
ATV66C10N4U
ATV66C10N4BU
Section 4.2
Section 4.1 or 4.2 [3]
ATV66C13N4U
125
150
ATV66C13N4BU
Section 4.2
Section 4.1 or 4.2 [3]
ATV66C15N4U
150
200
ATV66C15N4BU
Section 4.2
Section 4.1 or 4.2 [3]
ATV66C19N4U
200
–
ATV66C23N4U
250
300
ATV66C28N4U
300
350
ATV66C31N4U
350
400
ATV66C19N4BU
Section 4.2
Section 4.3
[1]
Through the remainder of this manual, the suffixes “U” and “BU” are dropped when listing
catalog numbers.
[2] On drive controller models ATV66C10N4-C19N4, the catalog number can be found inside the
front door or on a chassis panel internal to the drive controller above and to the right of the
main control board. On drive controller models ATV66C23N4•-C31N4•, the catalog number is
located on the nameplate mounted on the heatsink above the control power transformer.
[3] To determine appropriate section, see guidelines under “ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Designs A,
B, and C” on page 1.7.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual consists of five sections.
Section 1, Introduction, explains how to use the troubleshooting manual and
describes work practice precautions that should be read, understood, and
observed before attempting any of the procedures in this manual. It also lists
the tools and instruments required for the procedures described in this
manual, related documentation, and applicable standards. Also described
are manufacturing changes made to drive controller models ATV66C10N4C19N4 which will impact spare parts selection and change out procedures.
Section 2, Investigating the Problem, describes a general approach to
identifying and correcting drive controller problems. It describes how to use
the controller’s LED indications, keypad display, and various menus for
identifying drive controller faults and faulty operating conditions.
1.2
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 1—Introduction
Work Practice Precautions
Section 3, Correcting the Problem, contains procedures for identifying and
correcting the causes of the drive controller faults and faulty operating
conditions described in section 2.
Section 4, Equipment Change Out, lists spare parts available for ALTIVAR 66
drive controllers and contains instructions for changing out faulty
components and equipment.
Section 5, Basic Procedures, contains procedures for measuring bus and
input line voltage, checking peripheral equipment, removing mains power,
working on energized equipment, testing the drive controller after corrective
action has been taken, checking fan operation, cleaning heat sinks and air
passages, running the drive controller from control power only, and checking
the firmware revision level.
To effectively use the manual, first review the work practice precautions in
section 1, and then identify the problem using the approaches in section 2.
After the problem has been identified, proceed to section 3 to find the cause
and appropriate corrective action. Where applicable, use the procedures in
section 4 to change out defective component(s). The procedures detailed in
section 5 are to be used whenever they are referenced in other places in the
manual
WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS
For the protection of personnel and equipment, a qualified maintenance
person must perform the procedures detailed in this manual. The
maintenance person should:
• Be able to read, interpret, and follow instructions and precautions in this
manual and the other manuals referenced.
• Be able to use the tools listed on page 1.5 of this manual in a safe and
technically correct manner.
• Be able to perform troubleshooting and equipment change out procedures
while following the safety procedures recommended in ANSI/NFPA 70E.
• Be trained on the operation and fundamentals of AC controllers and
systems and be familiar with the associated hazards.
Review the sections below for personnel and equipment protection
precautions before performing any troubleshooting or equipment change out
procedures.
Personnel Protection Precautions
The drive controller contains elements which can be potentially hazardous to
maintenance personnel. Semiconductor devices can exhibit hazardous
leakage currents in the “off” state, and bus capacitors store energy which can
be hazardous to personnel for some period after the controller is
disconnected from line power. All personnel who will perform troubleshooting
or equipment change out procedures should be thoroughly familiar with
ANSI/NFPA 70E. Read and understand the precautions and hazard
statements found on the inside front cover of this manual.
A partial listing of safety measures which should be followed are listed below:
1. Verify that the equipment has been installed and applied in a fashion that
is consistent with the information in the equipment instruction manual,
applicable code requirements, and regulations.
2. Coordinate all troubleshooting/equipment change out procedures with
the operations manager of the facility.
3. Ensure that the controlled equipment is disconnected from the drive
controller or that access to it is prohibited.
4. Read all precautions in this manual which relate to the procedure being
followed.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
1.3
Section 1—Introduction
Work Practice Precautions
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
5. Make sure you are familiar with the tools and instruments required for the
specific procedures described in this manual.
6. Ensure that you have proper body protection, including clothing, eye
protection, helmet, etc.
7. Ensure that electrical equipment which surrounds the controller is either
deenergized or isolated in such a way that maintenance personnel are
not subject to electrical shock.
8. Ensure that all power sources which feed the controller are deenergized
and locked and tagged out before opening the controller door or
performing any equipment change out procedures. Never assume the
power is off. Always check for voltage with a properly rated voltage
sensing device.
9. Inspect the drive controller bonding and ground system and ensure that
the drive controller is properly grounded per the applicable codes and
recommendations in the drive controller instruction manual.
10. Ensure that the controller door is closed and secured by the applicable
latches before energizing a controller.
11. If you must work on energized equipment, a number of safety rules must
be followed. Use personal protective equipment and follow procedures to
prevent accidental contact between tools and energized equipment. If
contact occurs, arcing faults can be created. Ionized gas and a shower of
high-temperature particles will be generated which can cause death and
severe burns. Further information can be found in OSHA 29 CFR
Part 1910, Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices.
Equipment Protection Precautions
The drive controller uses a complex system of interrelated subsystems and
specialized components to achieve rated performance during operation.
Many devices and components in the controller require special attention. For
example, some of the controller components are sensitive to the method of
handling or mounting. In addition, many fasteners require specific torque
settings for proper operation. Follow the guidelines listed below and
throughout the manual when performing change out procedures.
• Many of the fasteners used in this controller are metric. Do not substitute
English fasteners.
• If fastening hardware is lost within the drive controller, locate the lost
pieces before applying power.
• If fastening hardware is damaged and must be replaced, use only
hardware that matches the original factory specifications. Use of fastening
hardware that does not meet factory specifications can create hazards,
including the following:
— Loss of strength
— Mechanical interference
— Loss of electrical clearance or isolation
• Be sure to install the supplied Thermstrate thermal interface material
when mounting components which use the heat sink for dissipating heat
(i.e. voltage regulators and power semiconductor devices).
• Always torque semiconductor components using the method described in
the applicable equipment change out procedure.
• When disconnecting the J3, J4, and J5 flex cables from the control basket
or power board, ensure that the cable connectors are in their released
position.
• Never operate the controller after performing equipment change out
procedures without verifying that the J3, J4, J5, J9, and J18 (or J32)
1.4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 1—Introduction
List of Tools and Instruments
cables are properly connected to the power board and to the control
basket.
• If the controller is removed from its permanent mounting location for
performing troubleshooting/equipment change out procedures, ensure
that it is properly secured in an upright position before reenergizing.
• During maintenance, do not block, impede, or otherwise diminish cooling
air flow over or through the controller.
• A number of printed wiring board assemblies are equipped with nonvolatile memory and will require programming if replaced. Existing or
factory default programs within assemblies may not be suitable for the
specific application. Always check the controller for the appropriate
software configuration after replacing, removing, or swapping printed
wiring board assemblies.
Static Sensitive Components
Observe the following precautions when handling electrostatic sensitive
components (circuit boards, IGBTs, etc.):
• Keep static producing material (plastic, upholstery, carpeting, etc.) out of
immediate work area.
• Leave electronic-sensitive assemblies in protective packaging when they
are not installed in drive controller. Do not handle assembly or remove
from protective package until assembly and wrist strap are properly
grounded (see the next bullet).
• Wear a conductive wrist strap connected through a minimum of one
megohm resistance to the host device. If the host device (such as printed
wiring board assembly) has no grounding point, place it on a grounded,
conductive surface and connect the wrist strap through a minimum of one
megohm to the conductive surface.
• Avoid touching exposed conductors and component leads with skin or
clothing.
LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS
The tools and instruments required for performing maintenance and
replacing components on the drive controllers are listed below:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Set of Torx screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• 2" socket extension
• 12" socket extension
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Hex key set, 1/4" to 9/16"
• Ball-end hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Open/box end wrench set, 5.5 to 19 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Torque wrenches, 3.5 lb-in (0.4 N•m) to 608 lb-in (68.6 N•m)
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Torx screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Multimeter, 0-1000 V (Fluke 87 or equivalent)
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
1.5
Section 1—Introduction
Documentation List
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
• Clamp-on current probe, 0-600 A (Fluke 80i-600A or equivalent)
• Electrical tape
• Plastic tie wraps
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
• Antistatic wrist strap and carpet/ground connection
DOCUMENTATION LIST
The following ALTIVAR 66 drive controller documents are available:
• Instructions for Safe Handling, Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Electrical Control Equipment: 30072-200-50_ (latest revision)
• Enclosed ALTIVAR 66 Drive Controllers, Class 8839:
50006-523-07_ (latest revision)
• Receiving, Installation and Start-Up: VD0C06S304_
(latest revision)
• Level 1& 2 Configuration: VD0C06S305_ (latest revision)
• I/O Extension Module and Level 3 Configuration: VD0C06T306_ (latest
revision)
• ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives Catalog: 8800CT9701_ (latest revision)
• Dynamic Braking Resistor Kit: VD0C06N908_ (latest revision)
• Application Guide: SC100 R5/95
• Communication Carrier Module, VD0C06N915_
(latest revision)
• PCMCIA Memory Card, VD0C06T919_ (latest revision)
• Keypad Door Mounting Kit: VD0C06N904_ (latest revision)
• Test and Commissioning Software VD0C06N925_ (latest revision)
Additional documentation is provided with the optional peripherals.
STANDARDS
The following standards are referenced:
• NFPA 70B, Electrical Equipment Maintenance
• NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces
• NEMA ICS 1.1, Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and
Maintenance of Solid State Control
• NEMA ICS 1.3, Preventive Maintenance of Industrial Control and Systems
Equipment
• NEMA ICS 2—Annex A, Maintenance of Motor Controllers After a Fault
Condition
• NEMA ICS 7, Adjustable Speed Drives
• NEMA ICS 7.1, Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for
Selection, Installation, and Operation of Adjustable-Speed Drive Systems
• OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910, Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices
1.6
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
ATV66C10N4 TO C19N4 DESIGNS A, B,
AND C
Section 1—Introduction
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Designs A, B, and C
During 1998 and the early part of 1999, manufacturing changes were made
to the ALTIVAR 66 drive controller models ATV66C10N4, ATV66C13N4,
ATV66C15N4 and ATV66C19N4. Spare part listings and change out
procedures vary by the design type of the unit being repaired. To determine
the type of drive controller being repaired, refer to Figures 1.1 and 1.2.
Figure 1.1:
Design A
Design A was manufactured up until the end of May, 1998. These drive
controllers DO NOT have a “1” as the seventh digit of the serial number. See
Figure 1.3 for the location of serial number.
For Design A drive controllers, refer to Section 4.1 in this manual for spare
part listings and change out procedures.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
1.7
Section 1—Introduction
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Designs A, B, and C
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Design B
Figure 1.2:
Design C
Designs B and C
Design B was manufactured between June and October, 1998. Design C has
been manufactured since October 1998. These drive controllers DO have a
“1” as the seventh digit of the serial number. See Figure 1.3 for the location
of serial number.
For Design B and C drive controllers, refer to Section 4.2 in this manual for
spare part listings and change out procedures.
Side View
Top
Serial number
Figure 1.3:
1.8
Nameplate
Serial Number Location on ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
Drive Controllers
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 2:
INVESTIGATING THE PROBLEM
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
Contents
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
RECOMMENDED TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Drive System Energized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
Drive System De-energized (Power Removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
LED INDICATIONS AND KEYPAD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6
Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
I/O Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
FAULT CATEGORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
2.1
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
Recommended Troubleshooting Instructions
INTRODUCTION
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The ALTIVAR 66 drive controller is part of an overall electrical distribution and
control system. While a specific fault may occur with the drive controller,
there are times when the fault may be caused by external factors. Figure 2.1
provides a general overview of the typical causes and severity of faults.
Trips-Not Resettable
by Keypad/LI/Automatic
Equipment Damage
Trips-Resettable
by Keypad/LI/Automatic
Runs-Does Not Perform
as Expected
Severity of Fault
Other
AFD Issue
Application
Environmental
Installation
Cause of Fault
Figure 2.1:
RECOMMENDED TROUBLESHOOTING
INSTRUCTIONS
Typical Causes and Severity of Faults
This section contains procedures for detecting faults and faulty operating
conditions in the drive controller. Before attempting the procedures, read the
precaution statement on the inside front cover of this manual and “Work
Practice Precautions” in section 1. Also, if directed to the equipment change
out procedures in section 4 of this manual, read all applicable instructions
and precautions before beginning work.
Always record the drive controller, motor, and auxiliary apparatus nameplate
data. For the drive controller this should include part number, date code,
voltage rating, power rating, and firmware revision number. See section 5 for
checking firmware revision level. Obtaining nameplate information generally
requires de-energizing the controller.
Discussions with operating personnel can yield a wealth of information about
symptoms and possible root causes of reported problems. It is extremely
important for maintenance personnel to gather as much information as
possible from operation personnel. Some questions to ask may include:
2.2
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
Recommended Troubleshooting Instructions
“When was the problem first noted?” “What is the description of the
problem?” “Where was the problem noted?” Direct observation of the drive
system and process is also extremely important when troubleshooting
performance related problems such as a controller not performing as
expected or tripping.
The troubleshooting instructions contained in this section are divided into two
sections: “Drive System Energized” and “Drive System De-Energized (Power
Removed)”. Refer to the appropriate section, depending upon the present
state of the drive system.
Drive System Energized
In many instances, the drive system may be energized and operating when
troubleshooting assistance is requested. Exercise extreme care if power is
present (refer to the “Work Practice Precautions” in section 1 of this manual).
If the drive system is operating, additional hazards resulting from the driven
machinery and process may be present. Always consult with the operating
personnel responsible for the machinery and process before changing the
operating state or removing or applying power to any equipment. Use and
obey all applicable lock-out/tag-out procedures in force at the specific
location.
Inspect the drive controller and other major components of the system, such
as motor and auxiliaries, for external signs of physical damage. Look for:
• Cracked, charred, or damaged covers or enclosure parts
• Excessive surface temperatures of enclosures and conduits
• Damage to power or control conductor conduit
• Unusual noise or odors from any of the equipment
• Abnormal environmental conditions (i.e. temperature, humidity,
vibration, etc.)
• Other conditions which may adversely affect the operation of the
equipment
If external damage is apparent, immediately inform operating personnel and
assess the risk of leaving the drive system powered. Outwardly visible signs
of damage generally warrant shutdown, thorough internal inspections, and
subsequent corrective action. Table 2.5 on page 2.11 contains specific
information for troubleshooting damaged equipment.
Once external inspection is complete, maintenance personnel should
consider using the controller’s diagnostic features to help locate specific
problems. If the LED indicators and keypad on the front of the controller are
accessible without exposing maintenance personnel to hazardous
conditions, a significant amount of status and fault trip information can be
gathered. Information available through the LED indicators and keypad
display is described on pages 2.6 to 2.10 of this section.
If the controller is operational, but not performing as expected, proceed to
Table 2.2 on page 2.10 for specific troubleshooting information based upon
reported symptoms. The keypad display can be used to gather status and
operating parameter information to assist in the analysis.
If the controller has faulted and control power is still present, the red “FAULT
LED” will be illuminated and a fault message will be displayed on the keypad
display. If this is the case, make note of the fault displayed and proceed to
Table 2.3 and Table 2.4 on page 2.11. The material referenced in the tables
will guide maintenance personnel through troubleshooting procedures that
are intended to expose the root cause of the problem. The procedures may
ultimately recommend specific repair strategy for the controller or system.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
2.3
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
Recommended Troubleshooting Instructions
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Before performing any controller repairs, record the controller set-up and
configuration programming by viewing the keypad menus and writing down
parameter settings.
Once the controller diagnostic and set-up information is recorded, repair of
the drive system should proceed. Removal of power is required to perform
repairs. Review “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 prior to
performing any repairs. Always consult with the operating personnel
responsible for the machinery and process prior to removing power to any
equipment. Use and obey all applicable lock-out/tag-out procedures in force
at the specific location.
The repair process should also include inspection of the drive controller and
other system components for internal damage. Such an inspection should
include:
• Perform “PROCEDURE 4: CHECKING PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT” in
section 5. Repair or replace any damaged protective equipment per the
manufacturer’s instruction.
• Check the integrity of the controller bonding and ground system and
ensure that the controller is properly grounded per applicable codes and
recommendations found in the “Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up,
VD0C06S304_” manual.
• Check the integrity of insulation and connections of all incoming and
outgoing wiring, both power and ground.
• Check the wiring method and routings. Ensure that wiring is as
recommended in the “Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up,
VD0C06S304_” manual.
• Check that the voltage present on the line-side of the controller disconnect
is within the controller specifications as listed on the controller nameplate.
Test with a properly rated voltage sensing device.
• Refer to Table 2.5 on page 2.11 when checking for controller damage.
Follow referenced troubleshooting procedures and repairs as required.
Upon completion of any recommended repairs, the following should be
performed:
• Refer to the Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up manual (bulletin number
VD0C06S304_) and follow all procedures for checking integrity of the
controller and for re-installing (if necessary) and starting up the controller.
• After the controller is re-installed and powered up, perform “PROCEDURE
5: VALIDATION AFTER REPAIR” in section 5.
• The controller may require reprogramming. Refer to the Level 1 and 2
Configuration manual (bulletin number VD0C06S305_) for controller
configuration programming. If the controller is a part of a larger system,
refer to the specific programming instructions provided by the system
builder. If the controller configuration program was saved in a PCMCIA
Memory Card (catalog number VW3A66901T), or with the Test and
Commissioning Software (catalog number VW3A66331), reload the
program. If the program was manually recorded, reload the program
through the keypad.
2.4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
Recommended Troubleshooting Instructions
If problems persist after performing the recommended procedures, then
factory service may be required. Have the following information available:
• Controller part number
• Controller input voltage
• Controller power rating
• Controller firmware version (see “PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE
FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL” in section 5)
• Description of any physical damage or defect
• Operating environment
• Application
• Any LED status light(s) illuminated
• Any fault message display on the keyboard screen
Contact your local Square D field office to arrange service.
Drive System De-energized
(Power Removed)
It is not uncommon for the maintenance person to find that the drive
controller has been de-energized and tagged-out/locked-out by operations or
other maintenance personnel. The controller may have been removed from
service for a number of reasons, such as:
• Drive system or process not performing as expected
• Drive system or process systems experiencing trips
• Internal or external damage to some component of the drive system or
process
The maintenance person should be alert to the possibility that portions of the
equipment may still be energized. Always confirm that all power has been
removed using a properly-rated voltage sensing device before working inside
any equipment. For the drive controller, use “PROCEDURE 1: BUS
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5. Always consult with the operating
personnel responsible for the machinery and process before changing the
operating state or removing or applying power to any equipment. Use and
obey all applicable lock-out/tag-out procedures in force at the specific
location.
Before energizing the system, inspect the drive controller and other major
components of the system, such as motor and auxiliaries, for external
damage (see “Drive System Energized” on page 2.3). Visible signs of
damage warrant a thorough internal examination and subsequent corrective
action. Table 2.5 on page 2.11 contains specific information for
troubleshooting damaged equipment.
The repair process should also include inspection of the drive controller and
other system components for internal damage. Such an inspection should
include:
• Perform “PROCEDURE 4: CHECKING PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT” in
section 5. Repair or replace any damaged protective equipment per the
manufacturer’s instruction.
• Check the integrity of the controller bonding and ground system and
ensure that the controller is properly grounded per applicable codes and
recommendations found in the Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up
manual (bulletin number VD0C06S304_).
• Check the integrity of insulation and connections of all incoming and
outgoing wiring, both power and ground.
• Check the wiring method and routings. Make sure that wiring is as
recommended in the Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up manual (bulletin
number VD0C06S304_).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
2.5
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
• Check that the voltage present on the line-side of the controller disconnect
is within the controller specifications as listed on the controller nameplate.
Conduct the voltage test with a properly rated voltage sensing device.
• Refer to Table 2.5 on page 2.11 when checking for controller damage.
Follow referenced troubleshooting and repair procedures, as required.
Upon completion of any recommended repairs, the following should be
performed:
• Refer to the Receiving, Installation, and Start-Up manual (bulletin number
VD0C06S304_) and follow all procedures for checking the integrity of the
drive controller and for reinstalling (if necessary) and starting up the
controller.
• After the controller is re-installed and powered-up, perform
“PROCEDURE 5: VALIDATION AFTER REPAIR” in
section 5.
• The controller may require reprogramming. Refer to the Level 1 and 2
Configuration manual (bulletin number VD0C06S305_) for controller
configuration programming. If the controller is a part of a larger system,
refer to the specific programming instructions provided by the system
builder. If the controller configuration program was saved in a PCMCIA
Memory Card (catalog number VW3A66901T), or with the Test and
Commissioning Software (catalog number VW3A66331), reload the
program. If the program was manually recorded, reload the program
through the keypad.
If problems persist and the controller can be energized, follow the procedures
as described in the section titled “Drive System Energized” on page 2.3.
If problems persist after performing the recommended procedures, then
factory service may be required. Have the following information available:
• Controller part number
• Controller input voltage
• Controller power rating
• Controller firmware version (see “PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE
FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL” in section 5)
• Description of any physical damage or defect
• Operating environment
• Application
• Any LED status light(s) illuminated
• Any fault message display on the keyboard screen
Contact your local Square D field office to arrange service.
LED INDICATIONS AND KEYPAD
DISPLAY
Check the LED indicators and keypad display for controller status
information. If the controller has faulted and control power is still present, the
red “FAULT” LED will illuminate and a fault message appears on the keypad
display. If this occurs, make note of the fault displayed and proceed to Tables
2.3 and 2.4 on page 2.11. If the controller has not faulted but does not
perform as expected, proceed to Table 2.2 on page 2.10.
LEDs
Figure 2.2 illustrates the LED indications available on the drive controller. If
the drive controller is powered up and the keypad display is OFF, proceed to
Table 2.5 on page 2.11 for Equipment Damage.
2.6
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
Note: On some drive controller models covered by this bulletin,
the keypad display and these LED's are remotely mounted on the door.
CAUTION
(Yellow)
DRIVE CONTROLLER STATE
Caution LED Illuminated w/ Fault LED OFF: Drive controller
is running and in current limit. NOTE: LED may appear to
flash rapidly as drive controller regulates at current limit.
Caution LED Slow Flashing w/ Fault LED OFF: Pre-Alarm
indication of a Drive Overtemperature Fault or a Motor
Overload Fault. Consult Keypad Display for Motor Thermal
State or Drive Thermal State to determine which condition is
causing the Pre-Alarm. If either of these thermal states
exceeds 100%, the Caution LED will flash slowly.
Caution LED Illuminated w/ Fault LED ON: Drive controller
fault exists on Motor Overload or Drive Overtemperature
and the cool-down period has not yet expired. Consult the
fault display on the keypad or the fault history in Menu 3 to
determine the most recent fault.
FAULT (Red)
Illuminated: Fault exists
CAUTION (Yellow)
See table
POWER (Green)
Illuminated:
Drive controller is powered,
DC bus ≥ 50 V, or
voltage is present at CL1-CL2
Figure 2.2:
Keypad Display
LED Indications
The keypad display can be used to determine:
• Drive controller status (Display screen)
• Drive controller measurements (Display screen)
• Logic input states (2.1→Logic Input Map)
• Logic output states (2.3→Logic Output Map)
• Analog input levels (2.2→Analog Input Map)
• Analog output levels (2.4→Analog Output Map)
• Fault history (3→Fault History Map)
• Parameter settings (7→General Configuration menu)
If the keypad display is operational, this is the best source of troubleshooting information.
The following information may be viewed on the keypad display to assist in
troubleshooting.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
2.7
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
Status Codes
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The following status codes may be displayed on the Display screen:
Table 2.1: Display Mode Status Codes
Code
Definition
Code
Definition
NLP
No Line Power (control power
supplied separately)
CLI
Current Limit Active
RDY
Drive Controller Ready or Stopped
DCB
DC Injection Braking
RUN
Drive Running (at speed)
JOG
Jog Operation
NRP
No Run Permissive (LI1 Open)
BRK
Dynamic Braking
Forward Direction
Reverse Direction
ACC
Accelerating
SLC
Serial Link Command
DEC
Decelerating
FLT
Faulted
SPEED REFER.
47.2 Hz
RUN
Figure 2.3:
Measurements
Status Code
Display Screen Status Code Location
The up/down arrow keys on the keypad display may be used to select and
view the following measurements (if programmed) from the Display screen:
• Speed reference (Hz)
• Output frequency (Hz)
• Output current (A)
• Motor torque (%)
• Output power (W)
• Output voltage (V)
• Line voltage (V)
• DC bus voltage (V)
• Motor thermal state (%)
• Motor speed (rpm)
• Machine speed reference
• Machine speed
• Drive thermal state (%)
• PI set point
• PI feedback
• Elapsed time (H and Min)
2.8
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
I/O Map
Return to
Main menu
2‘
I/O MAP
LOGIC INPUT MAP ...
ANALOG INPUT MAP ...
LOGIC OUTPUT MAP...
ANALOG OUT.
MAP...
†,™ & ENT to select
ENT
ESC
2.1‘LOGIC INPUT MAP IN. ASSIGNMENT S
LI1 RUN PERMISSIVE LI2 RUN FORWARD
LI3 RUN REVERSE
LI4 JOG
LI5
LI6
LI7
LI8
PRESET SPD LIa
PRESET SPD LIb
PRESET SPD LIc
FAULT RESET
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
2.2‘ANALOG INPUT MAP
IN. ASSIGNMENT VAL% AI1 SPEED REF. 1
AI2 SPEED REF. 2
[1]
AI3 SPEED REF. 3
[1]
AI4 NOT ASSIGNED
2.3‘LOGIC OUTPUT MAP
OUT. ASSIGNMENT S
LO1 AT SPEED
LO2 CURRENT LIMIT
R1 FAULT STATE
R2 RUNNING STATE
R3
R4
THERMAL LEVEL 1 [1]
[1]
LOSS FOLLOWER
2.4‘ANALOG OUT. MAP
OUT. ASSIGNMENT VAL%
AO1 MOTOR SPEED
AO2 MOTOR CURRENT
[1]
A03 MOTOR POWER
[1] These additional input/output terminal
assignments will not appear if the I/O Extension
Module (VW3A66201 or VW3A66202) is not installed.
Figure 2.4:
I/O Map
The I/O Map is a series of display-only screens that show the analog and logic input/output
terminal assignments. The I/O Map is useful for determining whether the drive controller is
receiving the proper terminal commands and reference levels.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
2.9
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
Fault History
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The last eight faults of the controller can be viewed in the 3→Fault History
screen along with the run status at the time of the fault. The most recent fault
is displayed first on the list. The arrow (←) under the “M” column is used to
mark a fault so that it can be followed for future observation.
3‘FAULT HISTORY
FAULT NAME
STA M
IN-PHASE LOSS RDY
AC-LIN.OVERVOL RUN
MOT. OVERLOAD ACC “
ENT to set marker
Figure 2.5:
Fault History
Parameter Settings
It is often useful and necessary to determine the parameter settings when
troubleshooting a drive controller. All parameter settings are viewable from
the keypad display. See the Level 1 & 2 Configuration manual
(VD0C06S305_) for more information on viewing parameter settings.
FAULT CATEGORIES
Tables 2.2 through 2.5 list the faulty operating conditions and faults for the
drive controllers. For applicable troubleshooting procedure, see the
procedures in section 3 referenced in the tables.
Table 2.2: Runs—Does Not Perform as Expected
2.10
Operating Condition
Troubleshooting Procedure
Poor speed stability.
Section 3, page 3.2
Excessive motor temperature.
Section 3, page 3.4
Motor accelerates too slowly.
Section 3, page 3.7
Motor decelerates too slowly.
Motor does not decelerate.
Motor overspeeds (overspeed trip).
Section 3, page 3.10
Motor will not start.
Section 3, page 3.14
Motor will not stop.
Section 3, page 3.19
Motor turning/turns in wrong direction.
Section 3, page 3.22
The drive controller does not follow the speed
command.
Section 3, page 3.24
A specific drive function does not work as expected or
at all.
Section 3, page 3.24
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
Table 2.3: Trips—Resettable by Keypad/LI/Automatic/Power Cycle
Fault Designation on Keypad Display
Troubleshooting Procedure
UNDERVOLTAGE
Section 3, page 3.26
AC-LIN. OVERVOL.
Section 3, page 3.28
DC-BUS OVERVOL.
Section 3, page 3.30
IN-PHASE LOSS
Section 3, page 3.34
MOT. OVERLOAD
Section 3, page 3.36
OUT. PHASE LOSS
Section 3, page 3.38
DRIVE OVERTEMP.
Section 3, page 3.41
LOSS FOLLOWER
Section 3, page 3.45
SEQUENCE T.OUT
Section 3, page 3.46
PROCESS T.OUT
Section 3, page 3.46
OVERSPEED
Section 3, page 3.46
FEEDBACK LOSS
Section 3, page 3.47
SERIAL LINK FAULT
Section 3, page 3.47
CUSTOM. FAULT
Section 3, page 3.47
Table 2.4: Trips—Requires Power to Be Recycled
Fault Designation on Keypad Display
Troubleshooting Procedure
SHORT CIRCUIT
Section 3, page 3.48
TRANS. SHORT C. or GF
Section 3, page 3.51
OPEN TRANSISTOR
Section 3, page 3.52
DYNAMIC BRAKE
Section 3, page 3.53
DB RESISTOR
Section 3, page 3.53
PRECHARGE FAIL
Section 3, page 3.55
CONTROL SUPPLY
Section 3, page 3.55
GROUND FAULT
Section 3, page 3.56
INTERNAL FAULT
Section 3, page 3.58
MEMORY FAILURE
Section 3, page 3.59
LINK FAULT
Section 3, page 3.59
AUTO-TEST FAIL
Section 3, page 3.59
Table 2.5: Equipment Damage
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Keypad display is OFF.
Section 3, page 3.60
External signs of equipment damage.
Section 3, page 3.60
No external signs of equipment damage.
Section 3, page 3.60
Checkout of the power part of the drive controller.
Section 3, page 3.61
Checkout of the control part of the drive controller.
Section 3, page 3.70
2.11
Section 2—Investigating the Problem
LED Indications and Keypad Display
2.12
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 3:
CORRECTING THE PROBLEM
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
RUNS—DOES NOT PERFORM AS EXPECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Poor Speed Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Excessive Motor Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip . . . . . 3.10
Cannot Start Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Cannot Stop Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Drive Will Not Follow Speed Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Specific Drive Function Does Not Work as Expected/Not at All . . 3.24
TRIPS—RESETTABLE BY KEYPAD/LI/AUTOMATIC/
POWER CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Bus Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overspeed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Link Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom. Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.26
3.26
3.28
3.30
3.34
3.36
3.38
3.41
3.45
3.46
3.46
3.46
3.47
3.47
3.47
TRIPS—REQUIRES POWER TO BE CYCLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transistor Short Circuit or Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Transistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Brake Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Brake Resistor Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Supply Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precharge Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Test Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.48
3.48
3.51
3.52
3.53
3.53
3.55
3.55
3.56
3.58
3.59
3.59
3.59
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
KEYPAD DISPLAY IS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Signs of Equipment Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No External Signs of Equipment Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Power Part of the Drive Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking DC Bus Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Diode Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DC Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Precharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Inverter Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the DB Diode Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Control Part of the Drive Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.61
3.62
3.67
3.67
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.70
3.73
3.1
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Poor Speed Stability
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
RUNS—DOES NOT PERFORM AS
EXPECTED
Poor Speed Stability
Figure 3.1 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when poor speed
stability is observed.
Operating Condition
POOR SPEED
STABILITY
continued on page 3.3
• Speed reference signals
corrupted.
Possible
cause
• Drive controller regulators
not properly tuned
(menu 7.11).
• Check analog input map
(menu 2).
Check
• Ensure that wiring method
to be
performed used is correct per
VD0C06S304_.
• Check signal source output.
Result
Solution
Figure 3.1:
3.2
• Wrong torque setting or
control type is selected
for the application.
• Check settings under
menu 6 and menu 7.13.
• Incorrect speed reference
level.
• Incorrect wiring method
used.
• Bad signal source output.
• Correct level of speed
reference.
• Correct wiring method
or source output. Refer to
VD0C06S304_.
• Repair or replace signal
source.
• Review VD0C06S305_.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to select correct settings.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95.
Poor Speed Stability
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Poor Speed Stability
Poor Speed Stability
continued from page 3.2
Possible
cause
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Drive controller/motor are
incorrectly sized for the
expected load.
• Load fluctuations.
Check
to be
performed
• Load torque fluctuates with machinery speed or as machinery is loaded.
• Controller in current/torque limit when speed stability is poor.
• Contact machine builder. Verify that steady-state and transient torque
requirements with speed are within capabilities of controller and motor.
Result
• Peak torque required
exceeds motor capability
at given speed.
• Peak current required
exceeds drive capability
at given speed.
Solution
• Apply a larger controller/motor.
Existing motor and controller may
be incorrectly dimensioned
for the application.
• See SC100 R5/95
for more information.
3.3
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Excessive Motor Temperature
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.2 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when excessive motor
temperature is observed.
Excessive Motor Temperature
Operating Condition
EXCESSIVE
MOTOR
TEMPERATURE
continued on page 3.5
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
Figure 3.2:
3.4
• Motor temperature is
actually within the normal
temperature operating
range.
• Ambient operating
temperature of motor is
exceeded.
• Motor load power
requirements exceed
motor rated power during
all or part of operating
speed range.
• Motor continuous torque
envelope exceeded during
all or part of operating
speed range.
• Motor base speed not
matched to load base
speed.
• Check motor insulation
class.
• Check motor temperature
rise via thermocouple or
resistance of stator (refer
to NEMA MG1 for
temperature limits).
• Check ambient air around
motor.
• Check ambient
temperature rating of motor.
• Check motor insulation
class.
• Check motor temperature
rise via thermocouple or
resistance of stator (refer
to NEMA MG1 for
temperature limits).
• Check output current of
controller on keypad
display.
• Check load and motor
base speed.
• If both absolute
temperature and
temperature rise are within
acceptable levels, no
further action is required.
• If ambient temperature
is within limits of motor,
check other possible
causes of excessive
temperature.
• Steady state output
current of controller
exceeds FLA rating of
motor.
• Motor and load base
speed mismatched.
• Apply motor with a
higher ambient
temperature rating.
• Reduce ambient
temperature.
• Apply motor with
higher FLA or power
rating.
• Consult motor builder
for correct base speed
requirements of load and
motor.
Excessive Motor Temperature
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Excessive Motor Temperature
Excessive Motor Temperature
continued on page 3.6
Possible
cause
• Motor ventilation system
is clogged or damaged.
• The motor blower is
inoperative.
• Driven motor speed is
outside of motor speed
range.
Result
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Control law parameters
are incorrectly set (V/Hz,
E-boost, IR Comp, etc.).
• Check speed range of
drive.
• Check speed range of
motor on motor nameplate
or data sheets.
Check
to be
performed
Solution
• Motor driven at speed
which is outside of its
speed range.
• Verify that motor
ventilation system is open.
• Verify that motor blower
is operating properly.
• Apply motor with
correct speed range.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
3.5
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Excessive Motor Temperature
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Excessive Motor Temperature
continued from page 3.5
Possible
cause
• Motor currents/voltages
are unbalanced or
unstable.
• Controller tuning.
• Motor.
Check
• Controller.
to be
performed • Load-side conductors,
overloads, switchgear,
contactors, etc.
• Motor, controller, or other
equipment damage.
• Controller improperly
tuned.
• Refer to "Checking
Peripheral Equipment" in
section 5 .
• Review VD0C06S305_.
Result
Solution
3.6
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
Figure 3.3 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure if the motor is
accelerating too slowly.
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
Operating Condition
MOTOR
ACCELERATES
TOO SLOWLY
continued on page 3.8
Possible
cause
• Controller being
commanded to accelerate
as observed.
• Speed reference
command.
Check
• Ramp type selected
to be
performed (menu 7.12).
• Ramp selected
(menu 7.12).
Result
Solution
Figure 3.3:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Wrong torque type or
control type is selected for
the application.
• Controller acceleration
ramps incorrectly set.
• Check settings under
menu 6 and menu 7.13.
• Ramp rates of speed
reference signal sent to
controller incorrect.
• Wrong ramp type
selected.
• Wrong ramp selected.
• Modify speed reference
ramp.
• Change ramp type
(menu 7.12).
• Select correct ramp
(menu 7.12).
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
• Modify acceleration
settings (menus 1 and
7.12).
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
3.7
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
continued on page 3.9
Possible
cause
• Motor accelerating
under current limit or
motor torque limit.
• Control parameters
incorrectly set.
• Check settings for
IR compensation and
voltage boost (menu 1).
• Current limit setting
(menu 7.11).
Check
• Motor torque limit setting
to be
performed (menu 7.11).
Result
Solution
3.8
• Current limit set too low.
• Motor torque limit set too
low.
• Current limit already set
to maximum value.
• Motor torque limit already
set to maximum limit.
• Increase current limit
setting.
• Increase motor torque
limit setting.
• Load cannot be
accelerated at faster rate.
• See SC100 R5/95
for more information.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
Motor Accelerates Too Slowly
continued from page 3.8
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Controller/motor are
incorrectly sized for
expected load.
• Motor currents/voltages
are unstable.
• Motor currents/voltages
are unbalanced or
unstable.
• Peak current.
• Peak torque.
• Check controller settings
under menus 1, 7.11, 7.12,
and 7.13.
• Motor.
• Controller.
• Load-side conductors,
overloads, switchgear,
contactors, etc.
• Peak torque required
exceeds motor capability
at given speed.
• Peak current required
exceeds drive capability.
• Controller improperly
tuned.
• Motor, controller, or other
equipment damage.
• Apply controller and/or
motor which is correctly
sized.
• See SC100 R5/95 for
more information.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Refer to "Checking
Peripheral Equipment" in
section 5.
3.9
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.4 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the motor is
decelerating too slowly.
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/
Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
Operating Condition
MOTOR
DECELERATES
TOO SLOWLY/
OVERSPEEDS/
OVERSPEED TRIP
continued on page 3.11
Possible
cause
• Application requires
holding torque at zero
speed.
• Ramp rates of speed
reference signal sent to
controller incorrect.
• Wrong ramp type
selected.
• Wrong ramp selected.
Result
• Holding brake required.
• FVC controller required.
Figure 3.4:
3.10
• Controller deceleration
ramps incorrectly set.
• Speed reference
command.
• Ramp type selected
(menu 7.12).
• Ramp selected
(menu 7.12).
Check
to be
performed
Solution
• Controller being
commanded to decelerate
as observed.
• Modify speed reference
ramp.
• Change ramp type
(menu 7.12).
• Select correct ramp
(menu 7.12).
• Modify deceleration
settings (menus 1 and
7.12).
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Not at All/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/
Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
continued on page 3.12
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
• Wrong torque type or
control type is selected
for the application.
• If DB option is present:
• Controller/motor are
incorrectly sized for
expected load.
• Check settings under
menus 6 and 7.13.
• Braking torque.
• Check DB option for
damage.
• DC bus voltage level
on keypad display.
• Braking torque
• Braking torque required
exceeds capability of DB
option.
• DB option inoperative
(tripped, damaged, or not
connected).
• Braking energy required
exceeds drive capability.
• Braking torque required
exceeds motor capability
at given speed.
• If possible, reduce
resistance for DB resistors.
• Refer to VD0C06N908_
for more information.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
• Add a DB option.
• Refer to 8800CT9701
to determine required
resistance of DB option.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
3.11
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/
Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
continued on page 3.13
Possible
cause
• Too high load inertia for
desired deceleration rate.
• Overhauling load
condition.
Check
to be
performed
• Motor currents/voltages
are unbalanced or
unstable.
Overspeed Trip (Velocity
Feedback not used)
• Controller parameters
are incorrectly set.
• Motor.
• Controller.
• Load-side conductors,
overloads, switchgear,
contactors, etc.
• Check settings for
damping and bandwidth.
• Motor, controller, or
other equipment damage.
Result
Solution
3.12
• Controller may require
Dynamic Braking Option.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95 for
more information.
• Refer to "Checking
Peripheral Equipment"
in section 5.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/
Overspeeds/Overspeed Trip
continued from page 3.12
Possible
cause
Overspeed Trip (Velocity
Feedback used)
• Tachometer/encoder
velocity feedback
incorrectly set on speed
regulated drive system.
• Tachometer with
unidirectional output used
on speed regulated drive
system.
• Presence and correct
Check
directional sense of
to be
tachometer/encoder signal
performed • Scaling of speed
feedback signal.
• Bidirectional characteristic
of tachometer/encoder
velocity feedback device.
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Motor deceleration
under current limit or
regeneration torque
limit.
• Current limit setting
(menu 7.11).
• Regeneration torque
limit setting (menu 7.11).
• Motor current during
deceleration.
• Feedback signal absent,
wrong directional sense,
incorrectly scaled.
• Current limit set too low.
• Regeneration torque
limit set too low.
• If motor current and
torque are less than the
setting of the controller
current and torque limits,
then controller is not
capable of producing
sufficient deceleration
torque.
• Current limit already set
to maximum value.
• Regeneration torque
limit already set to
maximum value.
• If motor current and
torque are less than the
setting of the controller
current and torque limits,
then controller is not
capable of producing
sufficient deceleration
torque.
• Repair or replace the
tachometer/encoder
device.
• Correct directional sense
of velocity feedback device.
Refer to VD0C06T306_.
• Replace unidirectional
velocity feedback device
with bidirectional velocity
feedback device.
• Increase current limit
setting.
• Increase regeneration
torque limit setting.
• Add Dynamic Braking
Resistor Kit so that
controller can produce
deceleration torque.
• Add a Dynamic Braking
Resistor Kit so that
controller can produce
deceleration torque.
• Load cannot be
decelerated at a faster
rate.
3.13
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Start Motor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.5 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the motor cannot
be started (no controller faults present).
Cannot Start Motor
Operating Condition
CANNOT
START
MOTOR
continued on page 3.15
• No power present at
controller.
• Start command signals
not present/corrupted.
• Controller not set to
proper command mode.
• Motor not connected to
controller.
• Line-side disconnect.
• Line-side switching
devices.
• Line-side overcurrent
protective device.
• Line-side wiring
• Check logic input map
(menu 2) for presence
of run command.
• Check keypad
configuration (menu 5).
• Motor disconnect.
• Load-side switching
devices.
• Load-side conductors.
• Line-side devices are
open.
• Bad line-side wiring.
• Run command not
present.
• Incorrect command mode
selected.
• Load-side devices are
open.
• Damaged load-side
wiring.
• Correct line-side
power/protection devices
sequencing or operation.
• Correct wiring.
• Check wiring and
external control circuitry.
• Select proper command
mode.
• Correct load-side power
device sequencing or
operations.
• Correct load-side wiring.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
Figure 3.5:
3.14
Cannot Start Motor
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Start Motor
Cannot Start Motor
continued on page 3.16
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• No power output from
controller (run fwd or run
rev signal present, keypad
start depressed or auto
run signal present).
• Motor load preventing
motor from spinning.
• Wrong torque type or
control setting is selected
for application.
• Check that correct
command mode selected
for run signals present.
• Switching of command
mode with run signals
present.
• Stop function activated.
• Check state of auto/
manual function.
• State of LI1 (menu 2).
• Check for presence of
speed reference command.
• Check state of Controlled
Stop function.
• Check sequence input if
using Bypass function.
Check for:
• Material jam
• Driven load damaged.
• Check settings under
menus 6 and 7.13.
• Incorrect command
mode selected.
• Controller requires
removal and re-application
of run signal.
• If the stop function of the
command mode not
selected is actuated, the
controller requires removal
and re-application of run
signal.
• Auto/manual not set to
receive available start
signal.
• Run permissive not
present.
• Speed reference
command not present.
• Controlled Stop active.
• Sequence input inactive
in Bypass mode.
• Material or load is
preventing motor shaft
from turning.
• Set Command mode per
• Clear jam.
VD0C06S305_.
• Repair motor load.
• Cycle run signal once
correct command mode is
selected.
• Cycle run signal after
determining reason for
stop actuation.
• Set auto/manual to correct setting for
available start signal.
• Check external wiring and circuitry for damage.
• Provide speed reference command for controller.
• Check that Controlled Stop or Sequence Input
in Bypass mode have been properly applied per
VD0C06S305_.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct setting.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95 for
more information.
3.15
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Start Motor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Cannot Start Motor
continued on page 3.17
• Control parameters
incorrectly set.
• Controller/motor are
incorrectly sized for
expected load.
• Check settings for IR
Compensation and
Voltage Boost (menu 1).
• Peak current
• Peak torque
• Perform equipment
damage check procedure
in "Controller Not
Powered Up" in section 2.
• Peak current required
exceeds drive capability.
• Peak torque required
exceeds motor capability.
• Motor, controller, or other
equipment damage.
• Apply controller and /or
motor which is correctly
sized.
• See SC100 R5/95
for more information.
•Replace damaged
components or
equipment.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
Solution
3.16
• Damaged controller or
motor.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Start Motor
Cannot Start Motor
continued on page 3.18
Possible
cause
• Motor.
• Controller.
• Load-side conductors,
overloads, switchgear,
contactors, etc.
Check
to be
performed
• Current limit setting
(menu 7.11).
• Motoring torque limit
setting (menu 7.11).
• Current limit already set
to maximum value.
• Motoring torque limit
already set to maximum
limit.
• Motor, controller, or other
equipment damage.
Result
• Current limit set too low.
• Motoring torque limit
set too low.
• Increase current limit
setting.
• Increase motoring torque
limit setting.
• Load cannot be
accelerated.
• See SC100 R5/95 for
more information.
• Replace damaged
components or equipment.
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Motor currents/voltages
are unbalanced.
• Controller current limit
or motoring torque limit
set too low.
3.17
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Start Motor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Cannot Start Motor
continued from page 3.17
• Motor currents/voltages
are unstable.
• Mechanical brake not
released.
• Check controller settings
under menus 1, 7.11, 7.12,
and 7.13.
• Brake sequence settings
(menu 7.11).
• Mechanical brake
hardware and wiring.
• Controller improperly
tuned.
• Brake not being
commanded to release.
• Braking system hardware
damaged or misconfigured.
• Brake hardware
damaged.
• Wiring damaged or
missing.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Correct braking system
hardware operation.
• Replace damaged
equipment or wiring.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
3.18
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Stop Motor
Figure 3.6 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the motor cannot
be stopped or has the appearance of not stopping.
Cannot Stop Motor
Operating Condition
CANNOT
STOP
MOTOR
continued on page 3.19
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
Figure 3.6:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Motor coasting,
windmilling, or turbining
from previous stop.
• Controller start command
signals still present or are
corrupted.
• Control parameters
incorrectly set.
• Type of stop method
selected.
• DC injection time and
magnitude at end of
deceleration.
• Action of stopping or
holding brake (if used).
• Check logic input map
(menu 2) for presence
of run command.
• Check setting of IR
Compensation and Voltage
Boost (menu 1).
• Stop method not
appropriate for application.
• DC injection time and
magnitude incorrect for
desired performance.
• Run command or run
enable still present.
• Select a more appropriate
stopping method. Refer to
VD0C06S305_.
• Adjust DC injection time
and magnitude. Refer to
VD0C06S305_.
• Stopping or holding brake
(if used) not working
correctly.
• May be expected
operation.
• Drive system may be
misapplied.
• Check wiring and
external control circuitry.
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
• Refer to
VD0C06S305_ to
choose correct settings.
Cannot Stop Motor
3.19
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Stop Motor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Cannot Stop Motor
continued on page 3.21
• If DB option is present:
• Controller/motor are
incorrectly sized for
expected load.
• Braking torque
• Check DB option for
damage.
• DC bus voltage level
on keypad display.
• Braking torque
Result
• Braking torque required
exceeds capability of DB
option.
• DB option inoperative
(tripped, damaged, or not
connected).
• Braking energy required
exceeds drive capability.
• Braking torque required
exceeds motor capability
at given speed.
Solution
• If possible, reduce
resistance for DB resistors.
• Refer to VD0C06N908_
for more information.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95 for
more information.
• Add a DB option.
• Refer to 8800CT9701
to determine required
resistance of DB option.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
3.20
• Too high load inertia for
desired deceleration rate.
• Overhauling load
condition.
• Controller may require
DB Option.
• Refer to SC100 R5/95
for more information.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Cannot Stop Motor
Cannot Stop Motor
continued from page 3.19
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Tachometer
velocity feedback
incorrectly set on speed
regulated drive system.
• Tachometer with
unidirectional output used
on speed regulated drive
system.
• Motor deceleration
under current limit or
regeneration torque
limit.
• Presence and correct
directional sense of
tachometer signal.
• Scaling of speed
feedback signal.
• Bidirectional characteristic
of tachometer
velocity feedback device.
• Current limit setting
(menu 7.11).
• Regeneration torque
limit setting (menu 7.11).
• Motor current during
deceleration.
• Feedback signal absent,
wrong directional sense,
incorrectly scaled.
• Current limit set too low.
• Regeneration torque
limit set too low.
• If motor current and
torque are less than the
setting of the controller
current and torque limits,
then controller is not
capable of producing
sufficient deceleration
torque.
• Current limit already set
to maximum value.
• Regeneration torque
limit already set to
maximum value.
• If motor current and
torque are less than the
setting of the controller
current and torque limits,
then controller is not
capable of producing
sufficient deceleration
torque.
• Increase current limit
setting.
• Increase regeneration
torque limit setting.
• Add Dynamic Braking
Resistor Kit so that
controller can produce
deceleration torque.
• Add a Dynamic Braking
Resistor Kit so that
controller can produce
deceleration torque.
• Load cannot be
decelerated at a faster
rate.
• Repair or replace the
tachometer device.
• Correct directional sense
of velocity feedback device.
Refer to VD0C06T306_.
• Replace unidirectional
velocity feedback device
with bidirectional velocity
feedback device.
3.21
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction
Figure 3.7 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the motor is turning
in the wrong direction.
Operating Condition
MOTOR TURNING/
TURNS IN WRONG
DIRECTION
continued on page 3.23
Possible
cause
• Motor may be
windmilling/turbining due
to load effects.
• Wrong direction of
rotation selected.
• Motor phasing incorrect.
• Direction of rotation
selected by keypad.
• Direction of rotation
commanded in terminal
mode.
• Phase rotation sequence
selected (menu 7.11).
• Controller output power
wiring.
• Condition is not
desired.
• Rotation prevention
devices not operating.
• Improper direction of
rotation selected or
commanded.
• Phase rotation sequence
selected is incorrect.
• Controller output phase
wiring is incorrect.
• Rotation prevention
devices may be necessary
for holding motor.
• Correct operation of
devices.
• Correct keypad selection
or terminal command.
• Correct the direction of
rotation using Rotation
Norm (menu 7.11).
• For 8839 controllers,
follow procedure in
50006-523-01_ .
• Is condition an undesired
operation?
Check
• Operation of rotation
to be
performed prevention devices
(ratchets/stops, check
valves, holding brakes, etc.).
Result
Solution
Figure 3.7:
3.22
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Turns in Wrong Direction
continued from page 3.22
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Clamp sum set to NO
and sum of speed
references is negative
(menu 7.2).
• Clamp sum setting.
• Multiply by (-) 1 setting
for A12.
• Clamp sum set to NO.
• Multiply by (-) 1 set
to YES.
• Verify that programming
is correct. Clamp sum set
to No, multiply by (-) 1
set to Yes.
• Determine cause of
negative speed reference
sum.
3.23
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Will Not Follow Speed Command
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Drive Will Not Follow Speed Command
Check the analog input level in the I/O Map (menu 2) for presence of input. If
input is present, refer to the following sections:
• Poor Speed Stability (page 3.2)
• Motor Accelerates Too Slowly (page 3.7)
• Motor Decelerates Too Slowly/Overspeeds/Over speed Trip(page 3.10)
Specific Drive Function Does Not Work as
Expected/Not at All
Figure 3.8 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the specific drive
function does not work as expected or not at all.
Operating Condition
SPECIFIC DRIVE
FUNCTION DOES NOT
WORK AS EXPECTED/
NOT AT ALL
continued on page 3.25
Possible
cause
• Function requires
connection of external I/O
device for proper
orientation (position
sensor, condition sensor,
etc.).
• Damaged controller.
• Program lost due to
replacement of main
control board or removal
or addition of an option
module.
• Perform the equipment
check procedures in
"Controller Not Powered
Up" of section 2.
• Reprogram settings.
• I/O devices are present.
• I/O devices are operating
Check
correctly.
to be
performed • I/O devices are properly
wired.
Result
• Add or repair I/O devices
as required.
Solution
Figure 3.8:
3.24
Specific Drive Function Does Not Work as Expected/Not at All
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Function Does Not Work as Expected/Not at All
Specific Drive Function Does Not Work as
Expected/Not at All
continued from page 3.24
• Controller incorrectly
programmed.
Possible
cause
• Specific function is not
available with controller
configuration selected.
• Program lost due to use
of partial/total factory
settings function.
• Check availability and
interchangeability function
with configuration selected.
See VD0C06S304_,
VD0C06S305_, and
VD0C06T306_ .
• Reprogram settings, as
desired.
• Is function programmed
as described in
Check
VD0C06S305_?
to be
performed • For factory supplied
functions on Class 8839
controllers, is function
programmed per applicable
user documents and
manuals?
Result
• Refer to VD0C06S305_
to choose correct settings.
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.25
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Undervoltage
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
TRIPS—RESETTABLE BY KEYPAD/LI/
AUTOMATIC/POWER CYCLE
Undervoltage
Figure 3.9 illustrates the measurement principle used for the undervoltage
fault.
(1)
R=5MΩ
J5
J5
Power board
Control basket
(1) A galvanic isolator is present on some power boards (no direct
connection to the control basket).
Figure 3.9:
Undervoltage Measurement
The presence of the line supply is recognized from the measurement of
frequency (when the control part is powered up) and line voltage (L1, L2, L3).
The line undervoltage fault is detected from the measurement of the DC bus
voltage.
The line undervoltage fault appears when one of the following occurs:
• With the line supply voltage present, the DC bus voltage is less than 450
VDC for a 380 VAC line supply, or less than 575 VDC with a 460 VAC line
supply.
• During operation, if the DC bus voltage is less than 400 VDC for a 380 VAC
line supply, or less than 525 VDC with a 460 VAC line supply.
The following faults are displayed during a line supply power break:
• The line undervoltage fault if the motor is driven
• The input phase loss fault if the motor is not driven
The voltage values can be displayed on the keypad display.
“Undervoltage” is a self-clearing fault. If the cause of the fault is corrected
(i.e., the DC bus voltage is restored to the proper level), internal logic will
clear the fault and unlatch the drive controller. The drive controller will then
be ready to start.
3.26
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Undervoltage
Figure 3.10 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the undervoltage
fault is present.
UNDERVOLTAGE
Fault Displayed
• Line supply too low.
Possible
cause
• Refer "Drive Controller
Internal Measurements
Check" in section 3 and
measure the voltage at
terminals L1/L2/L3 and
at terminals PA and (-).
Check
to be
performed
Result
• No or insufficient voltage
supply to L1/L2/L3 of
controller.
Solution
• Refer to "Checking
Peripheral Equipment"
in section 5.
Figure 3.10:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Powered
up
DC
Bus <
volts
450 V
or
575 V
Operating
400 V
or
525 V
• Check line power fuses.
• Check for tripped
precharge circuit
protector.
• Refer to section 4 to
change the precharge
resistor.
DC
Bus >
volts
Powered
up
Operating
450 V
or
575 V
400 V
or
525 V
Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4, and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Control basket.
• Connections.
Undervoltage
3.27
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Overvoltage
Line Overvoltage
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.11 illustrates the measurement principle used for the overvoltage
fault.
Line Filter Board
(if present)
R = 5MΩ
(1)
J5
J5
J5
J5
Control Basket
Power Board
(1) A galvanic isolator is present on some power boards (no direct
connection to the control basket).
Figure 3.11:
Line Overvoltage Measurement
The line overvoltage fault appears when line supply voltage is too high. The
line voltage (L1, L2, L3) is rectified and filtered. Triggering occurs at the peak
value.
The line overvoltage fault appears when line supply voltage is greater than
544 VRMS or 770 VAC peak.
The RMS value can be displayed on the keypad display.
3.28
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Overvoltage
Figure 3.12 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the line
overvoltage fault is present.
LINE
OVERVOLTAGE
Fault Displayed
• Short overvoltage
(30 ms minimum).
Possible
cause
• Check the value of the
line voltage on the keypad
display.
• Refer to "Drive Controller
Internal Measurements
Check" in section 3 and
measure the voltage at
terminals L1/L2/L3.
Check
to be
performed
• Line voltage greater than
544 VAC.
Result
Solution
• Install line reactors or
drive isolation transformers
upstream of controller.
Figure 3.12:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Line voltage too high.
• Controller connected to a
feeder whose utilization
voltage level does not
match the controller's
voltage rating.
• Check distribution
system voltage setting
and expected range
of variation. Adjust or
change, as required.
• Line voltage less than
544 VAC.
Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4, and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Line filter board.
• Control basket.
Line Overvoltage
3.29
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
DC Bus Overvoltage
DC Bus Overvoltage
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.13 illustrates the measurement principle used for the DC bus
overvoltage fault.
(1)
R=5MΩ
Power board
J5
J5
Control basket
(1) A galvanic isolator is present on some power boards (no direct
connection to the control basket).
Figure 3.13:
DC Bus Overvoltage Measurement
The measurement is taken at the DC bus capacitor terminals. The voltage is
compared to a threshold voltage of 850 VDC. If the DC bus voltage is greater
than 850 VDC, the DC bus overvoltage fault is triggered.
The DC bus voltage can be displayed on the keypad display at the line
“DC BUS U”.
3.30
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
DC Bus Overvoltage
Figure 3.14 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the DC bus
overvoltage fault is present.
continued on page 3.32
DC BUS
OVERVOLTAGE
Fault Displayed
No DB Resistor (menu 7.4)
• Braking too hard.
Possible
cause
DB Resistor (menu 7.4)
• Incorrect operation
of DB Resistor.
• Braking too hard
• Overhauling load
• Deceleration time.
• Resistance value.
• Wiring.
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
Figure 3.14:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Increase deceleration
ramp.
• Use a DB resistor.
Controller must be
equiped w/ a DB switch.
See VD0C06S304 (Rev. E
or higher).
• Increase the
deceleration ramp.
• Change or decrease
the ohmic value of the
resistor if it is not at
its minimum.
• Use a DB resistor with
a higher energy rating.
See 8800CT9701 for
resistor selection.
DC Bus Overvoltage
3.31
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
DC Bus Overvoltage
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DC Bus Overvoltage
continued on page 3.33
• Line-borne overvoltage
transient.
• Instability on high inertia.
• Internal drive controller
fault.
Possible
cause
• Check the drive
controller output current.
Check
to be
performed
• Current surging during
acceleration.
Result
Solution
3.32
• Install line reactors or
drive isolation transformer
upstream of controller.
• Increase the
acceleration time.
• Review bandwidth and
damping parameters.
Refer to VD0C06S305_.
Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4, and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Control basket.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
DC Bus Overvoltage
DC Bus Overvoltage
continued from page 3.32
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
• DB Resistor
present and correctly
sized.
• DB Resistor Assembly
thermal switch.
• Check the DB IGBT
and Diode modules
(section 3).
• OK
• Problem
• Switch tripped.
• Refer to section 4 to
change the power board.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• DB IGBT
components
• Reset switch. Check
for proper application of
Dynamic Braking.
• Check the DB IGBT,
and Diode modules
(section 3).
Result
Solution
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.33
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Input Phase Loss
Input Phase Loss
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.15 illustrates the measurement principle used for the input phase
loss fault.
Line Filter Board
(if present)
J5
J5
J5
J5
Control Basket
(1)
Power Board
(1) A galvanic isolator is present on some power boards (no direct
connection to the control basket).
Figure 3.15:
Input Phase Loss Measurement
The measurement diagram is the same as that for detection of line
overvoltage. After rectifying the 3 phases, the mean value is used for
detection. If all 3 phases are missing, a fault is triggered if the line voltage is
less than 50 V peak. If 1 phase is missing, the value of the ripple rate is
measured. In all cases, the presence of the fault is checked for 1 second
before the input phase loss fault is triggered.
This circuit will also respond to input line voltage unbalance. Voltage
unbalance greater than 18-20% will trigger an input phase loss. Voltage
unbalance is defined in NEMA ICS 7.
“Input Phase Loss” is a self clearing fault. If the cause of the fault is corrected
(i.e., the missing phase is restored to an acceptable level), internal logic will
clear the fault and unlatch the drive controller. The drive controller will then
be ready to start.
3.34
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Input Phase Loss
Figure 3.16 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the input phase
loss fault is present.
INPUT
PHASE LOSS
Fault Displayed
• Loss of input line phase.
• Internal drive controller
fault.
• Transient fault on 1
phase for t ≥ 1 sec.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
Figure 3.16:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Refer to "Checking
Peripheral Equipment" in
section 5:
• Check the controller
input line fuses.
• Check the input line.
Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4, and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Line filter board.
• Control basket.
• Reset by removing the
input line power (wait
until the keypad display
fades).
Input Phase Loss
3.35
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Overload
Motor Overload
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Using the signals provided by the T1 and T3 current sensors, the load status
is calculated in relation to the thermal current (Ith) and the type of protection
programmed in Fault Management (menu 7.4).
• Self-cooled motor
• Force-ventilated motor
• Manual tuning
Two time constants are taken into account:
• Short constant: copper temperature rise (motor overload)
• Long constant: iron temperature rise (motor load status)
When the motor thermal state reaches 100%, there is a thermal early
warning and the yellow LED blinks. The motor overload fault is triggered if the
thermal state reaches 118%.
The motor overload thermal state percent can be displayed on the keypad
display at the “MOTOR THERMAL STATE” line.
Reset of this fault is possible when motor thermal state drops below 100%.
3.36
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Motor Overload
Figure 3.17 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the motor
overload fault is present.
MOTOR
OVERLOAD
Fault Displayed
• Motor thermal
state > 118%.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
• Motor current.
• Motor load status.
• Operating cycle.
• Thermal state while
tripped.
Result
• Motor RMS current
during operating cycle
exceeds motor FLA.
• Motor thermal capability
envelope not coordinated
with overload function.
• Motor RMS current does
not exceed motor FLA.
• Motor thermal capability
envelope correctly
coordinated with overload
function.
• Motor thermal state does
not gradually decay with
controller in standby/
tripped mode.
• Motor is overloaded for
application. Reduce motor
load or use larger drive.
Refer to SC100 R5/95 for
application considerations.
• Adjust motor overload
thermal envelope to
coordinate with motor
capability.
Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4, and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Motor current sensors.
• Control basket.
Solution
Figure 3.17:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Motor Overload
3.37
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Output Phase Loss
Output Phase Loss
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.18 shows the measurement principle used for the output phase loss
fault.
Inverter
Bridge
DC Bus
J15
8 2 6
Motor Current Sensor
Signal
– 15 V
Common
Signal
+ 15 V
– 15 V
Common
+ 15 V
U/T1
U/T2
U/T3
11
13
12
14
+ 15 V
– 15 V
Common
11
13
12
14
Control
Basket
Power Board
Figure 3.18:
J5
4 7 1 5 3
Output Phase Loss Measurement
Motor current is measured continuously by the T1, T3 Hall Effect motor
current sensors.
If the drive controller firmware level is 3.0 or earlier:
• An output phase loss fault is triggered when the measured output current
is less than the 400 V rated output current of the drive controller [1] divided
by 22 and this condition lasts for 0.5 seconds.
• In constant torque, there is no detection if the motor frequency is less than
1 Hz. In variable torque, there is no detection if the motor frequency is less
than 33% of nominal frequency.
If the drive controller firmware level is 3.1 or later:
• An output phase loss fault is triggered when the measured output current
is less than the 400 V rated output current of the drive controller [1] divided
by 32 and this condition lasts for 2 to 5 seconds.
• Regardless of torque mode, output phase loss detection is not disabled
until output frequency drops below 1 Hz or the bypass application function
is enabled.
[1] For drive controllers 400 V rated output current, see “Technical Characteristics” in
instruction bulletin VD0C06S304_. (Example: 400 V rated output current of ATV66C10N4 drive
controller configured for “CT” operation is 152 A).
3.38
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Output Phase Loss
Figure 3.19 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when the output phase
loss fault is present.
Fault Displayed
OUTPUT
PHASE LOSS
continued on page 3.40
Possible
cause
• Open circuit or high
resistance connection
between U/T1, V/T2
and W/T3.
• Check the U/T1, V/T2
and W/T3 wiring to the
motor.
• Check for proper control
Check
sequencing and electrical
to be
performed continuity of output
contactor.
• Check overload relay
for continuity.
• Check continuity of
motor windings.
Result
Solution
• Instabilities in load on
motor causing current
fluctuatuions.
• Lightly loaded motor.
Trip occurs below 10 Hz.
• Review setting of
Damping (menu 1).
• In CT mode, review
setting of IR Compensation
(menu 1).
• In CT HI Torque mode,
review setting of Voltage
Boost (menu 1).
• In VT Normal mode,
review setting of Profile
(menu 1).
• Motor lead break or poor
connection.
• Output contactor not
closed or has high
resistance contacts.
• Overload relay open.
• Motor windings open.
• Damping set too low.
• IR Compensation set too
high.
• Voltage Boost set too
low.
• Profile set too low.
• Replace motor leads or
retorque connections.
• Correct contactor
sequencing or replace the
contacts.
• Replace overload relay.
• Repair motor.
• Raise Damping level.
• Reduce IR Compensation
level.
• Raise Voltage Boost
level. If necessary, switch
to CT HI Torque mode.[1]
• Increase Profile level.
If necessary, switch to VT
Normal mode. [1]
[1] When changing torque mode, other parameters in Menu 7 will be affected.
Review settings in Menu 7 before putting drive controller back into service.
Figure 3.19:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Output Phase Loss
3.39
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Output Phase Loss
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
continued from page 3.39
• Motor undersized in
relation to drive controller.
• Improper current
feedback.
• Improper gating of
drive controller IGBTs.
Possible
cause
Check motor nameplate
for magnetizing value. If
not on nameplate:
Check
• Temporarily disable output
to be
phase loss detection.
performed • Run motor with no load at
the motor rated frequency.
• Measure motor
magnetizing current.
• Temporarily disable
output phase loss detection
(menu 7.4).
• Run drive controller and
motor at steady state
speed.
• Measure three output
currents with True RMS
meter and determine
average.
• Monitor motor current on
keypad display.
• Temporarily disable
output phase loss detection
(menu 7.4).
• Perform Procedure 10:
Output Motor Voltage
Measurement in section 5.
• Perform Transistor Test in
Autodiagnostic screen
(menu 8). See "Diagnostic
Mode" in section 3.
[2]
• Measured currents are
balanced within 5% of the
average reading and differ
from keypad display by
more than 5% of the
keypad reading.
• Measured currents are
unbalanced by more than
5% of the average reading.
• Voltages are imbalanced
by more than 3% of
average reading.
• Output phase common
to two low readings may
have hardware problem.
• Compare above results
with Transistor Test
results.[3]
• See output phase loss
measurement figure in
this section and
verify connections.
• See section 4 to replace
either the motor current
sensors, power board, flex
cables, or control basket.
• Refer to "Open circuit or
high resistance connection
between U/T1, V/T2 and
W/T3" in section 3.
• Refer to "Improper gating
of drive contoller IGBTs".
• Check connections:
1. Control basket to power
board and gate driver
board.
2. Power board to gate
driver board.
3. Gate driver board to
IGBT module.
• Check the inverter bridge.
See "Checking the Power
Part of the Drive Controller"
in section 3.
• See section 4 to replace
either the flex cables, gate
driver board, power board,
IGBT module or control
basket.
With drive firmware ≤ 3.0
I motor < I n drive controller
22
Result
[2]
With drive firmware ≥ 3.1
I motor < I n drive controller
32
Solution
• See sections "Control
Types" and "Motor
Considerations" in bulletin
VD0C06S304_.
• In multi-motor applications,
disable Output Phase Loss
detection and supply
separate overload for each
motor.
[2] "I motor" = Motor current, "I n drive dontroller" = 400 V rated output current.
See "Technical Characteristics" in bulletin VD0C06S304_.
(example: 400 V rated output current of ATV66C10N4 configured for "CT" operation = 152 A.
[3] Refer to "Checking the Power Part of the Drive Controller" in section 3 to identify transistor numbers.
3.40
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Overtemperature
Figures 3.20 through 3.22 illustrate the measurement principle used for the
drive overtemperature fault.
Drive Overtemperature
TS3
NTC
J7-1
TS3 is mounted
behind the
power board.
63 °C
J7-2
TS1
TS1, TS2 and the
NTC sensor are
mounted on the
heatsink.
Figure 3.20:
Control Basket
J5
J5
J5
J5
J7-3
95 °C
95 °C
J7-4
ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
TS3 is mounted
on the bracket
supporting the
upper motor
current sensor.
TS3
NTC
J7-1
73 °C
TS1 and the
NTC sensor are
mounted on the
heatsink.
J7-2
TS1
Power Board
TS2
Control Basket
J7-3
TS2 is mounted
on the center
AC line fuse bus
bar.
Figure 3.21:
Power Board
TS2
73 °C
110 °C
J7-4
ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design B and C
Fan Fail
Relay
Fan Failure
Detection Assembly (3X)
+
Overtemperature
Detection Circuit
Power Supply
12 VDC
R
∗
∗
∗
∗ All 7.5 Ω
78 °C
78 °C
NTC
25 W
–
TS1-3, associated
resistors and the
fan fail relay are
located behind the
stirring fan assemblies.
R
78 °C
J7-1
TS1
TS7
TS4-8 and the
NTC sensor are
mounted on the
heatsink.
TS8
TS2
TS3
J7-2
TS4
TS5
TS6
Power Board
Control Basket
J5
J5
J7-3
68 °C
68 °C
68 °C
85 °C
85 °C
J7-4
The overtemperature detection circuit power supply is
mounted on the right side of the heatsink below the
control power transformer.
Figure 3.22:
ATV66C23N4-C31N4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.41
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Overtemperature
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Drive controller temperature is monitored by two separate feedback circuits.
One circuit uses an NTC (negative temperature coefficient) thermal probe
secured to central point on the heatsink. Its feedback allows the control board
to monitor the thermal state of the drive controller. This value can be
displayed on the keypad under “Drive Thermal State”. A drive controller with
the heatsink at 70 °F (21 °C) will display a drive thermal state of about 20%.
As the drive controller is operated and the heatsink temperature rises, so
does the displayed value of drive thermal state.
If the drive thermal state reaches 100% [which corresponds to a heatsink
temperature of about 230 °F (110 °C)], there will be a thermal early warning
and the yellow LED will flash. If, after one minute, the drive thermal state has
not dropped to 89%, the **DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault is triggered and the red
LED will illuminate.
A **DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault will also be generated if the drive thermal
state is extremely low. This can occur if the drive controller is operated in an
ambient below 32 °F (0 °C).
A shorted NTC probe will cause the drive thermal state to rise immediately
to 125% resulting in a **DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault. A fault will also occur if
the NTC probe develops an internal open circuit condition or the connection
from the thermal probe to the power board is broken. In each of these cases,
the drive thermal state will drop immediately to 0%.
On drive controller models ATV66C10N4 to C19N4, an additional
temperature switch is wired in series with the NTC probe. This temperature
switch is mounted in the airstream of the power board stirring fan. If this
temperature switch opens up, the drive thermal state will drop immediately
to 0% resulting in a **DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault.
On drive controller models ATV66C23N4 to C31N4, there is a fan failure
detection circuit to monitor the three inverter IGBT section stirring fans. In
series with the NTC thermal probe are three, normally closed, temperature
switches (in the airstream of the stirring fans) and a normally open relay
contact (on the fan fail relay). Each temperature switch is in the airstream of
a stirring fan mounted to a metal plate in combination with a power resistor.
The resistor, fed by the overtemperature detection circuit power supply,
dissipates heat at a steady rate. As long as the associated fan is operating
properly and the ambient air does not exceed 104 °F (40 °C), the
temperature switch in this particular section will remain closed. The fan fail
relay is also energized by the overtemperature detection circuit power supply
and is included to prove that the power supply is functioning properly. If either
the power supply or relay fails, the circuit through the relay contact will be
broken. Since the relay and switch contacts are in series with the NTC
thermal probe, the breaking of this circuit will cause the drive thermal state
to immediately drop to 0% with a resultant **DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault.
The second temperature feedback circuit is a series of temperature switches.
**DRIVE OVERTEMP.** fault will be generated if one of the temperature
switches mounted in a key location of the drive controller opens. This could
indicate that a critical temperature threshold near one of the power modules
in the drive controller had been exceeded. It might indicate that the heatsink
fan had failed. Most of these temperature switches are mounted on the
heatsink. On drive controller models ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Design B and
C, there is a temperature switch mounted on the center AC line fuse bus bar.
Since these switches are not associated with the NTC thermal probe, their
opening has no effect on the displayed drive thermal state.
3.42
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Overtemperature
The drive controller also compares its internal thermal state and the
estimated motor thermal state. If the motor thermal state is significantly
higher than the drive thermal state, the drive controller will assume there is a
fault in the drive thermal state feedback circuit and trigger a **DRIVE
OVERTEMP.** fault. Figure 3.23 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure
when the drive overtemperature fault is present.
DRIVE
OVERTEMPERATURE
Fault Displayed
continued on page 3.44
• Drive Thermal State < 2%.
• Drive Thermal State = 2–88%.
Possible
cause
• Drive ambient ≤ 32 °F (0 °C).
• Open NTC thermal probe.
• Open circuit connection
from J7-1 and J7-2 on power
Check
board (see drive temperature
to be
performed measurement figures in this
section).
• ATV66C10N4-C19N4:
Power board stirring fan
inoperative, TS3 damaged.
• ATV66C23N4-C31N4:
blocked intakes on stirring
fans, inverter IGBT section
stirring fan(s) are not operating,
TS1, 2 or 3 are open, fan fail
relay is unplugged or damaged,
overtemp. detection circuit
power supply is inoperative.
• Damaged or improperly
seated J5 flex cable.
• Inoperative power board.
• Inoperative control basket.
Solution
• Ensure drive controller
ambient is 32-104 °F (0-40 °C).
• Replace heatsink thermal
probe.
• Repair circuit connection
from J7-1 and J7-2 on power
board.
• Replace inoperative stirring
fan.
• Replace inoperative
temperature switch.
• ATV66C23N4-C31N4:
Reseat or replace fan fail relay,
Replace overtemperature
detection circuit power supply.
• Reseat or replace J5 flex
cable.
• Replace power board.
• Replace control basket.
Figure 3.23:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Drive controller has tripped
on overtemperature fault and
has not yet been reset.
• Check motor thermal state for
significant difference from drive
thermal state.
• ATV66C10N4-C19N4:
TS1 or 2 open.
• ATV66C23N4-C31N4:
TS4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 open.
• Open circuit connection
from J7-3 and J7-4 on power
board (see the drive temp.
measurement figures in this
section).
• Improperly seated connector
on IGBT gate driver boards.
• Damaged or improperly
seated J5 flex cable.
• Inoperative power board.
• Inoperative control basket.
• Inoperative IGBT gate board.
• Reset drive controller.
• Verify motor overload setting
on keypad display. Adjust as
needed.
• Replace temperature switch.
• Repair circuit connection
from J7-3 and J7-4 on power
board.
• Repair connections to
IGBT gate driver boards.
• Reseat or replace J5 flex
cable.
• Replace power board.
• Replace control basket.
• Replace IGBT gate board.
Drive Overtemperature
3.43
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Drive Overtemperature
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
continued from page 3.43
• Drive Thermal State = 89-124%.
• Drive Thermal State = 125%.
Possible
cause
• Drive ambient ≥ 104 °F (40 °C).
Check
• Heatsink or ventilation openings
to be
clogged.
performed • Heatsink fan(s) inoperative.
• Altitude ≥ 3300 ft (1000 m)
Solution
3.44
• Ensure drive controller
ambient is 32-104 °F (0-40 °C).
• Refer to "Cleaning Heatsink
and Air Passages" in section 5.
• Replace heatsink fan(s).
• Maximum operating altitude =
3300 ft (1000 m). Consult
Square D Sales Office for
more details.
• Defective NTC thermal probe.
• Defective circuit connection
from J7-3 and J7-4 on power
board (see drive temperature
measurement figure in this
section).
• Damaged or improperly
seated J5 flex cable.
• Inoperative power board.
• Inoperative control basket.
• Replace NTC thermal probe.
• Repair circuit connection
from J7-1 and J7-2 on power
board.
• Reseat or replace J5 flex
cable.
• Replace power board.
• Replace control basket.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Loss of Follower
The loss of follower fault is triggered if the reference current to AI2 is less than
2.8 mA which corresponds to 14% in the I/O map (menu 2). There is an
automatic reset if the current increases to 3.2 mA which corresponds to 16%
in the I/O map. This is valid if AI2 is configured as 4-20 mA or 20-4 mA.
Loss of Follower
Figure 3.24 details the troubleshooting procedure when the loss of follower
fault is present.
LOSS OF
FOLLOWER
Fault Displayed
• Faulty 4-20 mA
signal at AI2.
Possible
cause
• Check value of AI2
signal present in I/O Map
(menu 2).
Check
to be
performed
• Value below trip level.
• Value above trip level.
• Check the wiring and
sequence.
• Refer to section 4 to
change the control basket.
Result
Solution
Figure 3.24:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Loss Follower
3.45
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Sequence Time Out
Sequence Time Out
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The sequence time out fault is only available if the bypass application
function is configured. It is triggered:
• If the auxiliary contact on the drive controller output contactor is closed
before a run command is issued or is not closed before the end of the time
delay. This also prevents the drive controller from applying power to the
motor.
• If the contactor opens while the motor is operating.
In the event of a fault, check the sequencing circuitry and operation of the
output contactor.
Process Time Out
The process time out fault is associated with the bypass application function
and is only available if the process function is configured.
The fault is triggered if after the process time out, the assigned LI has not
changed to 1.
Overspeed Fault
This fault is associated with the drive controller’s estimation of motor speed
and can occur with or without tachometer feedback.
• If tachometer feedback (an optional application of the extended I/O
modules VW3A66201, VW3A66202) is not enabled (menu 7.2), this fault
will occur if the drive controller’s estimation of motor speed exceeds its
Maximum Frequency parameter (menu 7) by 20% or more for 250 ms. In
such a case, check the base speed and power rating of the driven load
and compare with the operating speed and power rating of the drive
controller and motor. Review such settings as damping, bandwidth and
acceleration (menu 7).
• If tachometer feedback is enabled (menu 7.2), this fault will occur if:
— Tachometer feedback indicates that the motor speed is 10% higher
than the drive controller High Speed parameter (menu 1) for 250 ms.
This may be an indication of an overhauling load in which case, it may
be necessary to verify that the drive controller selection is correct for
application. It may also be an indication of misadjusted tachometer
feedback in which case, it will be necessary to review the section on
tachometer feedback in the instruction bulletin VD0C06T306_ as well
as documentation supplied with the tachometer.
— There is a 10% difference between motor speed based on tachometer
feedback and the actual output frequency of the drive controller for
250 ms. It may be an indication of misadjusted tachometer feedback
in which case, it will be necessary to review the section on tachometer
feedback in the instruction bulletin VD0C06T306_ as well as
documentation supplied with the tachometer. This may also be due to
machine overload. Rectify overload or verify that the drive controller
and motor are properly sized for the application.
— Tachometer feedback polarity is reversed. Review the section on
tachometer feedback in the instruction bulletin VD0C06T306_ and
adjust tachometer wiring.
— Tachometer device is only a uni-directional output. A bidirectional
device is required.
3.46
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Serial Link Fault
Feedback Loss
This fault is only possible if tachometer feedback (an optional application of
the extended I/O modules VW3A66201, VW3A66202) is enabled
(menu 7.2). This will occur if the output frequency of the drive controller
exceeds 8 Hz and the tachometer feedback indicates a motor frequency of
less than 1 Hz for 500 ms. In this case, review the section on tachometer
feedback in the instruction bulletin VD0C06T306_ and repair tachometer and
wiring.
Serial Link Fault
This fault is associated with the drive controller’s interaction with either the
keypad display or with a serial communication option such as Modbus Plus.
• Keypad display – If keypad control is enabled (menu 5), and the keypad is
removed from the drive controller, a serial link fault will be generated. This
fault can be viewed when the keypad is reinstalled.
• Serial Communication –This fault is generated if there is a loss of
communication between the communication network and the serial
communication option card or between the serial communication option
card and the drive controller. See the instruction bulletin supplied with the
serial communication option card for more details.
Custom. Fault
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
A logic input on the terminal block of the I/O extension module (VW3A66201
or VW3A66202) or an input from the serial communication link can be
selected to fault the drive controller on some external process condition.
Check the state of this input.
3.47
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Short Circuit or Overcurrent
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
TRIPS—REQUIRES POWER TO BE
CYCLED
Short Circuit or Overcurrent
Figure 3.25 illustrates the measurement principle used for the short circuit or
overcurrent fault.
T1 and T3
Motor Current Sensors
+
-
T1/T2/T3
J15
Power Board
J5
J5
Control
Basket
J13
Gate Driver Board
Figure 3.25:
Short Circuit Measurement
Protection is provided by the T1 and T3 motor current sensors as well as
desaturation detectors in the gate driving circuitry. When desaturation is
detected, it indicates an IGBT power block is not properly conducting current
when it is gated on.
A display of “SHORT CIRCUIT” is generated by the gate driver desaturation
detection circuitry when there is a short circuit between output phases, a
short circuit in the power section of the drive controller, a stressed or
overheated IGBT power block, or a problem with the gate driver itself, its
power supply or its connections to the IGBT power block.
A display of “SHORT CIRCUIT.” or “OVERCURRENT” indicates that the T1
and T3 motor current sensors have detected an output overcurrent problem.
If peak output current, as measured by the output current sensors, exceeds
2.8 times the continuous output 400 V CT current rating of the drive controller
(see “Technical Characteristics” in the VDOC06S304_ manual), a warning
pulse is generated. (example: continuous output 400 V CT current rating for
ATV66C10N4 is 152 A.) Five warning pulses within 255 ms will trigger the
“SHORT CIRCUIT.” or “OVERCURRENT” fault.
3.48
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Short Circuit or Overcurrent
SHORT-CIRCUIT
or
SHORT-CIRCUIT•
or OVERCURRENT
Fault Displayed
continued on page 3.50
• Short-circuit or grounding
Possible
cause
on drive controller output.
(SHORT-CIRCUIT or
SHORT-CIRCUIT• or
OVERCURRENT)
• Check the output wiring
Check
to be
performed
and the motor. See
"Procedure 4: Checking
Peripheral Equipment".
• Insulation of motor or
Result
Solution
Figure 3.26:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
cable is damaged.
• Repair or replace the
output cable or motor.
• Insufficient motor leakage
reactance (high efficiency
motor, multi-motor
applications).
• Electrical noise induced
into motor cables
(SHORT-CIRCUIT• or
OVERCURRENT)
• Internal drive controller
fault. (SHORT-CIRCUIT)
• During operation, when
does short circuit fault
occur?
• Keypad display shows
"SHORT-CIRCUIT• or
.OVERCURRENT".
• Incorrect wiring practice
used on motor cables.
• Conduct autodiagnostic
transistor test.
• See "Checking the DC
Bus" and "Checking the
Inverter Bridge".
• Check connections to
gate driver board.
• Fault occurs during
acceleration or current
limit operation.
• Shorted transistor.
• Bad connection to gate
driver board.
• Place a reactor at the
drive controller output.
• Correct motor cable
installation. Refer to
VD0C06S304_.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• Inverter IGBT kit
components.
• Power board.
• Flex cables.
• Control basket.
Short Circuit, Short Circuit. or Overcurrent
3.49
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Short Circuit or Overcurrent
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
continued from page 3.49
• Incorrect or no
current feedback.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
Result
Solution
3.50
• If fault is intermittent,
measure motor output
current (procedure 11 in
section 5) and compare
readings with menu 4.1
on keypad display.
• Connection of motor
current sensor to power
board.
• +/– 15 V power supplies
to motor current sensor
(see "Output Phase Loss"
in section 3).
• Read motor current on
keypad display with drive
controller not running.
• If keypad and measured
current differ by more than
10%, problem exists with
current feedback.
• Cable disconnected at
motor current sensor or on
power board.
• Motor current sensor
cable damaged.
• Power supplies missing.
• Reconnect cable.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• Motor current sensor.
• Power board.
• Flex cables.
• Control basket.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Transistor Short Circuit or Ground Fault
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Short Circuit
This fault appears if the self-test of the inverter bridge (which occurs only on
power up of the drive controller) detects what appears to be a shorted output
transistor. During this self-test, each individual output transistor is gated. If a
desaturation fault is returned by the gate drive board of that transistor, it is
assumed that the other transistor in that phase is shorted or is permanently
gated on. This test stops as soon as a faulted transistor is found. No further
testing is performed to find other shorted transistors. This test lasts for about
100 ms and takes place before the autotune pulse to the motor is processed.
A fault in the drive controller output wiring can also cause this fault condition.
Check this wiring before checking the output transistors.
When this fault is displayed, follow the directions in the section “Checking the
Inverter Bridge” on page 3.69. Replace defective output transistors and
related components supplied in the inverter IGBT renewal parts kit.
If no damaged output transistors are found, check all connections to the
transistor modules, the gate driver boards, the power board, the control
board, the motor current sensors, the heatsink temperature switches, and the
I/O extension module (if present). Refer to the procedure for replacing the flex
cables in section 4 to verify that the J3, J4, and J5 cables are properly seated.
Replace inoperative components in this order: gate driver board, power
board, motor current sensor, flex cables, control basket, and I/O extension
module.
On drive controller models ATV66C10N4–C19N4 (designs B and C) with
dynamic braking circuitry not installed, this fault will also occur if connector
A in Figure 3.27 is not attached to the dynamic braking gate driver wiring
harness.
A
Figure 3.27:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
DB Gate Driver Connector
3.51
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Short Circuit
Open Transistor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This fault appears if the self-test of the inverter bridge (which occurs only on
power up of the drive controller) detects what appears to be an open output
transistor. An open transistor is one that will not conduct current. During this
self-test, two output transistors (one attached to the (+) DC bus and one
attached to the (-) DC bus but in different output phases) are gated on for
512 µs. If there is a motor attached to the drive controller, this test will cause
current flow through two of the motor phases (example: T1 to T2, T2 to T3, or
T1 to T3). The test will fail if current feedback measured by the drive controller
is less than 17% of the drive controller’s 400 V CT rated output current
(example: 400 V rated output current of an ATV66C10N4 drive controller
configured for CT operation is 152 A. See “Technical Characteristics” in
VD0C06S304_ Bulletin). Successive tests take place until all of the output
transistors have been exercised. This test lasts for about 100 ms and takes
place before the autotune pulse to the motor is processed.
If there is no motor attached to the drive controller (example: output
contactor), this test is aborted and no fault is generated. This fault will be
displayed if there are faulty high impedance connections between the drive
controller and one phase of the motor. This fault may also appear if there is
a higher than expected output impedance attached to the drive controller
(example: very low power motor, high impedance motor cables, etc.).
When this fault is displayed, check all connections to the motor. Follow the
directions in the section “Checking the Inverter Bridge” on page 3.69.
Replace damaged output transistors and related components supplied in the
inverter IGBT renewal parts kit.
If no damaged output transistors are found, check all connections to the
transistor modules, the gate driver boards, the power board, the control
board, and the motor current sensors. Refer to the procedure for replacing
the flex cables in section 4 to verify that the J3, J4, and J5 cables are properly
seated. Replace inoperative components in this order: motor current sensor,
power board, gate drive board, flex cables, control basket.
3.52
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Dynamic Brake Fault
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Dynamic Brake Resistor Overtemperature
Figure 3.28 shows the measurement principle used for the dynamic brake
fault.
DB Resistor
PA
+
DB Diode
PB
I>
DB IGBT
GV2
–
Figure 3.28:
Dynamic Brake Fault Measurement
During power-up, the dynamic brake IGBT is operated and the voltage at the
PA and PB terminals is checked to determine if the DB Resistor is present.
The dynamic brake fault appears if DB fault is set to “YES” in menu 7.4 (Fault
Management), and the resistor is missing, broken, or has too low of a
resistance value (see Table 3.1 below). This may also occur if the overcurrent
protection in the DB resistor circuit has opened. This fault will also occur if the
DB IGBT module or DB diode modules are damaged. Refer to sections
“Checking the DB IGBT Module” and “Checking the DB Diode Module” for
further diagnosis.
Table 3.1: Minimum DB Resistance Values
Drive Controller Model Number
Minimum DB Resistance
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
ATV66C15N4
2.5 Ω
ATV66C19N4
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
ATV66C31N4
Dynamic Brake Resistor Overtemperature
2Ω
1.25 Ω
The resistor temperature rise is calculated continuously using the value of
the resistor programmed in the Fault Management menu, the DC bus voltage
measurement, and the braking time measurement (minimum 1 msec).
The power is calculated according to the conduction time of the DB Resistor.
The resistance value is set in the Fault Management menu and the thermal
time constant is factory set in the controller.
There is no early warning for this fault. The temperature rise state cannot be
displayed on the keypad display.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.53
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Dynamic Brake Resistor Overtemperature
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 3.29 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when a dynamic brake
overtemperature fault is present.
DB RESISTOR
OVERTEMPERATURE
Fault Displayed
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
• DB Resistor has
insufficient thermal rating
for application.
• DB Resistor parameters
incorrectly programmed in
controller.
• DB IGBT transistor
damaged.
• The DB Resistor or its
associated enclosure is
operating at excessive
temperature.
• The DB Resistor is
warm, but not excessively
hot.
• The DB Resistor is cold.
• Cycle too harsh.
• Sizing of resistor.
• Compatibility of
installed vs. programmed
resistor.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• Control basket.
• DB IGBT Kit
components.
• Power board.
Result
Solution
Figure 3.29:
3.54
DB Resistor Overtemperature
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Control Supply Fault
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Precharge Failure
The type of fault occurs if:
• Control power is supplied separately and the L1, L2 and L3 terminals are
powered before the CL1 and CL2 terminals. Check external wiring and
fusing.
• The shunts between CL1-L1 and CL2-L2 are missing and separate
control power is not supplied. Install the shunts.
• The control power frequency is not between 48.1 and 52.1 Hz for a 50Hz
line supply or between 56.8 and 62.1 Hz for a 60 Hz line supply. Supply
the proper line supply frequency.
Precharge Failure
When the unit is powered up, the charging of the DC bus is monitored. When
the DC bus reaches a level of 450 Vdc, a 1500 msec timer is triggered. The
DC bus voltage must stabilize for a period of at least 100 ms during this
1500 ms window. If not, a “Precharge Failure” fault is triggered.
The drive controller also monitors the peak of the incoming AC line and
compares that with the DC bus voltage. If there is a difference greater than
70 V while the drive controller is being commanded to operate (LI1 is valid),
a “Precharge Failure” fault is triggered. This check is made every millisecond.
Power for the precharge contactor coil is derived from the secondary of the
control power transformer which also feeds the heatsink and stirring fans.
The primary of the control power transformer is fed by voltage applied to CL1
and CL2 through fuses FU5 and FU6. Control of the precharge contactor
comes from the control basket through J5 to the power board. The precharge
contactor coil connects to the power board at J6.
If a “Precharge Failure” occurs, verify:
• Has the precharge circuit protector (two in drive controllers ATV66C23N4C31N4) tripped? Reset if possible. If protector trips again, follow
procedures in section “Checking the DC Bus”.
• Is the precharge resistor damaged? See section “Checking the Precharge
Resistor”. Replace as needed.
• Are the DC bus fuse(s) good? See section “Checking the Power Part of
the Drive Controller”. If a fuse is blown, follow the procedures in “Checking
the DC Bus”.
• Are the fans working?
Check the line voltage at CL1 and CL2. Are fuses FU5 and FU6 good?
Replace if needed. If the fuses fail again, verify the impedance of
contactor coil and all fans. Replace as needed.
Check the connections to the control power transformer, precharge
contactor coil power board, and control basket. Repair as needed.
— On drive controllers ATV66C10N4-C19N4 (Design A), check all
connections to TB1 (with terminals CL1 and CL2) and TB3 (by
precharge circuit protector – GV2).
— On drive controllers ATV66C10N4-C19N4 (Designs B and C), check
all connections to TB1 (with terminals CL1 and CL2) and cable
connector P51 (see section 4.2).
— On drive controllers ATV66C23N4-C31N4, check all of the
connections to TB2 (see section 4.3).
Check continuity of precharge contactor coil. Replace if needed.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.55
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Ground Fault
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Compare the DC bus voltage and AC line voltage with the values
displayed on the keypad. See “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT” and “PROCEDURE 3: INPUT LINE VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT”. If there is more than a 5% discrepancy, verify all
connections to the power board and control basket. Replace the following
parts as needed: flex cables, power board, control basket.
Refer to the sections “Checking the DB IGBT Module” and “Checking the
DB Diode Module” to check for shorted dynamic braking components.
Replace as needed.
Ground Fault
Figure 3.30 illustrates the measurement principle used for the ground fault.
Ground Fault Current Sensor
+
-
T1/T2/T3
J8
J5
Power Board
Figure 3.30:
J5
Control Basket
Ground Fault Measurement
The (+) and (-) terminals of the DC bus pass through the ground fault current
sensor. During normal operation, the difference in the current in the (+) and
(-) DC bus should be extremely small. However, some instantaneous
difference may be present due to parasitic capacitance to ground.
The ground fault is triggered on a threshold of the signal from the current
sensor. The measurement is taken every millisecond. The ground fault is
used to protect the drive controller only.
3.56
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Ground Fault
Figure 3.31 illustrates the troubleshooting procedure when a ground fault is
present.
GROUND FAULT
Fault Displayed
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
• Grounding of the motor,
motor cable, or DB
Resistor and cable.
• Incorrect motor cable
wiring practice.
• Excessive motor cable
length.
• Motor cable incompatible
with application.
• Motor cable submerged
in water.
• Check the insulation
and wiring of the
DB Resistor or the motor.
• See "Checking the
Peripheral Equipment" in
section 5.
• Internal drive controller
fault.
• Poor connection to
ground fault current
sensor.
• Cable wiring practices.
• Cable length.
• Cable type.
• Cable environment.
• Cable not installed as
recommended in
VD0C06S304_.
• Multiple controller motor
cables housed in a single
conduit.
• Cable length exceeds
length recommended in
VD0C06S304_.
• Cable type incompatible
with recommendations in
VD0C06S304_.
• Cable damp/submerged
in water.
Result
Solution
Figure 3.31:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Repair or replace
motor, motor cable, or
DB resistor and cable.
• Correct motor cable
installation.
• Install reactor on output
of controller.
• Replace cable with
correct type.
• Keep cable dry.
• Reseat connection
between ground fault
current sensor and the
power board. Refer to
section 4 to change the:
• Ground fault current
sensor.
• Power board.
• Flex cables.
• Control basket.
Ground Fault
3.57
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Internal Fault
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The internal fault is triggered when:
Internal Fault
• The +/- 15 V power supplies feeding the control basket at J9 are below
+/- 11.5 V.
• The power rating read from the EEPROM on the power board is not
recognized.
• An I/O extension module is removed while the drive controller is
energized.
• A motor current sensor is inoperative.
• Internal drive controller connections are open.
Figure 3.32 details the troubleshooting procedure when an internal fault is
present.
Fault Displayed
• Open internal drive
controller connections.
Possible
cause
Check
to be
performed
•
•
•
•
•
Check all connections to:
Power board.
Gate driver boards.
Motor current sensors.
Control basket.
INTERNAL
FAULT
• Rating not recognized.
• Incompatible components
installed.
• +/- 15 V supply problem.
• Drive controller
identification (menu 6).
• Autodiagnostics:
test the supply.
• Display/unit compatibility.
Result
Solution
Figure 3.32:
3.58
• Refer to "Replacing the
Flex Cables" in section 4
to verify proper seating of
the J3, J4 and J5 flex
cables. Refer to section 4
to change the:
• Flex cables.
• Power board.
• Control basket.
• Motor Current Sensors.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• Power board.
• Control basket.
Refer to section 4 to
change the:
• Control basket.
• Power board.
• Motor current sensor.
Internal Fault
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Memory Fault
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Memory Fault
This fault occurs upon power up if the control basket did not successfully
store data to EEPROM memory on the power board during the previous
power down cycle. If this fault occurs:
• Verify integrity of drive controller grounding (including the grounding screw
securing the lower left hand corner of the control basket) and line power
connections.
• Perform a factory reset of the drive controller (menu 9) and reprogram
required configuration.
• Refer to section 4 “Replacing the Flex Cables” to verify that the J3, J4 and
J5 flex cables are properly seated.
• Change flex cables.
• Change the control basket.
• Change the power board.
Link Fault
This fault covers several possibilities. If the yellow and green LEDs on the
front door of the drive controller are on simultaneously, this could indicate a
halting of the program on the control basket (watchdog timer trip). If all three
LEDs are on, this could indicate the microprocessor has run an illegal or
incoherent instruction. If no LEDs are on, this could indicate a problem with
the 5 Vdc power supply on the control basket and the keypad display. If this
fault occurs:
• Verify integrity of drive controller grounding including the grounding screw
securing the lower left hand corner of the control basket.
• Reset of the drive controller by disconnecting all power and allowing the
keypad and LEDs to go blank before restoring power.
• Check seating of cables J9 and J18 (or J32) on the control basket.
• Verify proper seating of I/O extension module.
• Change the control basket and keypad display.
• Change the power board.
Auto-Test Fail
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
This fault occurs only on power up. It indicates a failure during the selfdiagnostic routine of the control basket. Check all connections to the control
basket including the grounding screw securing the lower left hand corner of
the control basket. Cycle power to rerun the self-diagnostic routine. If the fault
persists, replace the control basket and keypad display.
3.59
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Keypad Display is Off
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
When the drive controller is powered-up, and the keypad display is not active:
KEYPAD DISPLAY IS OFF
If the LEDs are not lit, check the unit supply or control basket connections (J9
ribbon cable, + 5 V between pins 7 and 8).
If the LEDs are lit, check that the keypad display is properly connected to the
control basket. If the keypad display is door-mounted, check the continuity of
the cable assembly.
External Signs of Equipment Damage
Look for any sign of physical damage to the exterior of the drive controller,
specifically:
• Cracked, charred, or damaged covers or enclosure parts
• Excessive surface temperatures of enclosures and conduits
• Damage to power or control conductor conduit
• Unusual noise or odors from any of the equipment
• Abnormal environmental conditions (i.e. temperature, humidity,
vibration, etc.)
• Other conditions which may adversely affect the operation of the
equipment
• Check the integrity of the keypad display unit. Note any scratches,
punctures, burn marks, chemical burns, moisture in the screen, or any
other signs of damage
• Check the vents for any blockage or obstructions
• Check the bottom of the drive controller for any signs of oil or electrolyte
which might have leaked from capacitors inside the controller
No External Signs of Equipment Damage
If no external damage is noted, thoroughly inspect the interior of the drive
controller.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
Read and understand these procedures before servicing ALTIVAR 66
drive controllers. Installation, adjustment, repair, and maintenance of
these drive controllers must be performed by qualified personnel.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
REMOVE ALL POWER FROM CONTROLLER BEFORE PROCEEDING!
Read and follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
3.60
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
A thorough visual and mechanical check of the controller should include, but
is not limited to the following points:
• General mechanical damage to components or assemblies
• Loose or missing fasteners
• Unplugged, loose, or damaged connectors
• Damaged cables or cable assemblies
• Cracked or damaged plastic castings
• Leaking, bulging, or ruptured capacitors
• Cracked or ruptured diode or IGBT power modules
• Discolored, cracked, burnt, or flashed insulation surfaces
• Burnt or discolored precharge or bus discharge resistors
• Jammed or sticking fan impellers
• Blocked or dirt laden air vents, heatsink fins or fan impellers
If damage is found, refer to specific check-out procedures on the following
pages and the replacement procedures in section 4. Remember that nonvisible damage may be present even after visible damage is repaired.
If no external signs of equipment damage are observed, check the power and
control parts of the drive controller. As defective parts or assemblies are
found, refer to section 4 for change out procedures.
Checking the Power Part of the Drive
Controller
Figure 3.33 illustrates the relationship between the power parts of the
controller.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
Read and understand these procedures before servicing ALTIVAR 66
drive controllers. Installation, adjustment, repair, and maintenance of
these drive controllers must be performed by qualified personnel.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
REMOVE ALL POWER FROM CONTROLLER BEFORE PROCEEDING!
Read and follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
When power is removed from an undamaged controller, the stored energy in
the bus and snubber capacitors is automatically discharged to nonhazardous
levels. However, the discharge mechanisms in a damaged controller may not
be operating properly and stored energy may be present. Before touching
any capacitor terminals, always check for the presence of voltage across the
capacitor terminals. The presence of voltage can affect resistance readings
and may signal the presence of hazardous stored energy. If capacitive
voltages are present, refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.61
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
GV2 Precharge
Circuit Protector
Precharge contactor
Line Rectifier
Diode Bridge
L
L
L
DB
diodes
+
Inverter Bridge
and IGBT Modules
PA
Precharge
Resistor
DC Bus
Capacitors
1
2
S1
S3
S5
S4
S6
S2
PB
3
DC Bus Fuse
– Balancing
Resistors
Discharge DB IGBT
Resistor
Module
U/T1
Figure 3.33:
V/T2
W/T3
Power Part Electrical Schematic (ATV66C10N4–C19N4 Design A)
GV2 Precharge
Circuit Protector
Precharge contactor
Line Rectifier
Diode Bridge
L
L
L
DB
diodes [1]
+
Precharge
Resistor
DC Bus
Capacitors
1
2
Inverter Bridge
and IGBT Modules
PA
S1
S3
S5
S4
S6
S2
PB
3
[2]
– Balancing
Resistors
[2]
[2]
Discharge DB IGBT
Resistor Module [1]
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
[1] Some drive controller models ATV66C10N4-C19N4 do not include these DB components.
[2] DC Bus Fuses
Figure 3.34:
Checking DC Bus Fuses
Power Part Electrical Schematic (ATV66C10N4–C19N4 Designs B
and C and ATV66C23N4–C31N4))
The drive controllers covered by this bulletin are equipped with one or three
DC bus fuse(s) to minimize damage in the event of an inverter failure.To
check the condition of the fuse(s), perform one of the following DC Bus Fuse
Test Procedures appropriate to the drive controller model being serviced.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• This equipment contains energy storage devices. Read and
understand the DC bus fuse test procedure before performing this
procedure. Measurement of DC bus capacitor voltage must be
performed by qualified personnel.
• DC bus LED is not an accurate indication of absence of DC bus
voltage.
• DO NOT short across capacitors or touch unshielded components or
terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
• Many parts in this drive controller, including printed wiring boards,
operate at line voltage. DO NOT TOUCH. Use only electrically
insulated tools.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
3.62
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
(Design A)
F4
Step 6
AI2-U
AI2-I
Figure 3.35:
PA
F4 Bus Fuse Test Procedure: ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 (Design A)
1. Disconnect and verify all power is removed from the drive controller.
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Open the front cover of the drive controller.
4. Set a voltmeter to the 1000 VDC scale. Measure the bus capacitor
voltage between the PA and (-) terminals to verify that the DC voltage is
less than 10 V. Do not short across capacitor terminals with voltage
present. See Figure 3.35.
5. If the bus capacitors are not fully discharged, refer to “PROCEDURE 2:
DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5.
Once the capacitor energy has been dissipated, continue with this
procedure.
6. Measure the voltage between the PA terminal and both sides of fuse F4
to verify the voltage is less than 10 V.
7. If the voltage is not less than 10 V, refer to “PROCEDURE 2:
DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5.
Once the capacitor energy has been dissipated, continue with this
procedure.
8. Check the condition of fuse F4 with an ohmmeter. If the fuse is blown, this
indicates that inverter or capacitor bank components may be damaged.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.63
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
(Design B and C) and
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
1. Disconnect and verify all power is removed from the drive controller.
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Open the front cover of the drive controller.
4. Set a voltmeter to the 1000 VDC scale. Measure the bus capacitor
voltage between the PA and (-) terminals to verify that the DC voltage is
less than 10 V. Do not short across capacitor terminals with voltage
present. See Figure 3.36 or 3.37.
5. If the bus capacitors are not fully discharged, refer to “PROCEDURE 2:
DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5.
Once the capacitor energy has been dissipated, continue with this
procedure.
6. Measure the voltage between the (-) terminal and U/T1, V/T2 and W/T3
terminals to verify the voltage is less than 10 V.
7. If the voltage is not less than 10 V, refer to “PROCEDURE 2:
DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5.
Once the capacitor energy has been dissipated, continue with this
procedure.
8. Disconnect the motor leads from the U/T1, V/T2 and W/T3 terminals of
the drive controller. Mark leads to facilitate correct replacement to
terminals.
9. Using a multimeter equipped with a diode junction test function (Fluke
Model 87 Multimeter or equivalent), perform the following measurements
to determine the condition of fuses F4A, F4B, and F4C:
a. Using the diode test function, check circuit continuity between U/T1
terminal to (-) terminal. Continuity should be present for either polarity
of the measurement. Lack of continuity in one direction is an
indication that fuse F4A is open.
b. Using the diode test function, check circuit continuity between V/T2
terminal to (-) terminal. Continuity should be present for either polarity
of the measurement. Lack of continuity in one direction is an
indication that fuse F4B is open.
c. Using the diode test function, check circuit continuity between W/T3
terminal to (-) terminal. Continuity should be present for either polarity
of the measurement. Lack of continuity in one direction is an
indication that fuse F4C is open.
10. If any of the fuses are open, this indicates that inverter or capacitor bank
components may be damaged.
11. Reconnect the motor leads to U/T1, V/T2 and W/T3 terminals of the drive
controller.
3.64
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
F4A
DC Bus LED
F4B
Fault LED
Caution LED
AI2-U
F4C
AI2-I
Power LED
L1
L2
L3
+
–
U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
PA PB
CL 21
CL 22
CL 1
CL 2
Protective
Switch
(GV2)
Fuses
F5 and F6
–
Figure 3.36:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
PA
F4A, F4B, F4C Bus Fuse Test Procedure: ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
(Designs B and C)
3.65
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
F1
F2
F3
L1
L3
L2
PB
-
F6
PA
F5
ICE
NOT
PA
—
4
DANGER
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
F4A
Figure 3.37:
3.66
F4B
F4C
F4A, F4B, F4C Bus Fuse Test Procedure: ATV66C23N4 to C31N4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Checking the Diode Bridge
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
Check the diode bridge as shown in Figure 3.38. This should be done for
each phase of the line supply with respect to the + and - terminals of the drive
controller. Use a 0 - 1000 V multimeter as recommended in the “LIST OF
TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS” in section 1. Set the meter on the diode scale.
In the event of any problem, disconnect the diodes and test them directly on
their terminals.
∞
∞
0
0
+
-
L1
0
L2
L3
1.0–OL
∞
+
+
L1
L2
L3
0.300–0.450
Figure 3.38:
Checking the DC Bus
∞
+
0
+
-
+
L1
L2
L3
0.300–0.450
L1
L2
L3
1.0–OL
Checking the Diode Bridge
The DC Bus is composed of the bus capacitors, bus capacitor balancing
resistors, means for discharging the bus capacitors upon removal of power,
low impedance buswork connecting the bus capacitors to the inverter bridge,
and power semiconductor fuses to minimize damage in the event of a power
diode or inverter switch failure.
Resistors are switched across the DC bus as a discharge means when power
is removed from CL1 and CL2. Switching is done by a normally closed
auxiliary contact on the precharge contactor.
The DC bus may be checked for short circuits after performing
“PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5. Also
perform “Checking DC Bus Fuses” on page 3.62.
If a blown DC bus fuse is found, the inverter bridge is probably damaged. The
blown fuse must be replaced before checking for DC bus short circuits.
To check for DC bus short circuits:
1. Connect the ohmmeter’s “volts/ohm” lead to the controller’s (+) terminal
and the ohmmeter’s “com” lead to the controller’s (-) terminal and
measure resistance readings.
2. Connect the ohmmeter’s “volts/ohm” lead to the controller’s PA terminal
and the ohmmeter’s “com” lead to the controller’s (-) terminal and
measure resistance readings.
The readings shown in Figures 3.39 and 3.40 (on page 3.68) should result.
NOTE: Capacitance charging will be observed during these tests. The
resistances listed are the steady-state values.
Controller
∞
Figure 3.39:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
0
+
_
+
_
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
ATV66C23N4-C31N4
Resistance
900-1500 Ω
500-1100 Ω
Checking the Rectifier Bus
3.67
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
∞
Figure 3.40:
0
+
_
Controller
Resistance
PA
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
_ ATV66C23N4-C31N4
900-1500 Ω
500-1100 Ω
Checking the Capacitor and Inverter Bus
3. If the resistance is greater than shown in Figures 3.39 and 3.40, there
may be an open balancing or discharge resistor, a loose bus connection,
or an open DC bus fuse.
4. If the resistance is greater than shown in Figure 3.39 and the resistance
is within the range shown in Figure 3.40, the precharge resistor or
precharge circuit protector (GV2) may be open.
5. If the resistance is less than that shown in Figures 3.39 and 3.40, there
may be a short circuit on the DC bus of the controller. If external wiring is
present on the (+), (-), or (PA) terminals, disconnect the wiring and repeat
the test to determine whether the cause of the lower resistance readings
is internal or external to the controller. If the cause of the lower resistance
readings is external to the controller, repeat the resistance measurement
to determine the actual state of the drive controller. If the resistance
measurements remain low after disconnecting the external wiring, then
there may be damage to the rectifier bridge, multiple IGBTs and
associated snubber boards (if used), DC bus insulation, or DC bus
capacitors.
6. If the resistance is within the range shown in Figure 3.39 and the
resistance is less than shown in Figure 3.40, the precharge resistor or
precharge circuit protector (GV2) may be open. If external wiring is
present on the (PA) and (-) terminals, disconnect the wiring and repeat
the test to determine whether the cause of the lower resistance readings
is internal or external to the controller. If the cause of the lower resistance
readings is external to the controller, repeat the resistance
measurements to determine the actual state of the drive controller. If the
resistance measurements remain low after disconnecting the external
wiring, additional damage may be present to multiple IGBTs and
associated snubber boards (if used), DC bus insulation, or DC bus
capacitors.
7. If the resistance is less than shown in Figure 3.39 and the resistance is
within the range shown in Figure 3.40, the precharge resistor or
precharge circuit protector (GV2) may be open. If external wiring is
present on the (+) and (-) terminals, disconnect the wiring and repeat the
test to determine whether the cause of the lower resistance readings is
internal or external to the controller. If the cause of the lower resistance
readings is external to the controller, repeat the resistance
measurements to determine the actual state of the drive controller. If the
resistance measurements remain low after disconnecting the external
wiring, additional damage may be present in the rectifier bridge.
NOTE: If one DC bus capacitor is damaged, all the DC bus capacitors should
be changed.
3.68
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Checking the Precharge Resistor
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Power Part of the Controller
Measure the ohmic value of the precharge resistor between the + and PA
terminals. It must correspond to the values in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2: Checking the Precharge Resistor
9.5-10.5 Ω
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.6-5.3 Ω
ATV66C23N4-C31N4
NOTE: These controllers are equipped with a circuit protector (GV2) to
protect the precharge resistor in the event of a bus short circuit. If the GV2
has tripped, reset it prior to making a precharge resistor resistance
measurement.
Checking the Inverter Bridge
Check the inverter bridge as shown in Figure 3.41. This should be done for
each phase of the motor output with respect to the PA and - terminals of the
drive controller. Use a multimeter as recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND
INSTRUMENTS” in section 1. Set the meter on the diode scale. In the event
of any problem, disconnect the IGBT modules and test them directly on their
terminals.
∞
∞
0
0
+
+
Figure 3.41:
Checking the DB IGBT Module
U
∞
V
W
0.95–OL
PA
+
-
U
V
W
0.300–0.450
∞
U
V
W
0.300–0.450
0
+
-
PA
U
V
W
0.95–OL
Checking the Inverter Bridge
Check the DB IGBT module as shown in Figure 3.42 for the resistance values
shown. Use a multimeter as recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND
INSTRUMENTS” in section 1. Set the meter on the diode scale. Refer to
Figure 3.33 on page 3.62 for the relationship between the PB and (-)
terminals.
∞
0+
-
PB
∞
0.9–OL
Figure 3.42:
Checking the DB Diode Module
0
0+
-
PB
0.30–0.45
Checking the DB IGBT Module
Check the DB diode module as shown in Figure 3.43 for the resistance
values shown. Use a multimeter as recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND
INSTRUMENTS” in section 1. Set the meter on the diode scale. Refer to
Figure 3.33 on page 3.62 for the relationship between the PA and PB
terminals.
NOTE: It is necessary to disconnect the dynamic brake resistor to perform
this check.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.69
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Control Part of the Drive Controller
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
∞
0
+
-
PA
PB
∞
0
+
-
0.9–OL
Figure 3.43:
PB
PA
0.2–0.5
Checking the DB Diode Module
NOTE: Some drive controller models ATV66C10N4-C19N4 do not have the
DB IGBT and diode modules. For these models, there is no internal wiring to
the PB terminal and the above two tests are unnecessary.
Checking the Control Part of the
Drive Controller
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
The remaining tests in this section are performed with power present in
controller.
Read and understand these procedures before servicing ALTIVAR 66
drive controllers. Installation, adjustment, repair, and maintenance of
these drive controllers must be performed by qualified personnel.
• Review “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 of this
manual before proceeding.
• Before proceeding; any devices, components, or wiring removed or
disconnected must be reassembled per the procedures found in
section 4.
• Before restoring power, all shields and covers must be in place.
• Always attach test equipment to circuits prior to applying power to
controller.
• Remove test equipment from circuits only after removing power from
controller and following “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT” in section 5 of this manual.
• Always remove all power and follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5 of this manual before
working on controller.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
3.70
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking the Control Part of the Drive Controller
The following sections look at specific performance aspects of the control
section of the controller. All the tests are done with power applied to the
controller. Before restoring power, all shields and covers must be in place.
Carefully review “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 of this
manual. The person performing the tests must consider the following points
prior to performing any test.
1. Do I have the appropriate skill set to understand the hazards involved and
to safely implement the specific test in question?
2. Have I reviewed and understood the requirements of each test prior to
implementation?
3. Have I the appropriate protective equipment and test apparatus to
perform the test?
4. Do I have a thorough understanding of the safe operation and use of the
protective equipment and test apparatus?
5. Have I constructed a test plan that meets the test requirements and
allows the test to be safely implemented considering the specific
controller installation and application?
If the answer to any point is “NO”, then STOP! Do not proceed further until all
the points can be answered in the affirmative.
Some of the voltages and currents being measured are non-sinusoidal. To
ensure consistent measurement results, always use the recommended test
apparatus found in “LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS” in section 1 of
this manual.
Drive Controller Internal
Measurements Check
Figure 3.44 shows the measurements performed by the drive controller on
the various power conversion stages. Incorrect operation of any sensor can
affect overall performance of the controller. A number of monitored
parameters are available for observation from the keypad display. By
comparing the keypad values to those measured with appropriate test
apparatus, the operation of the sensor circuits can be checked.
+
PA
PB
L1
L2
L3
-
CL1
CL2
U/T1
Measuring the
ground fault
current
Measuring
the line
Measuring the line
voltage
frequency at power-up
Figure 3.44:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Measuring
the DC bus
voltage
V/T2
W/T3
Measuring the
motor voltage
Measuring the
motor current
(T1 and T3 phases)
Drive Controller Power Part Measurements
3.71
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The following checks should be performed. Refer to VD0C06S305_ for
additional information on the use of the keypad display.
1. Line voltage is measured by a 3-phase rectifier bridge and an isolated
circuit in the controller. The 3-phase average RMS value of line voltage is
available on menu 4.1 of the keypad display. This voltage can be
compared to the 3-phase average voltage measured at L1, L2, and L3 of
the controller with the multimeter recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS
AND INSTRUMENTS” in section 1 of this manual.
NOTE: The accuracy of the controller line voltage measurement can be
affected by the presence of voltage waveform distortion at the controller
terminals. As a result, a comparison of keypad display values to direct
measurements with the recommended test apparatus can differ by as
much as 10%.
2. Line frequency is measured on the CL1-CL2 terminals of the control
supply by the controller on each power-up. Absence of a frequency
measurement will result in “CONTROL SUPPLY” fault being displayed on
the keypad display. The value of frequency measured is not available on
the keypad display.
3. Voltage measurement of the DC bus is performed with an isolated circuit
in the controller. The average value of the DC bus voltage is available on
menu 4.1 of the keypad display. This voltage can be compared to the
average DC bus voltage measured at PA and (-) of the controller with the
multimeter recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS” in
section 1 of this manual.
4. Motor current is measured by two sensors placed on the U/T1 and W/T3
output phases of the controller. The information is conveyed to the power
and control boards of the controller. The 3-phase average RMS value of
current is available on menu 4.1 of the keypad display. This current can
be compared to the 3-phase average current measured at U/T1, V/T2,
and W/T3 of the controller with the multimeter and current probe
recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS” in section 1 of
this manual.
5. The voltage of each output phase is measured using a galvanicallyisolated circuit in the controller. The 3-phase average fundamental value
of output voltage is available on menu 4.1 of the keypad display. Due to
the harmonic content of the waveform, a comparison of the absolute
values of the keypad display value and the 3-phase average voltage
measured at U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 of the controller with a multimeter is
not recommended (the measurement error can approach 20%).
However, the relative balance of the output voltages as measured by
multimeter can be checked and should be within 3% as defined in
NEMA ICS 7.
3.72
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
Checking Fault History
The last eight faults stored by the drive controller and run status at time of
fault can be displayed on menu 3 on keypad display. Refer to section 2 of this
bulletin for display screen status codes.
Checking the 24 VDC and 10 VDC
User Power Supplies
User power supply connections are available on the J12 and J13 connectors
of the main control board and, if equipped with an I/O Extension Module, J22
and J23 connectors. Check the following voltages using the multimeter
recommended in “LIST OF TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS” in section 1 of this
bulletin.
1. On J12 of the main control board, check the voltage between COM and
+24 terminals. The voltage should be between +20 VDC to +30 VDC.
2. On J13 of the main control board, check the voltage between COM and
+10 terminals. The voltage should be between +9.5 VDC to +11 VDC.
3. On J22 of the I/O Extension board, check the voltage between COM and
+10 terminals. The voltage should be between +9.5 VDC to +11 VDC.
4. On J22 of the I/O Extension board, check the voltage between COM and
-10 terminals. The voltage should be between -9.5 VDC to -11 VDC.
5. On J23 of the 24 VDC I/O Extension board (VW3A66201_), check the
voltage between COM and +24 terminals. The voltage should be between
+20 VDC to +30 VDC.
If no or low voltage is present, the user power supply may be overloaded due
to the connected external load. Remove the user connections from the
terminals and retest. If the voltage is now within limits, check the user load
connected to the terminals to verify that an overload does not exist. Refer to
the VD0C06S304_ and VD0C06T306_ instruction manuals for rated output
current of each supply.
Checking the Keypad Display
WARNING
LOSS OF CONTROL
The keypad cannot command the drive controller when the keypad selfdiagnostic routine is enabled.
The drive controller must not be running when the keypad self-diagnostic
routine is initiated.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in death or serious
injury.
To enter the keypad display self-diagnostic routine, press the following keys
simultaneously with the drive powered up and NOT RUNNING:
• F1 and 0 keys on V1.2 (see note)
• F1 and UP Arrow keys on V1.1 (see note)
NOTE: Keypad Version (V*.*) is labeled on the reverse side of the keypad
display.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.73
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The following message will appear:
AUTOTEST CONSOLE
SOFTWARE VERSION V1.2 *
ENTER TO CONTINUE
* If keypad display is V1.1, that number will appear.
Press ENT to continue
The keypad will then proceed through 4 different tests of the screen pixels
and characters. Press ENT to scroll through each test.
The following message will appear:
MINI CONSOLE TEST
TEST DISPLAY
TEST MICRO & RAM
TEST KEYPAD
TEST SWITCH
TEST SERIAL LINK
**
OK
Pressing ENT starts the keypad test which generates the following display:
KEYPAD
TEST
Pressing each keypad key highlights it’s corresponding box. Pressing ENT
twice exits this test and the keypad displays the following message:
MINI CONSOLE TEST
TEST DISPLAY
TEST MICRO & RAM
TEST KEYPAD
TEST SWITCH
TEST SERIAL LINK
**
OK
OK
1
The Test Switch indicates “0” if the lock switch on the back of the keypad is
in the unlocked position. If the lock switch is in the lock position the display
indicates “1”.
Press ENT to enter the Serial Link Test. Currently, all of these tests fail with
an ERROR message.
Press ENT again to exit the Keypad diagnostics.
Removing and reinstalling the keypad from the drive while the test is in
progress will cause the test to abort.
3.74
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Autodiagnostics
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
Menu 8 allows access to various autodiagnostic tests for locating failed
components in case of an internal drive controller fault.
This menu is accessible only when:
• The drive controller is stopped.
• Supply line power (L1, L2, and L3) is disconnected.
• Control power supply (CL1 and CL2) is connected and powered.
Verify that the above conditions are met before accessing Menu 8. If any of
these conditions are not met, an error message (DC Bus Voltage Too High)
appears and access to the autodiagnostic mode is denied. If these conditions
are met, check the keypad display for the DC bus voltage level. It should be
between 10–20 V. Refer to “PROCEDURE 8: RUNNING THE DRIVE
CONTROLLER FROM CONTROL POWER ONLY” in section 5 for further
information.
For class 8839 controllers, certain power circuit configurations (those with
input line contactors) allow diagnostics to be run with the controller in the
standby (ready) mode. All other configurations require disconnection of the
power to the L1, L2, and L3 terminals of the power converter.
The motor should be connected to the output terminals of the drive controller
when performing the transistor test.
Two tests are available from the autodiagnostic screen. Select either of the
tests by scrolling with the up and down keys and pressing ENT.
1. “Memory, +/- 15 V Supply, and Supply Frequency” initiates a test of the
ROM memory, a confirmation of the control board +/- 15 Vdc supply, and
a verification of the line frequency measurement system.
2. “Transistor Test” initiates a test sequence on the drive controller output
IGBTs. While the test is in progress, the display reports “In Process.”
There are three possible responses for each element of a test:
— “OK” indicates that the tested transistor is good.
— “X” indicates that the tested transistor may be inoperative.
— “?” indicates that the transistor could not be tested.
During the initial sequence of the Transistor Test, each output transistor or
IGBT is individually gated on in the following order (1, 3, 5, 4, 6, 2). Refer to
Figures 3.33 or 3.34 on page 3.62 to relate the transistor number to the
actual unit in the drive controller. When this sequence is completed, a second
sequence is initiated with each pair of IGBTs in a particular output phase
gated on simultaneously. A 20–30 second delay occurs between each output
phase test. The LEDs on the bottom right corner of the power board track the
progress of the test. The LEDs are numbered to match their associated
IGBTs. LEDs 1, 3, 5, 4, 6, and then 2 rapidly light in sequence. Then LEDs 1
and 4 light simultaneously, followed by 3 and 6, then 2 and 5.
The power board LEDs and keypad display provide detail on the nature of the
drive controller problem. Several possibilities exist:
1. The power board LEDs flash as described above and the keypad displays
“OK” next to each transistor number. This indicates that the self-test found
no problems.
2. Once the “Transistor Test” is initiated, if no power board LEDs flash and
the keypad displays all “X”s next to each transistor number, the following
conditions may exist and should be investigated before replacing any
transistor:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.75
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
— The circuit that connects the temperature switches to power board
connector J7 pins 3 and 4 is in an open-circuit condition. Refer to page
3.41 for troubleshooting / repair detail.
— There may be a continuous ground fault signal at power board
connector J8 pins 2 and 3 caused by either a loose connection, an
open ground fault current sensor, or a damaged power board. Perform
“PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5, then
verify that the impedance between connector J8 pins 2 and 3 is less
than 1 Ω. If it is not, verify the integrity of the wiring and connections
to the ground fault current sensor. On drive controllers ATV66C23N4
to C31N4, verify that the impedance across the ground fault current
sensor terminals is less than 1 Ω. Repair the wiring or replace the
ground fault current sensor or power board as needed.
— One or more gate driver boards may be sending a continuous fault
signal or there may be an open circuit in the cabling between the six
gate driver boards and the power board. After performing
“PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in section 5,
check all cabling between the power board and the gate driver cards.
Repair the cabling as needed. If necessary, replace one gate driver
board at a time until the problem is found. If this does not solve the
problem, replace the power board or the control basket kit.
3. Once the “Transistor Test” is initiated, if the power board LEDs flash very
slowly in sequence and the keypad displays all “X”s next to each
transistor number, the following conditions may exist and should be
investigated before replacing any transistor:
— Verify that the rating card attached to power board connector J14 is
properly inserted with the foil on the right side of the card.
— Check the connection between J15 on the power board and the motor
current sensors. If the connections are OK, replace the current
sensors.
4. The first sequence of testing each individual IGBT stops and then passes
over the testing of a particular IGBT. The second sequence does not test
the IGBT passed over in the initial sequence or the other transistor in the
same output phase. The keypad display places an “X” next to one of the
IGBTS in this phase. For example, in the first sequence, the LED for IGBT
3 does not light. After a pause of about 20–30 seconds, the test proceeds
with IGBTs 5, 4, (possibly 6), and then 2. During the second sequence of
tests, IGBTs 1 and 4 are tested as a pair, then IGBTs 5 and 2. IGBTs 3
and 6 are not tested. Eventually, the keypad places an “X” next to either
transistor 3 or 6. Repair the output phase with the identified inoperative
IGBT.
Once the “Transistor Test” portion of the Autodiagnostic Test is complete,
suspect IGBT devices will have been identified. The “Transistor Test” can be
supplemented by the “Checking the Inverter Bridge Test” described on page
3.69. When replacing IGBTs, replace both IGBT devices of an output phase.
Refer to section 4 of this manual for replacement procedures.
3.76
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Logic and Analog
Input/Output Tests
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Forcing drive controller logic and analog outputs may cause undesired
activation of connected equipment.
• Set the connected equipment to ignore the change of state.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death of serious
injury.
The logic and analog input and output tests are accessed via menu 2 on the
keypad display. The input tests provide a means of verifying that signals
received at the control board terminal block from external operators
(pushbuttons, limit switches, etc.) are recognized by the control board. The
output tests provide a means to force on an output on the control board
terminal block to verify the functionality of the control board and the external
control wiring.
Logic Input Test allows you to change the state of the logic inputs to check
for good wiring connections. When the Logic Input Test screen is active,
changes made to the inputs will change input bit status without affecting the
state of the drive controller.
Analog Input Test is similar to Logic Input Test. When this screen is active,
you can change the state of the analog inputs to check for good wiring
connections without affecting the state of the drive controller.
Logic Output Test allows you to change the state of the logic outputs to
check for good wiring connections without affecting drive controller
operation.
When the Logic Output Test screen is active, all outputs are forced to low (0)
state regardless of actual drive controller settings. Changes then made to the
outputs will alter bit status without affecting the state of the drive controller.
When you leave the Diagnostic Mode and return to the Main menu, the logic
outputs resume the programmed settings in place before the test sequence.
Analog Output Test allows you to change the value of the analog outputs to
check for good wiring connections without affecting drive controller
operation.
When the Analog Output Test screen is active, all output values are forced
to 0 regardless of actual drive controller settings. Changes then made to the
outputs will alter the setting without affecting the state of the drive controller.
When you leave the Diagnostic Mode and return to the Main menu, the
analog outputs resume the programmed settings in place before the test
sequence.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
3.77
Section 3—Correcting the Problem
Checking Fault History
3.78
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 4.1:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C10N4–C19N4
DESIGN A
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
Contents
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2
4.1.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.6
4.1.2 Replacing Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.7
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.8
4.1.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.12
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.14
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.19
4.1.6.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.19
4.1.6.2 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . 4.1.22
4.1.6.3 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.25
4.1.7 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor . . . . . . . . . 4.1.29
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.30
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components. . . 4.1.34
4.1.9.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.35
4.1.9.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.38
4.1.9.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.40
4.1.9.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.43
4.1.10 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Clamp Capacitor . 4.1.47
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.48
4.1.12 Replacing the Line Filter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.53
4.1.13 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield . 4.1.55
4.1.14 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.56
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.57
4.1.16 Replacing the Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.61
4.1.17 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.63
4.1.18 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.65
4.1.19 Replacing the Precharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.66
4.1.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.68
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.70
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.74
4.1.23 Replacing the Control Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.78
4.1.24 Replacing the Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.78
4.1.25 Replacing the Heatsink Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.80
4.1.26 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . 4.1.82
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.84
4.1.28 Replacing the Power Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.88
4.1.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield . . . . . . . 4.1.90
4.1.1
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
Replacement Parts List
INTRODUCTION
This section contains replacement part information and change out
procedures for the following drive controller models identified in section 1 of
this bulletin as Design A:
Drive Controller No.
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CT HP
VT HP
ATV66C10N4
100
125
ATV66C13N4
125
150
ATV66C15N4
150
200
ATV66C19N4
200
–
The drive controller number can be found inside the front door or on a chassis
panel internal to the drive controller above and to the right of the main control
board.
Table 4.1.1: Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C10N4 to
C19N4 Design A
Notes to Table 4.1.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild the drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
Procedure
No.
Keypad Display
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog No.
Kit Qty
[1]
Page
No.
4.1.1
[2]
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VW3A66206U
1
4.1.6
4.1.2
Control
Terminal Strips
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3N006
1
4.1.7
4.1.3
Control Kit
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VX4A66CK2
1
4.1.8
4.1.4
Flex Cables
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3N616
1
4.1.12
ATV66C10N4
VX5A66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX5A66C13N4
1
4.1.14
ATV66C15N4
VX5A66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
VX5A66C19N4
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM1300M1206
ATV66C13N4-C15N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
3
4.1.19
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM1500M1206
N/A
4.1.19
N/A
4.1.22
N/A
4.1.25
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.2
Part
Description
Power Board
Inverter IGBT
Kit
4.1.6.1
Inverter
Snubber Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.6.2
Inverter Gate
Driver Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.6.3
Inverter IGBT
Module
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.7
Inverter IGBT
Clamp
Capacitor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1ADC609
6
4.1.29
Motor Current
Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VY1A66106
2
4.1.30
4.1.8
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1A66107
1
4.1.30
VZ3IM1300M1207
1
4.1.34
N/A
4.1.35
N/A
4.1.38
N/A
4.1.40
N/A
4.1.43
1
4.1.47
4.1.9
Dynamic
Braking IGBT
Kit
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.9.1
DB Snubber
Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.9.2
DB Gate Driver
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Board
4.1.9.3
DB IGBT
Module
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.9.4
DB Diode
Module
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.10
Dynamic
Braking Clamp
Capacitor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Included in Inverter
IGBT Kit
Included in
Dynamic Braking
IGBT Kit
VY1ADC617
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
Replacement Parts List
Notes to Table 4.1.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild the drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
Table 4.1.1: Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C10N4 to
C19N4 Design A (Continued)
Procedure
No.
Part
Description
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog No.
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VZ3DM2170M1602
ATV66C15N4
VZ3DM2260M1602
ATV66C19N4
VZ3DM2350M1602
4.1.11
Line Rectifier
Diode
4.1.12
Line Filter
Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.13
DC Bus
Capacitor Bank
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Plexiglass
Shield
4.1.14
DC Bus Fuse
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1ADF450V700
4.1.15
DC Bus
Capacitor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1ADC607
4.1.16
Discharge
Resistor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.17
Ground Fault
Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.1.18
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
[1]
Page
No.
3
4.1.48
VX4A66106
1
4.1.53
VY1ADV610
1
4.1.55
VY1ADF400V700
4.1.56
1
4.1.56
2–3
4.1.57
VZ3R640W135
1
4.1.61
VY1A66109
1
4.1.63
Precharge
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Circuit Protector
GV2M10
1
4.1.65
4.1.19
Precharge
Resistor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3R010W270
1
4.1.66
4.1.20
Precharge
Contactor
Auxiliary
Contact Block
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
LA1DN04
1
4.1.68
Precharge
Contactor
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VY1A661C1010
1
4.1.70
4.1.21
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1A661C1510
1
4.1.70
4.1.22
Control Power
Transformer
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1ADA606
1
4.1.74
4.1.23
Control Power
Fuses
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
DF3CF00501
1
4.1.78
4.1.24
Stirring Fan
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3V667
1
4.1.78
4.1.25
Heatsink Fan
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3V666
1
4.1.80
4.1.26
Heatsink
Temperature
Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3GN005
1
4.1.82
Temperature
Switches
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3G003
2
4.1.84
4.1.27
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3G006
1
4.1.84
Power
Terminals
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3N008
3–4
4.1.88
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VZ3N009
1
4.1.88
VY1ADV609
1
4.1.90
4.1.28
4.1.29
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Kit Qty
Power Terminal
Plexiglass
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Shield
4.1.3
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
Replacement Parts List
DC Bus Fuse
Inverter Gate
Driver Board (6X)
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Inverter Snubber
Board (6X)
Heatsink Temperature
Sensor
Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor (6X)
Inverter IGBT Module (6X)
Temperature Switch (2X)
Bus Capacitor Assembly
(Typical of 3)
DC Bus Capacitor
Bank Plexiglass Shield
DB Snubber Board
DB Diode Module
DB Gate Driver Board
DB IGBT Module
Precharge Circuit Protector
TB3
Line Rectifier Diode
Control Power Transformer
Precharge Resistor
Discharge Resistor
Precharge Contactor
Contactor Aux. Contact
Ground Fault Sensor
Terminal Block TB1
Control Power Fuses
Heatsink Fan Wiring Access
Hole
Line Filter Board
Heatsink Fan
Drive Controller Bottom Plate
Mounting Screws (Typical of 10)
Heatsink Fan Capacitor Assembly
Figure 4.1.1:
4.1.4
Replacement Parts Location Diagram—Front View
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
Replacement Parts List
Flex Cables
Power Board
Control Kit
Control Terminal Strips
Dynamic
Braking Clamp
Capacitor
Stirring Fan
Motor Current
Sensor (2X)
Power Terminals
Plexiglass Shield
Figure 4.1.2:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Replacement Parts Location Diagram—Side View
4.1.5
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.1 Replacing the Keypad Display
4.1.1
Replacing the Keypad Display
This procedure explains how to replace the keypad display for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
NOTE: The keypad display, part no.
VW3A66206U, can only be installed in drive
controllers with firmware version 3.0 and higher.
Refer to “PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE
FIRMWARE OF REVISION LEVEL” in section 5
of this bulletin for determining the level of
firmware in your drive controller. If replacement of
the keypad is necessary for drive controllers with
older versions of firmware, order the Control Kit
part no. VX4A66CK2. This kit contains a control
board with the latest firmware and a keypad that
is compatible with the firmware level 3.0 and
later.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Control Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VW3A66206U
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
While it may appear that all ALTIVAR drive controllers use the same keypad
display, the version of firmware present in the keypad display may be
matched specifically to the version of firmware in the control basket. Mixing
incompatible versions of keypad display and control basket firmware can
result in non-recognition of the keypad display by the drive controller or
garbled message displays. Keep keypads with their associated control
basket. Do not mix keypad and control baskets.
The keypad display kit, part no. VW3A66206U, can be used
interchangeably on drive controllers with firmware levels 3.0 or later.
However, keypads are not supplied as a separate replacement part for drive
controllers with firmware levels earlier than 3.0.
The keypad display is located in a door-mounted holder. If the door-mounted
holder requires replacement or repair, refer to document VD0C06N904_ for
the VW3A66100 and VW3A66101 Keypad Door Mounting kit.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
On the outside of the drive controller door:
1. Using a flat blade screwdriver, push in on the top of the keypad display
tab and remove the keypad display.
2. Insert the new keypad. Ensure that the lip on the bottom of the keypad
display is behind the tab on the keypad display holder.
3. Remove the RUN/STOP cover, if desired (see Figure 4.1.3).
Keypad display tab
Location of RUN/STOP cover
Figure 4.1.3:
4.1.6
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Front View
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.2 Replacing the Control Terminal Strips
4.1.2
Replacing Control Terminal Strips
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the control terminal strips (J1, J12,
and J13) for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Terminal Strips
No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3N006
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flatblade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove options module, if present. See User’s Manual VDOC06T306_
for removal/installation instructions.
3. Identify and tag all field wiring for future re-assembly.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the terminal screws on the J1, J12,
and J13 connectors (see Figure 4.1.4 on page 4.1.8). Pull the field wiring
back out of the way.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry the J1, J12, and J13 connectors
away from the board side jacks. Discard the old connectors.
6. Insert the new connectors into their associated board side jacks.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.7
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: The yellow keys in both plugs and sockets are designed to
prevent incorrect insertion of J12 and J13.
7. Install the field wiring on the new connectors for J1, J12, and J13. Using
a flat blade screwdriver, torque the terminal screws for the field wiring
installed to 3.5 lb-in (0.4 N•m).
8. Reinstall options module, if previously present. See User’s Manual
VDOC06T306_ for removal/installation instructions.
Location of I/O
Extension Module
(if installed)
Connector for remote
keypad display
Connector for remote
LED status indicators
J12
J13
J1
Figure 4.1.4:
4.1.3
Replacing the Control Kit
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use of
fasteners that do not meet factory specifications
can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Location of J1, J12, and J13 Connectors
This procedure describes how to replace the control kit in the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX4A66CK2
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
The control kit consists of a control basket (or board) with the current
firmware and a matched keypad display.
NOTE: The control basket is not supplied separately. It is supplied only as
part of control kit VX4A66CK2.
Before removing power, note and record all the drive controller settings
using the keypad display.
4.1.8
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “Work Practice Precautions” in section 1 and the precaution statement
on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any maintenance or
troubleshooting procedure.The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Plastic tie wraps
• Wire cutters
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, remove the J22, J23, and J24
connectors then remove the module. See User’s Manual VDOC06T306_
for removal/installation instructions.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the P9
and P18 connector plugs at the top left of the control basket (see
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.9
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Figure 4.1.5 on page 4.1.10). The P18 connector plug is landed at the J32
jack on the control basket and at the J18 jack on the power board.
NOTE: On the power board, the jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas
the corresponding connector plugs are designated with a “P”. For
example, the P9 connector plug connects to the J9 jack on the power
board and the J9 jack on the control basket.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the J12
and J13 connectors located at the bottom of the control basket (see
Figure 4.1.5). Do not remove the field wiring from the connectors.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws and disconnect the
connector for the cable to the remote keypad display (see Figure 4.1.4 on
page 4.1.8). As needed, use wire cutters to remove any tie wraps.
6. Disconnect the connector for the cable to the remote LED status
indicators (see Figure 4.1.4). As needed, use wire cutters to remove any
tie wraps.
7. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, carefully pull out on each side of the
cable clasp of J3, J4, and J5 to the release position (see Figure
4.1.6).Note that there are two versions of the cable clasps, blue and
white. See Figure for clasp operation. Ensure that the ribbon cables have
been released before pulling to avoid damage to the cables. Pull the
ribbon cables from the sockets. The cable clasp remains in place. If the
cables are damaged, replace with cable kit, catalog number VZ3N616.
J9
J32 *
J3
J4
J5
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
Cable guides
located on back
of control basket
*The connector plug labeled
P18 is landed at the J32
jack. The location on the
power board where the
other end of the P18
connector plug is landed is
designated J18.
Connector for
Remote Keypad
Display
Connector for
Remote LED Status
Indicator
Connector for I/O
Extension Module
Captive mounting screw
Figure 4.1.5:
J13
Mounting screw
J12
Control Basket Connector Locations
White Cable Clasp
Ribbon Cable
Ribbon Cable
Circuit Board
Blue Cable Clasp
Circuit Board
Secure Position
Secure Position
White Cable Clasp
Pull Out
Pull Out
Ribbon Cable
Circuit Board
Ribbon Cable
Circuit Board
Blue Cable Clasp
Release Position
White Cable Clasps
Figure 4.1.6:
4.1.10
Release Position
Blue Cable Clasps
Cable Connector Secure and Release Positions
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.3 Replacing the Control Kit
NOTE TO STEP 11: The captive mounting screw
provides the grounding connection for the control
basket and shield connection on J13. Ensure that
this screw is properly threaded and torqued to 8.9
lb-in (1.0 N•m).
8. Using a Phillips screwdriver and hex key wrench, loosen the four corner
screws on the control basket. Remove the control basket from the drive
controller. As the control basket is removed, pull the three ribbon cables
out of the guide on the back of the control basket.
NOTE TO STEP 12: On the power board, the
jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas the
corresponding connector plugs are designated
with a “P”. For example, the P9 connector plug
connects to the J9 jack on the power board and
the J9 jack on the control basket.
10. Thread the three ribbon cables through the cable guides on the back of
the new control basket.
9. Replace the old keypad. Follow the procedure on page 4.1.6.
11. Place the control basket in the drive controller. Using a torque wrench
and either Phillips screwdriver socket or a hex key attachment, tighten the
one captive screw, and install and tighten the three other corner screws
(see Figure 4.1.5 on page 4.1.10). Tighten the four corner screws to a
torque of 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
12. Snap the two connector plugs P9 and P18 (connected at J32) into place.
13. Snap the two connectors J12 and J13 into place (see Figure 4.1.5).
NOTE: The yellow keys in both plugs and sockets are designed to
prevent incorrect insertion of J12 and J13.
14. Ensure that all three cable clasps are pulled out on J3, J4, and J5 (see
Figure 4.1.6 on page 4.1.10).
15. Carefully insert the three ribbon cables into the cable clasps at J3 (sevenwire cable), J4 (six-wire cable), and J5 (18 wire cable). Ensure that the
silver leads of the cables are facing outwards from the controller and are
seated firmly against the bottom of the jacks before engaging clasps.
16. Push the three ribbon cable clasps to their secure position.
17. Install the connector for the remote LED status indicators. Use tie wraps,
as needed, to remove any slack from the cable (see Figure 4.1.4 on page
4.1.8).
18. Install the connector for the remote keypad display. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws on the connector. Use tie wraps, as
needed, to remove any slack from the cable (see Figure 4.1.4).
19. Apply multi-lingual hazard labels supplied with kit to control basket, as
required.
20. As required, install the I/O Extension Module. Install the J22, J23, and
J24 connectors. See User’s Manual VDOC06T306_ for removal/
installation instructions.
21. Reprogram the user settings as previously noted during the control
basket removal.
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The drive controller may require reprogramming for proper operation.
• Reload the original settings recorded from the old control basket.
• If the original settings are not available, the drive controller must be
reprogrammed. Consult instruction bulletin VD0C06S305_ and other
relevant documentation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.11
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
4.1.4
Replacing the Flex Cables
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure describes how to replace the Flex Cables for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Flex Cable Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3N616
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Flex Cable Kit VZ3N616 contains two packages. Refer to these instructions
to select the correct package.
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.1.8 on page
4.1.13 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.12
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
DANGER
Ribbon Cable
Blue Cable Clasp
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Circuit Board
Secure Position
Ribbon Cable
Pull Out
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the control basket as described on page 4.1.8.
Blue Cable Clasp
TOP
TOP
Ground Screw
J2
Ground Screw
J2
C11
Circuit Board
J10
J10
J11
J11
C10
Release Position
Figure 4.1.7:Cable Clasp Operation
J12
J9
NOTE: For Figure 4.1.18:
• The circled areas indicate the differences
between the previous ① and current ➁ power
board series.
• The connector jack labeled J18 on the
previous series power board ① is labeled J32
on the current series power board ➁. The two
connector jacks are electrically equivalent.
When the power board is properly installed,
they are both connected to jack J32 on the
control basket.
J18
J4
J3
J12
J5
J9
J32
J4
J3
J5
J15
J6
C11
C10
Mounting
Holes
(1 of 7)
J15
J7
J13
J8
Mounting Holes
(1 of 7)
J7
J8
J13
J6
J1
① Previous PB Series
Figure 4.1.8:
J1
➁ Current PB Series
Previous and Current Power Board Series
3. If the power board is of the previous series (① in Figure 4.1.8), refer to
Figure 4.1.7 for cable clasp operation. If the board is of the current series
(➁ in Figure 4.1.8), carefully lift each gray cable clasp to its release
position. Remove the three flex cables.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.13
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4. Consult Figure 4.1.8 to determine which package of cables to use:
— If the power board is of the previous series (① in Figure 4.1.8), use the
flex cables in the package labeled A. These cables have the silver foil
(located on the ends of the cables) exposed on the same side of each
cable. Discard the package labeled B. Insert the new flex cables at J3,
J4 and J5 on the power board. Before installing the connections, set
the cable clasps to the release position. Position the flex cables so that
the silver foil is facing towards the top of the power board and are firmly
seated against the bottom of the connector jacks. Push the cable
clasps to their secure position.
— If the power board is of the current series (➁ in Figure 4.1.8), use the
flex cables in the package labeled B. These cables have the silver foil
(located on the ends of the cables) exposed on the opposite side of
each cable. Discard the package labeled A. Insert the new flex cables
at J3, J4 and J5 on the power board. Before installing the connections,
set cable clasps to the release position. Position the flex cables so that
the silver foil is facing toward the bottom of the power board and are
firmly seated against the bottom of the connector jacks. Push the cable
clasps to their secure position.
NOTE: The cable at J3 has seven conductors, the cable at J4 has six
conductors, the cable at J5 has 18 conductors.
5. Install the control basket as described on page 4.1.8.
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.5
Replacing the Power Board
In the first half of 1998, a new series of power boards was introduced and this
new series is used in the replacement parts kit. To facilitate the installation of
the replacement power board into earlier drive controllers:
• An adapter cable (52021-179-50) has been included to connect the
existing P6 cable to the relocated J6 connector on the replacement power
board.
• Instructions are included to adapt existing cabling to the connector
configuration on the replacement power board.
Removing the Power Board
This procedure explains how to remove the power board from the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Power Board No.
ATV66C10N4
VX5A661C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX5A661C13N4
ATV66C15N4
VX5A661C15N4
ATV66C19N4
VX5A661C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.14
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed connectors.connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, J13 connectors.
• If the I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is
removed from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.1.8 on page
4.1.13 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Wire cutters
• Needle nose pliers
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.15
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the control basket as described in the procedure on page 4.1.8.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place (see Figure 4.1.9 on page 4.1.16). Swing the hinged
assembly out to the right.
3. Using a hex key wrench, remove the three plastic shield mounting screws
(see Figure 4.1.9). Using the plastic rivet as a hinge, swing the plastic
shield out of the way.
4. Carefully disconnect the cables attached at connector jacks J1, J2, J6,
J7, J8, J10, J11, J12, J13, and J15 on the power board. See Figure
4.1.10 on page 4.1.17 for connector jack locations.
5. Remove the cables attached at connector jacks, J9 and J18 (or J32).
Save the cables for installation on the new board.
Plastic rivet
Mounting screw
Plastic shield
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
!
DANGER
Hinged assembly
holding screws
Figure 4.1.9:
Front View of Hinged Assembly
6. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the ground screw at the top
right corner of the power board.
7. Using needle nose pliers, unsnap the seven fixing pins and lift the power
board out of the hinged assembly.
4.1.16
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board
Installing the Power Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Plastic tie wraps
• Wire cutters
• Needle nose pliers
TOP
TOP
Ground Screw
J2
Ground Screw
J2
C11
J10
J10
J11
J11
C10
NOTE: For Figure 4.1.10:
• The circled areas indicate the differences
between the previous ① and current ➁
power board series.
• The connector jack labeled J18 on the
previous series power board ① is labeled J32
on the current series power board ➁. The two
connector jacks are electrically equivalent.
When the power board is properly installed,
they are both connected to jack J32 on the
control basket.
J12
J9
J18
J4
J3
J12
J5
J9
J32
J4
J3
J5
J15
J6
C11
C10
Mounting
Holes
(1 of 7)
J15
J7
J13
J8
Mounting Holes
(1 of 7)
J7
J8
J13
J6
J1
① Previous PB Series
J1
➁ Current PB Series
Figure 4.1.10: Previous and Current Power Board Series
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.17
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.5 Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
To install the power board:
1. Place the power board into the hinged assembly and align the holes with
the seven mounting pins. Snap the board onto the mounting pins.
2. Using a torque wrench and a hex key attachment, tighten the ground
screw at the top right corner of the power board to 17.7 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
3. Install connector jacks J9 and J32 on the new power board. Refer to ➁ in
Figure 4.1.10 for connector jack locations.
4. Install connector jacks J1, J2, J7, J8, J10, J11, J12, and J13 on the power
board. Refer to ➁ in Figure 4.1.10 for connector jack locations. When
installing the connection at J11, align the connector sockets with the pins
on the power board.
5. Install the connection to the J15 connector jack on the right side of the
board. Refer to ➁ in Figure 4.1.10. If the board being replaced was of the
previous series (① in Figure 4.1.10), wire-tie cable P15 to the control
basket mounting frame.
6. Install the connection to the J6 connector jack on the bottom edge of the
power board. If the board being replaced was of the previous series (①
in Figure 4.1.10), mate the enclosed adapter cable 52021-179-50 to the
existing P6 cable, ensuring a good connection (see Figure 4.1.11). Using
needle nose pliers, install the other end of the adapter cable into the J6
connector jack at the bottom edge of the power board (see ➁ in Figure
4.1.10). Wire-tie the adapter cable to the existing cable harnesses
terminated at connector jacks J7 and J8.
7. Rotate the plastic shield back into position over the power board. Using a
hex key wrench, install and tighten the three plastic guard mounting
screws.
8. Swing the hinged assembly back to the left. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
9. Install the control basket as described in the procedure on page 4.1.8.
Figure 4.1.11: Installation of 52021-179-50 Adapter Cable
4.1.18
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.6
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
There are three inverter IGBT sections in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The inverter IGBT kit contains:
• Four snubber boards
• Two gate driver boards
• Two IGBT power module
• Thermstrate™ thermal interface material
• Two control wire assemblies
This procedure explains how to replace the inverter IGBT kit components in
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM1300M1206
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM1500M1206
When replacing the inverter kit components, the parts must be removed in
the following order:
1. Snubber board (page 4.1.19).
2. Gate drive board (page 4.1.22).
3. IGBT module (page 4.1.25).
New components must be installed in the following order:
1. IGBT module (page 4.1.28).
2. Gate drive board (page 4.1.24).
3. Snubber board (page 4.1.22).
4.1.6.1
Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board
There are six inverter snubber boards in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The Inverter IGBT kit contains snubber boards with four different
part numbers. When replacing a snubber board, match the part number of
the replacement board with the part number of the board to be replaced.
NOTE: Replace the snubber boards in horizontal pairs: SB1 and SB4, SB6
and SB3, SB5 and SB2 (see Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21).
This procedure explains how to replace an individual inverter snubber board
in the following drive controllers:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM1300M1206
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM1500M1206
4.1.19
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Removing the Inverter Snubber Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
4.1.20
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right (see
Figure 4.1.9 on page 4.1.16). This allows access to the snubber boards.
Inverter
Snubber
Boards
Inverter
Snubber
Boards
Figure 4.1.12: View of Inverter Snubber Boards
3. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the J1, J2, J3, and J4
connectors on the snubber board to be replaced (see Figure 4.1.13).
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws.
5. Remove the snubber board.
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
SB1
Snubber Capacitors SB4
P/N 52012-630-50
P/N 52012-630-51
Snubber Capacitors
Inverter
IGBT Clamp
Capacitors
J2
J3
J4
J1
J1
J4
J3
J2
SB6
SB3
P/N 52012-630-54
P/N 52012-630-53
Inverter
IGBT Clamp
Capacitors
Snubber Capacitors
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
SB5
SB2
P/N 52012-630-50
P/N 52012-630-51
Figure 4.1.13: Inverter Snubber Board Connector and Capacitor Locations
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.21
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Installing the Inverter Snubber Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install an inverter snubber board:
1. Align the mounting holes on the snubber board with the mounting posts
in the drive controller.
2. Install the two mounting screws. Using the torque wrench with a hex key
socket, tighten the two mounting screws to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the J1, J2, J3, and J4
connectors on the snubber board (see Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21).
4. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
5. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.6.2
Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
There are six inverter gate driver boards in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The Inverter IGBT kit contains two gate driver boards.
NOTE: Replace the gate driver boards in horizontal pairs (see Figure 4.1.14
on page 4.1.24): GD1 and GD4, GD6 and GD3, GD5 and GD2.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual inverter gate driver
board in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM1300M1206
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM1500M1206
Removing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.22
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the inverter snubber board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.19.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the P2 connector on the
gate driver board (see Figure 4.1.14 on page 4.1.24).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws. At
the associated IGBT module, use a hex key wrench to loosen and remove
the top bus terminal screw and remove the gate driver wire landed
underneath. The J1 wire is landed on the gate driver board by one of the
following:
— Soldered
— Connected by a zero force connector
— Connected by a detachable terminal connector
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.23
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4. Remove the gate driver board and wire.
Snubber
Board
(typical of 6)
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
IGBT 1
IGBT 4
GD 1
GD 4
Inverter
Gate Driver Board
(typical of 6)
J2
J3
J4
J1
J1
J4
J3
J2
IGBT 6
Inverter
IGBT Module
(typical of 6)
IGBT 3
GD 6
GD 3
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
IGBT 5
GD 5
IGBT 2
GD 2
Figure 4.1.14: Inverter Gate Driver Board Locations
Installing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
Inverter gate driver board and dynamic braking (DB) gate driver board
are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only
the gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
4.1.24
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install an inverter gate driver board:
1. At the associated IGBT module, land the wire from terminal J1 on the
gate driver board underneath the top bus terminal screw. Ensure that the
non-insulated portion of this wire and the attached connector have a
minimum of 3/8" (9.5 mm) spacing from the lower bus bar.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
2. Using the torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the bus terminal
screw to 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m).
3. Align the mounting holes on the gate driver board with the mounting posts
in the controller (see Figure 4.1.14 on page 4.1.24).
4. Install the two mounting screws. Using the torque wrench with a hex key
socket, tighten the two mounting screws to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
5. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the P2 connector on the gate
driver board.
6. Install the inverter snubber board as described in the procedure on page
4.1.22.
4.1.6.3
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module
There are six Inverter IGBT modules in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The Inverter IGBT kit contains two IGBT modules.
NOTE: Replace the IGBT modules in horizontal pairs (see Figure 4.1.15 on
page 4.1.27): IGBT 1 and IGBT 4, IGBT 6 and IGBT 3, IGBT 5 and IGBT 2.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual Inverter IGBT module
in the following drive controllers:
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM1300M1206
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM1400M1206
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM1500M1206
4.1.25
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Removing the Inverter IGBT Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” on page 3 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
4.1.26
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the gate driver boards as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.22.
NOTE: To remove IGBT 2,3,5, or 6, it is necessary to loosen gate driver
board mounted above it. The gate driver board wiring may be left intact.
2. Using a hex key wrench, remove the mounting brackets for the inverter
clamp capacitors for the snubber board associated with IGBT being
replace. Remove the Inverter IGBT clamp capacitor (see Figure 4.1.13 on
page 4.1.21).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the remaining bus terminal
screw (the other one was removed in the gate driver board removal
procedure).
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the four IGBT mounting
screws.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the IGBT module from the
heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
6. Remove the IGBT module. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal
interface compound from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean
cloth. Failure to clean the heatsink before installing the new IGBT module
may affect performance and longevity.
Snubber
Board
(typical of 6)
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
IGBT 1
IGBT 4
GD 1
GD 4
Inverter
Gate Driver Board
(typical of 6)
J2
J3
J4
J1
J1
J4
J3
J2
IGBT 6
IGBT 3
GD 6
GD 3
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
IGBT 5
GD 5
Inverter
IGBT Module
(typical of 6)
IGBT 2
GD 2
Figure 4.1.15: Inverter IGBT Module Locations
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.27
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Installing the Inverter IGBT Module
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install an Inverter IGBT module:
1. Install new Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new IGBT module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled, coating gaps > 1/8" round), discard it and use another one.
2. Place the new IGBT module behind the bus bar and align the mounting
holes.
3. Install the four mounting screws, the wire from J1 on the gate driver board
on the top bus terminal screw, and the two bus terminal screws.
4. Using the torque wrench with a hex key socket, initially tighten the four
mounting screws, in the sequence shown below, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in
(0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
5. Using the torque wrench with a hex key socket, tighten the two bus
terminal screws to 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m). Ensure that the non-insulated
portion of the J1 wire and the attached connector have a minimum of
3/8" (9.5 mm) spacing from the lower bus bar.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
6. If the adjacent gate driver board was loosened in the IGBT module
removal procedure (see note on page 4.1.27), tighten the mounting
screws for the affected gate driver board (see procedure on page 4.1.24).
7. Using a torque wrench with a hex key socket, install the clamp capacitor
that was removed in the IGBT removal procedure (see Figure 4.1.13 on
page 4.1.21). Torque mounting screws to 12 lb-in (1.3 N•m).
8. Install the gate driver boards as described in the procedure on page
4.1.24.
4.1.28
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.7 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor
4.1.7
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
There are six inverter IGBT clamp capacitors in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
drive controllers (see Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21). The replacement parts
kit contains one capacitor.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual inverter IGBT clamp
capacitor in the following drive controllers:
Inverter IGBT Clamp
Capacitor No.
Drive Controller No.
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C10N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C13N4
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
ATV66C15N4
VY1ADC609
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.29
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right (see
Figure 4.1.9 on page 4.1.16). This allows access to the capacitors.
3. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the J1 and J2 connectors
on the inverter snubber board associated with the capacitor to be
replaced.
4. Loosen and remove the screws securing the capacitor mounting brackets
to the heatsink. Remove the brackets and the old capacitor.
5. Install new capacitor and secure with brackets and screws. Torque
mounting screws to 12 lb-in (1.3 N•m).
6. Carefully connect the two capacitor wires to J1 and J2 on the associated
snubber board.
7. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position. Tighten the two
screws.
8. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
9. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.8
Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
There are two motor current sensors in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The motor current sensor kit contains one current sensor.
This procedure explains how to replace the motor current sensor assembly
in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Motor Current Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
VY1A66106
ATV66C13N4
VY1A66106
ATV66C15N4
VY1A66107
ATV66C19N4
VY1A66107
Removing the Motor Current Sensor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.30
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in section 5
of this bulletin.
To remove the left current sensor:
1. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right.
2. Loosen the thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield from in front
of the line and motor terminals.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.31
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect and pull back out of the
way the T1 sensor wire (see Figure 4.1.16).
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the left sensor center
cylinder screw (see Figure 4.1.16).
5. Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the top screw holding the
current sensor to the mounting bracket.
6. While holding the T1 power cable out of the way, gently pull the current
sensor out and then up. Be aware of the signal cable connected to the
lower right hand corner of the sensor. As the sensor comes up out of the
drive, remove the copper center cylinder from the center of the sensor.
When the sensor is removed sufficiently to reach the signal cable, unplug
it from the sensor using needle nose pliers (pull on the connector, not the
wires). Remove the sensor completely from the drive.
T2 power cable
T3 power cable
T1 power cable
Current sensor
connector
Current sensor
connector
Center cylinder
screw
Center cylinder
screw
Right motor
current sensor
T3 sensor wire
Left motor
current sensor
T2 sensor wire
T1 sensor wire
Figure 4.1.16: Motor Current Sensor Assembly
To remove the right current sensor:
1. Remove the left current sensor by following the above procedure.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect and pull back out of the
way the T3 sensor wire (see Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw at the back of the
T1 terminal block. Remove the L-bar that goes from the T1 terminal block
to the center cylinder on the left current sensor.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the center cylinder screw on
the left side of the right current sensor (see Figure 4.1.16 on page
4.1.32). Pull the T3 power cable and current sensor connector back out
of the way and remove the center cylinder.
5. Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the top screw holding the
current sensor to the mounting bracket.
6. Gently pull the current sensor out and then up. Be aware of the signal
cable connected to the lower right hand corner of the sensor. When the
sensor is removed sufficiently to reach the signal cable, unplug it from the
sensor using needle nose pliers (pull on the connector, not the wires).
Remove the sensor completely form the drive.
4.1.32
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.8 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
Installing the Motor Current Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
To install the right current sensor:
NOTE: Do not alter the factory set current sensor adjustment settings.
1. Gently pull the right current sensor signal cable (labeled CT3) out from
the drive just enough to attach it to the socket on current sensor using a
needle nose pliers (pull on the wires, not the connector).
2. Install the current sensor into the drive, positioning the bottom mounting
hole of the sensor over the fixed screw in the mounting bracket and
aligning the top mounting hole of the sensor over the top screw hole in
the mounting bracket. Reinstall the mounting screw and torque to
17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Install the copper center cylinder into the center of the current sensor.
4. While holding the T3 power cable and current sensor connector in place
beside the right current sensor, install the center cylinder screw (see
Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32). Using the torque wrench and a hex key
socket, tighten the center cylinder screw to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
5. Install the L-bar that goes from the back of the T1 terminal block to the left
current sensor. Using the torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the
screw at the back of the T1 terminal block to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
6. Using needle nose pliers, carefully reconnect the T3 sensing wire (see
Figure 4.1.16).
To install the left current sensor:
NOTE: Do not alter the factory set current sensor adjustment settings.
1. If also installing the right current sensor, install it first with the above
procedure.
2. Gently pull the left current sensor signal cable (labeled CT1) out from the
drive just enough to attach it to the socket on current sensor using a
needle nose pliers (pull on the wires, not the connector).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.33
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Install the current sensor into the drive, positioning the bottom mounting
hole of the sensor over the fixed screw in the mounting bracket and
aligning the top mount hole of the sensor over the top screw hole in the
mounting bracket. Reinstall the mounting screw and torque to 17.7 lb-in
(2 N•m).
4. Install the copper center cylinder into the center of the current sensor.
5. While holding the T1 power cable and current sensor connector in place
beside the left current sensor, install the center cylinder screw (see
Figure 4.1.16). Using the torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the
center cylinder screw to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
6. Using needle nose pliers, carefully reconnect the T1 sensing wire (see
Figure 4.1.16).
7. Install the plexiglass shield in front of the line and motor terminals.
Tighten the thumb screws.
8. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
9. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.9
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) IGBT
Kit Components.
The DB IGBT kit contains:
• One snubber board
• One gate driver board
• One IGBT power module
• One DB diode module
• Thermstrate™ thermal interface material
• One control wire assembly
This procedure explains how to replace the DB IGBT kit components in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1207
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
When replacing the DB IGBT kit components, the parts must be removed in
the following order:
• Snubber board (page 4.1.35).
• Gate driver board (page 4.1.38).
• IGBT module (page 4.1.25).
• Diode module (page 4.1.43).
The new components must be installed in the following order:
• Diode module (page 4.1.46).
• IGBT module (page 4.1.42).
• Gate driver board (page 4.1.39).
• Snubber board (page 4.1.37).
4.1.34
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.9.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
The DB IGBT kit contains one snubber board.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB snubber board in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1207
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Snubber Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.35
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove both motor current sensor assemblies as described in the
procedure on page 4.1.30.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the J2 connector on the
DB snubber board (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37).
3. If the board is being replaced, remove the jumper from J3 to J4.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws.
Remove the DB snubber board.
DB snubber board
Motor current sensor
assembly
Figure 4.1.17: DB Snubber Board
4.1.36
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
DB snubber board
J3
J4
DB diode module
Snubber
capacitor
C1
J2
J1
DB bus bar
bracket
Q7-C
jumper
Q7-C
Q7-E
J1
DB IGBT
module
P2
DB gate
driver board
Q7-C power cable
Q7-E power cable
Q7-E control cable
Q7-C control cable
Figure 4.1.18: DB Snubber Board, Gate Driver Board, IGBT, Diode
Installing the DB Snubber Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB snubber board:
1. Align the mounting holes on the DB snubber board with the mounting
posts in the controller (see Figure 4.1.18).
2. Install the two mounting screws. Using the torque wrench with a hex key
socket, tighten the two mounting screws to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Connect the J2 connector on the DB snubber board.
4. If installing a new snubber board, install the jumper between J3 and J4.
5. Replace both motor current sensor assemblies as described in the
procedure on page 4.1.33.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.37
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
4.1.9.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The DB IGBT kit contains one gate driver board.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB gate driver board in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1207
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
4.1.38
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB snubber board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.35.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect and pull back out of the
way the T2 sensor wire (see Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw at the back of the
T2 terminal block. Pull the T2 power cable back out of the way.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the motor current sensor
mounting bracket screw.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the remaining mounting
screw for the DB snubber board bus bar bracket (see Figure 4.1.18 on
page 4.1.37). Remove the bracket.
6. Disconnect the P2 connector on the DB gate driver board.
7. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws for
the (-) bus bar extension piece (see Figure 4.1.21 on page 4.1.50).
Remove the (-) bus bar extension piece.
8. Using a hex key wrench, remove the screw located at the Q7-C terminal
of the DB IGBT module (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37). This frees the
Q7-C control wire which is attached to the DB gate driver board at the J1
location.
9. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws.
Remove the DB gate driver board and wire.
Installing the DB Gate Driver Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
Inverter gate driver board and dynamic braking (DB) gate driver board
are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only
the gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.39
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB gate driver board:
1. Align the mounting holes on the DB gate driver board with the mounting
holes on the DB IGBT module (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37).
2. Install the two mounting screws. Using the torque wrench and a hex key
socket, tighten the two mounting screws to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
3. At the DB IGBT module Q7-C terminal, install and tighten the terminal
screw with the Q7-C power, control, and jumper cables landed
underneath. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the screw
to 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m).
4. Install the (-) bus bar extension piece (see Figure 4.1.21 on page 4.1.50).
Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the two
mounting screws. Tighten the bottom screw to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m) and
the top screw to 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m).
5. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the P2 connector on the DB
gate driver board.
6. Install the DB gate driver board bus bar bracket (see Figure 4.1.20 on
page 4.1.45). Using the torque wrench and a hex key socket, install and
tighten the mounting screw to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
7. Align the mounting hole for the motor current sensor mounting bracket
with the mounting hole inside the controller. Install and torque the
mounting screw to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
8. Install the T2 power cable at the back of the T2 terminal block and install
the mounting screw. Using the torque wrench and a hex key socket,
tighten the screw to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
9. Using needle nose pliers, carefully reconnect the T2 sensor wire (see
Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32).
10. Install the DB snubber board as described in the procedure page 4.1.37.
4.1.9.3
Replacing the DB IGBT Module
The DB IGBT kit contains one IGBT module.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB IGBT module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1207
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
4.1.40
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Removing the DB IGBT Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” on page 3 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing Alcohol
• Clean Cloth
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.41
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.38.
2. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the Q7-E DB IGBT module
screw (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37). Pull the Q7-E power cable and
control cable back away from the DB IGBT module.
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the four mounting screws on
the DB IGBT module.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the DB IGBT module from
the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
5. Remove the DB IGBT module. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™
thermal interface compound from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and
a clean cloth. Failure to clean the heatsink before installing the new IGBT
module may affect performance and longevity.
Installing the DB IGBT Module
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB IGBT module:
1. Install new Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new DB IGBT module. Ensure that the paper backing is removed from the
Thermstrate™ material. Do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled, coating gaps > 1/8" round), discard it and use a new one.
(1)
(4)
2. Place the new DB IGBT module on the heatsink and align the mounting
holes.
3. Using the torque wrench with a hex key socket, initially tighten the four
mounting screws, in the sequence shown at left, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0
N•m) and then to a final torque of 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m).
(3)
(2)
4. Install the Q7-E terminal screw with the Q7-E power and control cables
landed underneath. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten
the screw to 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37).
5. Install the DB gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.39.
4.1.42
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.9.4
Replacing the DB Diode Module
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
The DB IGBT kit contains one diode module.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB diode module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1207
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Diode Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.43
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB snubber board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.35.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect and pull back out of the
way the T2 sensor wire (see Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw at the back of the
T2 terminal block. Pull the T2 power cable back out of the way.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the motor current sensor
mounting bracket screw.
5. Using a hex key wrench, remove the remaining DB bus bar bracket screw
(see Figure 4.1.19). Remove the bus bar bracket.
6. Using a drive socket, remove the two standoffs. Pull the Q7-C jumper
back out of the way (see Figure 4.1.20 on page 4.1.45).
7. Using a hex key wrench, remove the screw from the DM4-2 terminal of
the DB diode module (see Figure 4.1.20). Pull the DM4-2 cable back out
of the way and remove the DB diode module connector (see Figure
4.1.20).
8. Using a hex key wrench, remove the two DB diode module screws. Using
a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the diode module (see Figure
4.1.20). Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
9. Remove the DB diode module. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™
thermal interface compound from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and
a clean cloth. Failure to clean the heatsink before installing the new diode
module may affect performance and longevity.
4.1.44
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
J4
DM4-2 cable
NOTE: Maintain a 3/8" (9.5 mm) space
between non-insulated connectors on
terminals Q7-C, Q7-E, DM4-1, and DM4-2.
J3
DB snubber board
DB diode module
C1
J2
J1
Q7-C jumper
DB bus
bar bracket
Q7-C
Q7-E
Figure 4.1.19: Top View of DB Module
DB bus bar bracket
Standoffs
Q7-C jumper
DB snubber board
DB diode module
DM4-1 DM4-2 DM4-3
DB diode module
connector
Figure 4.1.20: Side View of DB Module
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.45
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.9 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Installing the DB Diode Module
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
Torque wrench
Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
Needle nose pliers
To install the DB diode module:
1. Install new Thermstrate™ thermal interface material from the kit on the
back of the new diode module. Remove the paper backing from the
Thermstrate™ material. Do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled, coating gaps > 1/8" round), discard it and use another one.
2. Place the new diode module on the heatsink with R11 terminal toward
outer edge of controller and align the mounting holes. Using a torque
wrench with hex key socket, install and tighten the two diode module
mounting screws (see Figure 4.1.20). Initially tighten to
6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m).
3. Align the DB diode module connector over the DM4-2 and DM4-3
mounting holes in the DB diode module. Align the DM4-2 cable over the
DM4-2 mounting hole (see Figure 4.1.20). Using a torque wrench and a
hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting screw in DM4-2 mounting
hole to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
4. Align the Q7-C jumper over the DM4-1 mounting hole of the diode
module. Using a torque wrench and a drive socket, install and tighten the
two standoffs in the DM4-1 and DM4-3 mounting holes of the diode
module to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
5. Align the DB bus bar bracket over the left standoff. Using a torque wrench
and a hex key socket, install and tighten the bus bar bracket screw to
17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
6. Align the mounting hole for the motor current sensor mounting bracket
with the mounting hole inside the controller. Install and torque the
mounting screw to 17.7 lb-in (2 N•m).
7. Install the T2 power cable at the back of the T2 terminal block and install
the mounting screw. Using the torque wrench and a hex key socket,
tighten the screw to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
8. Using needle nose pliers, carefully reconnect the T2 sensor wire (see
Figure 4.1.16 on page 4.1.32).
9. Install the DB snubber board as described in the procedure on page
4.1.37.
4.1.46
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.10
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB)
Clamp Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.10 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Clamp Capacitor
This procedure explains how to replace the DB clamp capacitor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB Clamp Capacitor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADC617
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.47
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.38. Do not remove the screw at the Q7-C terminal of the DB
IGBT module nor the Q7-C control wire. Move the gate driver board out
of the way to gain access to the clamp capacitor.
2. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the Q7-E DB IGBT module
screw (see Figure 4.1.18 on page 4.1.37). Pull the Q7-E control cable
back away from the IGBT module. This cable is attached to the clamp
capacitor as is the cable that was attached to J2 on the DB snubber
board.
3. If this is not an enclosed Class 8839 or 8998 drive controller, remove the
right side panel of the controller cabinet by loosening and removing
screws on the top and lower right side.
4. If necessary, remove plastic wire trough by unsnapping the cover and
removing the two screws securing it.
5. Loosen and remove the screws securing the capacitor mounting
brackets. Remove the brackets and the old capacitor.
6. Install the new capacitor and secure with brackets and screws. Torque
mounting screws to 12 lb-in (1.3 N•m).
7. Reinstall the plastic wire duct if previously removed.
8. Reinstall the right side panel of the controller cabinet if previously
removed.
9. Install the Q7-E terminal screw on the DB IGBT module with the Q7-E
power and control cables landed underneath. Using a torque wrench and
hex key socket, tighten the screw to 26.5 lb-in (3 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.18).
10. Install the DB gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.39.
4.1.11
Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
The diode bridge consists of three diode modules. The line rectifier diode kit
contains one diode module and Thermstrate™ foils.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual diode module in the
following drive controllers:
4.1.48
Drive Controller No.
Line Rectifier Diode Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3DM2170M1601
ATV66C13N4
VZ3DM2170M1601
ATV66C15N4
VZ3DM2260M1601
ATV66C19N4
VZ3DM2350M1601
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Removing the Line Rectifier Diode
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
•
•
•
•
Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
Rubbing alcohol
Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right (see
Figure 4.1.9 on page 4.1.16).
3. Loosen the thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield from in front
of the line and motor terminals.
4. If present, remove the plastic cap from the center diode module screw
(see Figure 4.1.21 on page 4.1.50).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.49
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screws holding the large
RB(-) and RB(+) cables in place on the left side of the bus bar (see
Figure 4.1.21).
6. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screws holding the small
RB(-) and RB(+) cables in place on the left side of the bus bar (see
Figure 4.1.21).
7. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw which holds the
(-) bus bar extension piece to the RB(-) bus bar. Remove the bus bar
extension piece (see Figure 4.1.21).
8. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the remaining six bus bar
screws. Remove the two bus bar pieces (see Figure 4.1.21).
NOTE: On ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 controllers there are spacer blocks
between the two bus bars and the diode modules. Before removal, note
their orientation. Save them for reinstallation.
NOTE: To remove the far right diode module, it is necessary to also
remove the (+) bus bar extension piece from the drive controller. Do this
by removing the bus bar extension piece screw from the (+) terminal block
with a hex key wrench.
9. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screws which attach the
large power fuse (or shorting bar if fuses are not present) associated with
the diode module being removed. Remove the fuse or shorting bar.
10. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw at the bottom
power connection of the diode module. Pull L-bracket out of the way.
11. Using a hex key wrench, remove the four (or two) diode module mounting
screws from the diode module being removed.
12. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the diode module from the
heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
13. Remove the diode module. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal
interface compound from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean
cloth. Failure to clean the heatsink before installing the new diode module
may affect performance and longevity.
NOTE: Maintain a
3/8"(9.5 mm) spacing
between RB(-) and RB(+)
bus bars and noninsulated connectors
Plastic Cap (If present)
Small RB(-)
Cable
RB(-) Bus Bar
RB(+) Bus Bar
Large RB(-)
Cable
RB(-)
Large RB(+)
Cable
RB(+)
Small RB(+)
Cable
L1
L2
L3
+
-
T1
T2
T3
Diode Modules
(+) Bus Bar
Extension Piece
(-) Bus Bar
Extension Piece
Figure 4.1.21: Removing the Line Rectifier Diode (ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 shown)
4.1.50
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Installing the Line Rectifier Diode
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
To install a diode module:
1. Install new Thermstrate™ thermal interface material from the kit on the
back of the new diode module. Remove the paper backing from the
Thermstrate™ material. Do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled, coating gaps > 1/8" round) discard it and use another one.
2. Place the new diode module on the heatsink and align the mounting
holes. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, install and tighten the
two or four diode mounting screws as described below:
— For drive controllers ATV66C10N4 and C13N4: Initially torque the
two screws to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of
53 lb-in (6 N•m).
— For drive controllers ATV66C15N4 and C19N4: initially torque the
four screws, in the sequence shown, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m)
and then to a final torque of 53 lb-in (6 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
3. Install the L-bracket and mounting screw to the bottom power connection
on the diode module. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten
the L-bracket screw to a torque of 53 lb-in (6 N•m) for ATV66C10N4/
C13N4 controllers or 105.6 lb-in (12 N•m) for ATV66C15N4/C19N4
controllers. (In some cases, it may be necessary to attach the L-bracket
to the diode module before it is installed into the drive controller).
4. Install the power fuse or shorting bar and the two mounting screws to the
L-bracket and the line power terminal. Using a torque wrench and a hex
key socket, tighten the fuse or shorting bar screws to 141 lb-in (16 N•m).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.51
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.11 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
5. Install the two bus bar pieces. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket,
install and tighten the six bus bar screws to a torque of 53 lb-in (6 N•m)
for ATV66C10N4/C13N4 controllers or 105.6 lb-in (12 N•m) for
ATV66C15N4/C 19N4 controllers. The top screw on the (+) bus bar
extension piece is the longest of the six. See Figure 4.1.21 on page
4.1.50. Ensure that the bus bar spacing specifications are adhered to as
described in the note to Figure 4.1.21.
NOTE: On ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 controllers, install spacer blocks
under bus bars.
NOTE: If installing the far right diode module, it is necessary to first install
the (+) bus bar extension piece. Position the bus bar extension piece
mounting hole over the corresponding hole on the (+) terminal block.
Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install the extension piece
mounting screw and tighten to a torque of 141 lb-in (16 N•m).
6. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, install and tighten the screw
which holds the (-) bus bar extension piece to the RB(-) bus bar. Tighten
to a torque of 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m).
NOTE: Ensure that the bus bar spacing specifications are adhered to as
described in the note on Figure 4.1.21.
7. Place the small RB(-) cable over its mounting location on the RB(-) bus
bar. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, install and tighten the
mounting screw to a torque of 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m). Place the small RB(+)
cable over its mounting location on the RB(+) bus bar. Using a torque
wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting screw to a
torque of 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m). See Figure 4.1.21.
8. Place the large RB(-) cable over its mounting location on the RB(-) bus
bar. Using a torque wrench with a hex key socket, install and tighten the
mounting screw to a torque of 70 lb-in (8 N•m). Place the large RB(+)
cable over its mounting location on the RB(+) bus bar. Using a torque
wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting screw to a
torque of 70 lb-in (8 N•m). See Figure 4.1.21.
9. For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 controllers replace the plastic cap on the
middle diode module upper screw. See Figure 4.1.21.
10. Reinstall plexiglass terminal block cover.
11. Swing the hinged assembly back to the left. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
12. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
13. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.52
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.12
Replacing the Line Filter Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.12 Replacing the Line Filter Board
This procedure explains how to replace the line filter board for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Line Filter Board
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX4A66106
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Multimeter
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.53
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.12 Replacing the Line Filter Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two mounting nuts and lock
washers located at the bottom of the line filter board (see Figure 4.1.22
on page 4.1.54). The fan capacitor assembly is also secured with the
same mounting nuts.
3. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the nine connectors
located at the top of the line filter board.
4. Pull the fan capacitor assembly out and then remove the old filter board
assembly.
5. Install the line filter board and fan capacitor assembly on the two
mounting posts (see Figure 4.1.22).
6. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the nine connectors located
at the top to the new line filter board (see Figure 4.1.23).
NOTE: Once the wiring has been connected to the filter board, an
ohmmeter check should be made from points A to B, B to C, and C to A
of Figure 4.1.23. The ohmmeter should initially indicate a low resistance.
The resistance should gradually increase over a period of 5-10 seconds
as the filter and bus capacitors within the controller charge. Continuous
low resistance is an indication of a mis-wiring of the filter board and
possible phase-to-phase short circuit on the input wiring of the controller.
7. Using a torque wrench and drive socket attachment, install and tighten
the two mounting nuts and lock washers. Torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
Line filter
board
assembly
Fan capacitor assembly
Line filter board
mounting posts
Figure 4.1.22: Line Filter Board and Fan Capacitor Assembly Locations
4.1.54
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
EMI L4-1
EMI L3-3
EMI L3-1
EMI L1-3
EMI L1-2
EMI L1-1
EMI L2-3
EMI L2-2
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.13 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield
EMI L2-1
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
A
C
B
Line filter
capacitors
Top View Line Filter Board
Figure 4.1.23: Line Filter Board Connections
4.1.13
Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank
Plexiglass Shield
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
This procedure explains how to replace the DC bus capacitor bank plexiglass
shield for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Capacitor Bank
Plexiglass Shield No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADV610
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Drive socket for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
With the controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two screws which hold the
plexiglass shield in place (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58).
3. Remove the plexiglass shield.
4. Install the new plexiglass shield. Install and torque the two mounting
screws to 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m).
5. Close drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.55
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.14 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse
4.1.14
Replacing the DC Bus Fuse
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to replace the DC bus fuse for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Fuse No.
ATV66C10N4 to C13N4
VY1ADF400V700
ATV66C15N4 to C19N4
VY1ADF450V700
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two DC bus fuse
mounting screws (see Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4). Remove the DC bus
fuse.
3. Position the new DC bus fuse over the mounting holes in the drive
controller (see Figure 4.1.1).
4. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the
DC bus fuse mounting washers and screws to 323 lb-in (36.5 N•m)
(see Figure 4.1.1).
4.1.56
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.1.15
Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
There are either two or three DC bus capacitor assemblies in the drive
controller. The VY1ADC607 DC Bus Capacitor Kit contains 6 capacitors. This
kit can also be used to replace the four capacitor DC bus capacitor assembly
on the ATV66C13N4 drive controller. Do not remove individual capacitors
from the DC bus capacitor assembly. This procedure explains how to replace
an individual DC bus capacitor assembly for the following drive controllers:
NOTE: If one DC bus capacitor is damaged, all of the DC bus capacitors
should be changed.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Capacitor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADC607
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.57
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive sockets for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
With the controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two screws which hold the
DC bus capacitor bank plexiglass shield in place (see Figure 4.1.24).
3. Remove the plexiglass shield.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two DC bus fuse screws.
Remove the DC bus fuse (see Figure 4.1.24).
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two bolts which hold the
DCB(+) and DCB(-) power cables (see Figure 4.1.24).
6. Using a hex key wrench, remove the positive (+) bus connector bolt (see
Figure 4.1.24).
7. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the four or six capacitor bus
bar screws which hold the laminated bus assembly in place. Remove the
two DCB(-) and one DCB(+) control cables (see Figure 4.1.24).
(+) Bus mounting bolt
(+) Bus connector bolt
Capacitor bus bar screws (6)
(+) Bus connector lip
DC bus fuse
Capacitor jumper screws (3)
Plexiglass shield screws
(-) Capacitor bus bar
(+) Capacitor bus bar
DCB (-) control cables
DCB (-) power cable
DCB (+) control cable
RB (-) cable
RB (+) cable
Precharge circuit protector
DCB (+) power cable
Precharge resistor
plate mounting screws
TB3
Precharge assembly
Precharge resistor
plate mounting screws
Figure 4.1.24: DC Bus Capacitor Mounting Diagram—Front View
4.1.58
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
8. Remove the (-) capacitor bus bar and laminated insulating sheet.
9. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the (+) bus mounting bolt
(see Figure 4.1.24).
10. Remove the (+) capacitor bus bar.
11. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the three screws holding the
two capacitor jumpers which connect the center posts of the three bus
capacitor assemblies. Remove the two jumpers (see Figure 4.1.24).
12. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two bus capacitor assembly
screws holding the carriage of the bus capacitor assembly (see Figure
4.1.25 on page 4.1.60). Remove the bus capacitor assembly.
NOTE: To remove the bottom bus capacitor assembly, it is necessary to
pull the precharge circuit protector, the precharge resistor plate, and the
RB(-) and RB(+) cables out of the way (see Figure 4.1.24). To loosen the
precharge circuit protector, follow the procedure on page 4.1.88, but do
not remove any wiring. Loosen the precharge assembly by using a drive
socket to remove the five precharge resistor plate mounting screws (see
Figure 4.1.24). Do not remove any of the wiring from the precharge
assembly. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two bolts
which hold the RB(-) and RB(+) cables to the rectifier bus bars.
13. Install the new bus capacitor assembly.
NOTE: If the bottom bus capacitor assembly has been replaced, it will be
necessary to reinstall the precharge circuit protector, the precharge
resistor plate and the RB(-) and RB(+) cables (see Figure 4.1.24). First
place the RB(+) cable over its mounting location on the RB(+) bus bar.
Using a torque wrench with a hex key socket, install and tighten the
mounting screw to a torque of 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m). Next, place the RB(-)
cable over its mounting location on the RB(-) bus bar. Using a torque
wrench with a hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting screw to a
torque of 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m). Align the precharge resistor plate over the
five mounting holes. Using a torque wrench with a drive socket, install and
tighten the five mounting screw to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m). Reinstall the
precharge circuit protector following the procedure on
page 4.1.88.
14. Using a torque wrench with a drive socket, install the two bus capacitor
assembly screws and tighten to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
15. Install the two capacitor jumpers and three capacitor jumper screws (see
Figure 4.1.24). Using a torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the
screws to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m).
16. Install the (+) capacitor bus bar. See Figure 4.1.26 on page 4.1.60 for the
correct orientation. The side with the captive mounting nut is the back
side. The upper right corner of the (+) capacitor bus bar must be mounted
under the (+) bus connector lip (see Figure 4.1.24). Install the (+) bus
mounting bolt. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the bolt
to 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.59
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.15 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DC bus
capacitor
assembly
DC bus fuse
Bus capacitor
assembly screws (2)
DC bus
capacitor
assembly
Bus capacitor
assembly screws (2)
DC bus
capacitor
assembly
Precharge circuit
protector mounting
screws (2)
Bus capacitor
assembly screws (2)
Ground fault sensor
TB3
Control power
transformer
Precharge Resistors
Precharge
contactor
Precharge assembly
Figure 4.1.25: DC Bus Capacitor Mounting Diagram—Side View
(-) Capacitor bus bar
Laminated insulating sheet
(+) Capacitor bus bar
Mounting
tabs
Mounting
tabs
Figure 4.1.26: Orientation of Capacitor Bus Bars and Laminated Insulating
Sheet
4.1.60
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.16 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
17. Install the laminated insulation sheet that electrically isolates the (+) and
(-) capacitor bus bars. See Figure 4.1.26 on page 4.1.60 for correct
orientation and where to insert tabs into buswork. Do not scratch or
damage laminated insulating sheet. If sheet has been damaged,
contact Square D for replacement.
DANGER
EXPLOSION/EXPULSION HAZARD
• Inspect existing insulator for damage.
• DO NOT use damaged insulator.
• Install insulator per Figure 4.1.26 on page 4.1.60.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
18. Install the (-) capacitor bus bar. See Figure 4.1.26 for correct orientation.
The side with the danger label should be facing out. Install the four or six
capacitor bus bar screws in the (+) and (-) capacitor bus bars. The two
DCB(-) cables should be mounted under the bottom left screw and the
DCB(+) cable should be mounted under the bottom right screw. Using a
torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the screws to
40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m).
19. Install the DCB(-) and DCB(+) power cables and connection bolts on the
capacitor bus bars (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Using a torque
wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the bolts to 164 lb-in (18.5 N•m).
20. Install the (+) bus connector bolt (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58).
Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the bolt to 164 lb-in
(18.5 N•m).
21. Install the DC bus fuse and two screws (see Figure 4.1.24 on page
4.1.58). Using a torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the two
screws to 323 lb-in (36.5 N•m).
22. Install the plexiglass shield. Using a drive socket, install and tighten the
two mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m). See Figure 4.1.24 on page
4.1.58.
23. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
24. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.16
Replacing the Discharge Resistor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to replace the discharge resistor for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Discharge Resistor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3R640W135
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.61
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.16 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen and remove the two wire
connection screws on resistor R7 and the two wire connection screws on
resistor R8 (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67).
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen the two discharge resistors mounting
screws (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67). Remove the two discharge
resistors still stacked together. Record the arrangement of washers and
use this as a guide when assembling the new discharge resistor
assembly.
4. Stack the two new discharge resistors in the arrangement noted from
step 3.
NOTE: Be careful not to scratch white laminated
insulating paper when installing discharge resistor
assembly. If the paper is torn or scratched, do not
operate drive controller. Contact Square D for
replacement.
5. Place the new discharge resistor assembly in the drive controller with the
white laminated insulating paper behind the assembly. Orient assembly
with wire connection tabs on left.
CONTROL
POWER
TRANSFORMER
H2
H1
T1
X1
X3
TB3
X2
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
2T
1L
7
71
61
81
82
52
AUX
CONTACTS
72
PCC
62
A1
A2
51
PCC-2
4T
3L
6T
5L
PRECHARGE
CIRCUIT
PROTECTOR
8
TO DCB (+)
TO DCB (-)
R11
R10
R7
R8
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
PCC-1
PRECHARGE
CONTACTOR
GROUND
FAULT
SENSOR
TO RB (+)
AUXILIARY
CONTACT
BLOCK
TO RB (-)
PRECHARGE
RESISTORS
TO DCB (-)
DISCHARGE
RESISTORS
Figure 4.1.27: Wiring Diagram for Control Power Transformer, Precharge
Contactor and Auxiliary Contact Block, Precharge Resistors,
Discharge Resistors, Precharge Circuit Protector and Ground
Fault Sensor (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58 and Figure 4.1.29
on page 4.1.69).
4.1.62
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.17 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
6. Using a torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the two discharge
resistor mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Install jumper between wire connection tabs R7-A (bottom resistor) and
R8-B (top resistor) (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62). Using a torque
wrench and flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the wire connection
screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
8. Install R7-B and R8-A wires (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62). Using a
torque wrench with flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the wire
connection screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
9. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.17
Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to replace the ground fault sensor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Ground Fault Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1A66109
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• 12" socket extension
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive sockets for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
• Electrical tape
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two DC bus capacitor bank
plexiglass shield screws (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Remove the
plexiglass shield.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.63
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.17 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the right side terminal screws on
TB3 (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Remove the right side control
wires from the terminal block assembly.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-) and DCB(+)
control wire connection screws (Figure 4.1.24). Pull the wires back out of
the way.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-), DCB(+), RB(-),
and RB(+) power wire connection screws (see Figure 4.1.24).
6. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly, use a drive socket
with a 12" extension to loosen and remove the four transformer/contactor
assembly mounting screws (see Figure 4.1.30 on page 4.1.75). Remove
the assembly.
7. Before removal, note the routing of the two power cables that pass
through the ground fault sensor. Remove the two cables from the sensor,
cutting wire ties as needed.
8. Loosen and remove the black and white sensor wires from TB3 terminals
6 and 7.
9. Cut wire ties securing ground fault sensor to the transformer/contactor
assembly and remove old sensor.
10. Secure new ground fault sensor to transformer/contactor assembly with
a wire tie.
11. Install the white sensor lead in TB3 terminal 7 and the black lead in
terminal 8. Torque to 12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
12. Reinstall two power cables through sensor (see Figure 4.1.31 on page
4.1.75). Secure with wire ties.
NOTE: Before performing step 12, make the following preparations. Cut
off two 3/4 inch pieces of electrical tape. Place these pieces of tape
where they will be easily accessible when installing the transformer/
contactor assembly.
13. Position the transformer/contactor assembly over the four mounting
holes. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly with one
hand, install the two bottom transformer/contactor assembly mounting
screws (see Figure 4.1.30 on page 4.1.75) with other hand. Use a drive
socket with a 12" extension to tighten the two screws.
14. While still supporting the top of the assembly with one hand, use the other
hand to put one of the pieces of tape across the socket at the end of the
12" extension piece (the tape will help hold the screw in the socket). Insert
one of the mounting screw heads into the socket. Thread the 12"
extension piece with socket and screw through the upper left opening in
the transformer/contactor assembly. Using the drive socket, install and
tighten the transformer/contactor assembly mounting screw (Figure
4.1.30).
15. Perform step 5 again for the upper right transformer/contactor assembly
mounting screw.
16. Using a torque wrench, a 12" socket extension and a socket, torque the
4 transformer/contactor assembly mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m).
17. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the DCB(-) and DCB(+) power cables to
164 lb-in (18.5 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24).
18. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the RB(-) and RB(+) power cables to
74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24).
4.1.64
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.18 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector
19. Position the two DCB(-) control wires over their mounting hole on the (-)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24
on page 4.1.58).
20. Position the one DCB(+) control wire over its mounting hole on the (+)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.24).
21. Install the TB3 control wires into their respective locations on the TB3
terminal block assembly (see Figure 4.1.24). Torque the TB3 terminal
screws to 12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
22. Install and tighten the two DC bus capacitor plexiglass shield screws
while holding the plexiglass shield in place (see Figure 4.1.24). Torque to
35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
23. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
24. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.18
Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge circuit protector for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Circuit Protector No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
GV2M10
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the six terminal screws on the
precharge circuit protector. Remove the two wires and two jumpers from
terminals (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67). Save the jumpers for later
use.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.65
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.19 Replacing the Precharge Resistor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two end clamp mounting
screws. Slide the end clamp and precharge circuit protector off of the
mounting rail.
4. Slide the new precharge circuit protector onto the mounting rail with the
START button facing outwards (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67).
5. Slide the end clamp onto the mounting rail. Using a flat blade screwdriver,
tighten the two end clamp mounting screws.
6. Install one of the saved jumpers between terminals 1L1 and 3L2 of the
precharge circuit protector. Install the second saved jumper between
terminals 4T2 and 6T3 of the precharge circuit protector. Using a torque
wrench and flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the terminal screws to
15 lb-in (1.7 N•m).
7. Install the CKB-5L wire into the 5L3 terminal of the precharge circuit
protector. Install the CKB-2T into the 2T1 terminal of the precharge circuit
protector (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62). Using a torque wrench and
a flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the terminal screws to 15 lb-in
(1.7 N•m).
8. Verify that the current level adjustment on the new precharge circuit
protector is set to 4. Verify that the “START” button is pushed in.
9. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.19
Replacing the Precharge Resistor
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge resistor for the
following drive controllers:
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Drive Controller No.
• Loss of strength
ATV66C15N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C19N4
Precharge Resistor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3R010W270
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
4.1.66
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.19 Replacing the Precharge Resistor
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen and remove the two wire
connection screws on resistor R10 and the two wire connection screws
on resistor R11 (see Figure 4.1.28).
Precharge circuit
protector
TB3 terminal block
Resistor mounting
plate screw
Resistor mounting
plate screw
Transformer/Contactor
assembly mounting screws
Transformer/
Contactor assembly
mounting screws
R11 (TOP)
R10 (BOT)
R8 (TOP)
R7 (BOT)
Resistor mounting
plate screw
R11-A Wire
Resistor mounting
plate screw
Transformer/
Contactor assembly
mounting screws
Transformer/Contactor
assembly mounting screws
R8-A Wire
Large PCC-1 Cable
Figure 4.1.28: Transformer/Contactor Assembly Front View
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen the two precharge resistor mounting
screws (see Figure 4.1.28). Remove the two precharge resistors still
stacked together. Record the arrangement of washers and use this as a
guide when assembling the new precharge resistor assembly.
4. Stack the two new precharge resistors in the arrangement noted from
step 3.
5. Place the new precharge resistor assembly in the drive controller with the
white laminated insulating paper behind the assembly. Orient assembly
with wire connection screws on right.
NOTE: Be careful not to scratch white laminated insulating paper when
installing precharge resistor assembly. If the paper is torn or scratched,
do not operate drive controller. Contact Square D for replacement.
6. Using torque wrench and a hex key socket, tighten the two discharge
resistor mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Install jumper between wire connection tabs R10-A (bottom resistor) and
R11-B (top resistor) (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62). Using a torque
wrench and flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the wire connection
screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
8. Install R10-B and R11-A wires (see Figure 4.1.27). Using a torque
wrench with flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the wire connection
screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
9. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.67
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact Block
4.1.20
Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Auxiliary Contact Block
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor auxiliary
contact block for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact
Block No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
LA1DN04
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, remove the screws which connect the
R11-A and R8-A wires to the resistors (see Figure 4.1.28 on page
4.1.67).
3. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the five resistor mounting plate
screws. Lift the bottom of the resistor plate upwards to expose the
precharge contactor (see Figure 4.1.28). Secure resistor plate with wire
ties or some other restraining device.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, remove the AUX-51/AUX-61 jumper;
remove the AUX-71/AUX-81 jumper; remove the AUX-62/AUX-72
jumper; remove AUX-52 and AUX-82 control wires from the auxiliary
contact block. Save the three jumpers for later use (see Figure 4.1.29 on
page 4.1.69).
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, lift and hold the auxiliary contact block
release lever at the top of the auxiliary contact block. While holding the
release lever up, slide the auxiliary contact block upwards and remove
from the contactor assembly.
6. Slide the new auxiliary contact block into place on the contactor
assembly. Make sure that the release lever for the contact block locks into
place (see Figure 4.1.29).
4.1.68
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact Block
7. Install the three saved jumpers on the auxiliary contact block: AUX-51/
AUX-61 jumper; AUX-71/AUX-81 jumper; and AUX-62/AUX-72 jumper.
The jumpers should be installed into their marked locations on the
auxiliary contact block. Install the AUX-52 and AUX-82 control wires into
their marked locations on the auxiliary contact block (see Figure 4.1.27
on page 4.1.62 and Figure 4.1.29).
8. Replace the resistor plate assembly into its mounting location on the front
of the transformer/contactor assembly. Using a torque wrench with a
drive socket, install and tighten the five mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in
(4.0 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67).
9. Align the R11-A and R8-A wire connectors over their mounting locations
on the two resistors. Using a torque wrench and flat blade screwdriver
socket, install and tighten the two mounting screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m)
(see Figure 4.1.27 and Figure 4.1.28).
10. Close the drive controller door.
PCC-2 Cables
PCC-2
PCC-2
PCC-2 Cables
PCC-2
Precharge contactor
PCC-2
81
71
81
61
72
82
51
62
PCC
52
71
72
51
Aux. Contact Block
82
62
52
61
PCC
PCC-1
PCC-1
Small PCC-1 Cable
Drive Controllers ATV66C10N4 and C13N4
Drive Controllers ATV66C15N4 and C19N4
Figure 4.1.29: Transformer/Contactor Assembly Inside View
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.69
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
4.1.21
Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor No.
ATV66C10N4 to C13N4
VY1A661C1010
ATV66C15N4 to C19N4
VY1A661C1510
Removing the Precharge Contactor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14mm
• Open/box end wrench set, 5.5 to 19 mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• 12" socket extension
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two plexiglass shield screws
(see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Remove the plexiglass shield.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the right side terminal screws on
TB3 (see Figure 4.1.24). Remove the right side control wires from the
terminal block assembly.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-) and DCB(+)
control wire connection screws (Figure 4.1.24). Pull the wires back out of
the way.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-), DCB(+), RB(-),
and RB(+) power wire connection screws (see Figure 4.1.24).
6. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly, use a drive socket
with a 12" extension to loosen and remove the four transformer/contactor
assembly mounting screws (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67). Remove
the assembly.
7. Using a flat blade screwdriver, remove the screws which connect the
R11-A and R8-A wires to the resistors (see Figure 4.1.28).
8. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the bolt holding the large
PCC-1 cable at the bottom of the precharge contactor. Pull the large
PCC-1 cable through the wire tie in the back of the transformer/contactor
assembly (see Figure 4.1.29 on page 4.1.69).
9. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the five resistor mounting plate
screws. Lift the resistor plate assembly out and swing over to the left to
expose the precharge contactor (see Figure 4.1.28).
4.1.70
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
10. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the three screws holding the
PCC-2 cables at the top of the precharge contactor. Pull the PCC-2
cables back out of the way (see Figure 4.1.29 on page 4.1.69).
11. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the A1 and A2 coil module terminal
screws. Pull the two PCC-A1 cables and one PCC-A2 cable out of the
terminals (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62).
12. For ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 drive controllers:
Pull on locking pull tab at bottom of precharge contactor and lift contactor
away from the mounting rail.
For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers:
Using an open ended metric wrench, loosen and remove the four
contactor mounting nuts. Slide the contactor assembly forward off of the
mounting screws.
13. Remove the precharge contactor assembly through the bottom of the
transformer/contactor mounting plate.
14. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screw holding the small
PCC-1 cable at the bottom of the precharge contactor (see Figure
4.1.29). Save the cable for later use.
15. Using a flat blade screwdriver, remove AUX-52 and AUX-82 control wires
from the auxiliary contact block.
16. For ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 drive controllers:
Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the top precharge contactor
terminal screws. Remove the terminal link and save for use on new
precharge contactor. Repeat this step for the removal of the bottom
terminal link.
For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers:
Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the screws for the top
terminal link. Save the screws and terminal link for later use. Repeat this
step for the removal of the bottom terminal link.
17. Using a flat blade screwdriver, lift and hold the auxiliary contact block
release lever at the top of the auxiliary contact block. While holding the
release lever up, slide the auxiliary contact block upwards and remove
from the precharge contactor assembly. Save contact block for use on
new precharge contactor.
18. Discard the old precharge contactor assembly.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.71
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Installing the Precharge Contactor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to install the precharge contactor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor No.
ATV66C10N4 to C13N4
VY1A661C1010
ATV66C15N4 to C19N4
VY1A661C1510
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in this section and the
precaution statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing
any maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
12" socket extension
Open/box end wrench set, 5.5 to 19 mm
Torque wrench
Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14mm
Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
Drive sockets for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
Electrical tape
To install the precharge contactor:
1. Slide the saved auxiliary contact block, LA1DN04, into place on the new
precharge contactor. Make sure that the locking lever for the contact block
locks into place.
2. For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers:
Slide the new contactor coil module, into place on the side of the new
precharge contactor assembly. Make sure that the lock lever for the coil
module locks into place.
3. For ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 drive controllers:
Insert the prongs from one of the saved terminal links into the top
terminals of the new precharge contactor (see Figure 4.1.29). Using a
torque wrench with flat blade screwdriver socket, tighten the terminal
screws to 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m). Repeat for the bottom terminal link.
For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers:
While holding one of the new terminal links in place over the terminal link
mounting holes on the top of the new precharge contactor assembly, use
a torque wrench with hex key socket to install and tighten the three
terminal link mounting screws to 74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.29).
Repeat for the bottom terminal link.
4. Install the AUX-52 and AUX-82 control wires into their marked locations
on the auxiliary contact block (see Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62 and
Figure 4.1.29).
5. Position the small PCC-1 cable over the bottom left mounting hole of the
bottom precharge contactor terminal link. Using a torque wrench and hex
key socket, install and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m)
(see Figure 4.1.29).
6. Slide the precharge contactor assembly through the bottom of the
transformer/contactor mounting plate.
For ATV66C10N4 and C13N4 drive controllers:
Position the precharge contactor over the mounting rail. Pull on locking
tab at bottom of contactor and snap contactor into place on the mounting
rail. Release the tab.
4.1.72
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.21 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
For ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers:
Slide the precharge contactor assembly mounting holes over the four
mounting screws. Install the four contactor mounting nuts and torque to
35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Place the two PCC-A1 cables and one PCC-A2 cable into their respective
terminals on the precharge contactor coil module. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, torque the A1 and A2 terminal screws to 17.7 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
See Figure 4.1.27 on page 4.1.62.
8. Position the three PCC-2 cables over the terminal link mounting holes at
the top of the precharge contactor. Using a torque wrench and hex key
socket, install and tighten the large mounting screw to 164 lb-in
(18.5 N•m). Install and tighten the small screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m).
9. Replace the resistor plate assembly into its mounting location on the front
of the transformer/contactor assembly. Using a torque wrench with a
drive socket, install and tighten the five mounting screws to 35.4 lb-in
(4.0 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.28 on page 4.1.67).
10. Put the large PCC-1 cable through the wire tie in the back of the
transformer/contactor assembly. Position the large PCC-1 cable over the
mounting hole at the bottom of the contactor. Using a torque wrench and
hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting bolt to 164 lb-in
(18.5 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.28).
11. Align the R11-A and R8-A wire connectors over their mounting locations
on the two resistors. Using a torque wrench and flat blade screwdriver
socket, install and tighten the two mounting screws to 8.9 lb-in (1.0 N•m)
(see Figure 4.1.28).
NOTE: Before performing step 12, make the following preparations. Cut
off two 3/4 inch pieces of electrical tape. Place these pieces of tape
where they will be easily accessible when installing the transformer/
contactor assembly.
12. Position the transformer/contactor assembly over the four mounting
holes. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly with one
hand, install the two bottom transformer/contactor assembly mounting
screws (see Figure 4.1.28) with your other hand. Use a drive socket with
a 12" extension to tighten the two screws.
13. While still supporting the top of the assembly with one hand, use the other
hand to put one of the pieces of tape across the socket at the end of the
12" extension piece (it will help hold the screw in the socket). Insert one
of the mounting screw heads into the socket. Thread the 12" extension
piece with socket and screw through the upper left opening in the
transformer/contactor assembly. Using the drive socket, install and tighten
the transformer/contactor assembly mounting screw (see Figure 4.1.28).
14. Perform step 13 again for the upper right transformer/contactor assembly
mounting screw.
15. Using a torque wrench, a 12" socket extension and a metric socket,
torque the four transformer/contactor assembly mounting screw to
35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
16. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the DCB(-) and DCB(+) power cables to
164 lb-in (18.5 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58).
17. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the RB(-) and RB(+) power cables to
40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24).
18. Position the two DCB(-) control wires over their mounting hole on the (-)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.24).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.73
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
19. Position the one DCB(+) control wire over its mounting hole on the (+)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.24).
20. Install the TB3 control wires into their respective locations on the TB3
terminal block assembly (see Figure 4.1.28). Torque the TB3 terminals to
12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
21. Install and tighten the two plexiglass shield screws while holding the
plexiglass shield in place (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Torque to
35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
22. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
23. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.22
Replacing the Control Power Transformer
This procedure explains how to replace the control power transformer in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Transformer No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADA606
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the Control Power Transformer
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• 12" socket extension
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two plexiglass shield screws
(see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58). Remove the plexiglass shield.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the right side terminal screws on
TB3 (see Figure 4.1.30 on page 4.1.75). Remove the right side control
wires from the terminal block assembly.
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-) and DCB(+)
control wire connection screws (Figure 4.1.24). Pull the wires back out of
the way.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the DCB(-), DCB(+), RB(-),
and RB(+) power wire connection screws (see Figure 4.1.24).
4.1.74
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
TB3 terminal block
R11 (TOP)
R10 (BOT)
R8 (TOP)
R7 (BOT)
Transformer/Contact
assembly mounting
screws
Transformer/Contact
assembly mounting
screws
Figure 4.1.30: Transformer/Contactor Assembly Front View
6. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly, use a drive socket
with a 12" extension to loosen and remove the four transformer/contactor
assembly mounting screws (see Figure 4.1.30). Remove the assembly.
7. Using a flat blade screw driver, loosen and remove the screws for the
T1-X1, T1-X2, T1-X3, T1-H1, and T1-H2 connections on the control
power transformer (see Figure 4.1.31).
8. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the four transformer mounting
nuts and washers. Remove the transformer (see Figure 4.1.31).
RB(+)
RB(+)
Precharge circuit
protector
Ground Fault Sensor
RB(+)
TB3
Transformer mounting
nuts and washers (2)
Terminals X1, X2, X3
A2
PCC
A1
T1
Transformer
Terminals H1, H2
Transformer mounting
nuts and washers (2)
Figure 4.1.31: Transformer/Contactor Assembly, Side View
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.75
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
Installing the Control Power Transformer
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to install the control power transformer in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Transformer No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADA606
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set. 5.5 to 14 mm
• 12" socket extension
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Electrical tape
To install the transformer:
1. Mount the control power transformer on the back on the transformer/
contactor assembly (see Figure 4.1.31). Orient the transformer such that
the X1, X2, and X3 transformer terminals are facing the top of the
transformer/contactor assembly.
2. Using a drive socket, install the four transformer mounting nuts and
washers. Torque to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
3. Make the transformer connections as shown in Table 4.1.2. Using a flat
blade screw driver install the connection screws. Torque to 25 lb-in
(2.8 N•m).
Table 4.1.2: Transformer Connections - ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
Wire Designation
Transformer Connection Point
T1-X1
X1
T1-X2
X2
T1-X3
X3
T1-H1
H1
T1-H2
H2
NOTE: Before performing step 4, make the following preparations. Cut off
two 3/4 inch pieces of electrical tape. Place these pieces of tape where
they will be easily accessible when installing the transformer/contactor
assembly.
4. Position the transformer/contactor assembly over the four mounting
holes. While supporting the transformer/contactor assembly with one
hand, install the two bottom transformer/contactor assembly mounting
screws (see Figure 4.1.30 on page 4.1.75) with other hand. Use a drive
socket with a 12" extension to tighten the two screws.
5. While still supporting the top of the assembly with one hand, use the other
hand to put one of the pieces of tape across the socket at the end of the
4.1.76
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
12" extension piece (the tape will help hold the screw in the socket). Insert
one of the mounting screw heads into the socket. Thread the 12"
extension piece with socket and screw through the upper left opening in
the transformer/contactor assembly. Using the drive socket, install and
tighten the transformer/contactor assembly mounting screw (Figure
4.1.30 on page 4.1.75).
6. Perform step 5 again for the upper right transformer/contactor assembly
mounting screw.
7. Using a torque wrench, a 12" socket extension and a metric socket,
torque the 4 transformer/contactor assembly mounting screws to
35.4 lb-in (4 N•m).
8. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the DCB(-) and DCB(+) power cables to
164 lb-in (18.5 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24 on page 4.1.58).
9. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install and tighten the power
wire connection screws for the RB(-) and RB(+) power cables to
74.3 lb-in (8.4 N•m) (see Figure 4.1.24).
10. Position the two DCB(-) control wires over their mounting hole on the (-)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.24).
11. Position the one DCB(+) control wire over its mounting hole on the (+)
capacitor bus bar plate. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, install
and tighten the mounting screw to 40.7 lb-in (4.6 N•m) (see Figure
4.1.24).
12. Install the TB3 control wires into their respective locations on the TB3
terminal block assembly (see Figure 4.1.30). Torque the TB3 terminals to
12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
13. Install the two plexiglass shield screws while holding the plexiglass shield
in place (see Figure 4.1.24). Torque to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
14. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
15. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.77
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.23 Replacing the Control Power Fuses
4.1.23
Replacing the Control Power Fuses
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the control power fuses for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Fuses No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
DF3CF00501
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Pull FU5 and FU6 holders from their sockets (see Figure 4.1.1 on
page 4.1.4).
3. Remove the two fuses from their fuse holders.
4. Install the two new fuses into the FU5 and FU6 fuse holders.
5. Insert the FU5 and FU6 fuse holders into their sockets (see Figure 4.1.1
on page 4.1.4).
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.24
Replacing the Stirring Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the stirring fan for the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Stirring Fan No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3V667
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.78
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.24 Replacing the Stirring Fan
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With drive controller door open (refer to Figure 4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for
location of fan):
NOTE: Do not disturb the white laminated insulating paper around stirring
fan. If disturbed be sure to replace in original position. Do not operate drive
controller if paper is damaged or scratched. Contact Square D for
replacement.
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the two connectors on the
right side of the fan.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right.
4. Using a hex key wrench or a drive socket, loosen and remove the two
bolts on either side of the bottom of the fan.
5. Remove the old fan.
6. Transfer the finger guard from the old fan on the new fan.
7. Install the new fan with the airflow indicator pointing up. Using a drive
socket or hex key wrench, install and tighten the two bolts on either side
of the bottom of the fan.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.79
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.25 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
8. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the two connectors on the
right side of the fan. This is an AC fan. The two fan leads can be
connected to either terminal.
9. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position and using a flat
blade screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.25
Replacing the Heatsink Fan
This procedure explains how to remove the heatsink fan and capacitor from
the following drive controllers:
This kit contains the heatsink fan and its starting capacitor.
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Fan No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3V666
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the Heatsink Fan
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open and with access to the bottom of the drive
controller:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using needle nose pliers, disconnect the C34-A and C34-B connectors
from the left side of the fan capacitor assembly (see Figure 4.1.1 on
page 4.1.4).
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the left side terminal connectors 2
and 3 on terminal block TB1. Remove the blue wire from terminal 2 and
the black wire from terminal 3 (see Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4).
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the right side terminal connectors
1, 2, and 3 on terminal block TB1. Remove the blue, black, and brown
wires (see Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4).
5. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two mounting nuts and lock
washers located at the top of the fan capacitor assembly (see Figure
4.1.1). The filter board assembly is also secured with the same mounting
nuts. Remove the fan capacitor assembly.
4.1.80
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.25 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
6. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the ten screws which hold the
bottom drive controller cover in place. Remove the bottom cover (see
Figure 4.1.1).
7. Loosen the black wire grommet (if present). Pull the heatsink fan leads
through the fan access hole (see Figure 4.1.1).
8. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the three screws which hold the
fan assembly in place.
9. Lift up fan and pull off of mounting ledge. Remove the old fan from the
drive controller.
NOTE: The fan capacitor assembly contains two capacitors. The top
capacitor is used in conjunction with the filter board assembly. The bottom
capacitor is the heatsink fan capacitor.
10. Using a drive socket, remove the heatsink fan capacitor mounting nut and
washers. Remove the heatsink fan capacitor from the fan capacitor
assembly.
Installing the Heatsink Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to install the heatsink fan and capacitor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Fan No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3V666
• Loss of strength
ATV66C15N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Torque wrench
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5,5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
For the heatsink fan and capacitor assembly to be installed:
1. Install the new heatsink fan capacitor in the fan capacitor assembly. Using
a drive socket, install and tighten the mounting washers and nut.
2. Slide the fan capacitor assembly and the filter board assembly onto their
mounting screws in the drive controller. Install the mounting washers and
nuts and torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m). See Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4.
3. Using needle nose pliers, connect the C34-A and C34-B connectors on
the left side of the fan capacitor assembly (see Figure 4.1.1).
4. Insert the blue heatsink fan capacitor wire into the left side of terminal 2
of TB1. Insert the brown heatsink fan capacitor wire into the left side of
terminal 3 of TB1. Ensure that all wires that were previously installed in
terminals 2 and 3 with the two fan wires are reinserted. Torque the TB1
terminals to 12 lb-in (1.4 n•m). See Figure 4.1.1.
5. Install the new heatsink fan into the bottom of the drive controller (see
Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.81
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.26 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
6. Using a drive socket, install the three heatsink fan mounting screws.
Torque to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Route the three heatsink fan wires through the fan access hole into the
drive controller. If a black wire grommet is present, tighten grommet.
8. Install the blue, black, and brown wires into the right side of terminal
blocks 1, 2, and 3 respectively of TB1. Torque the TB1 terminals to
12 lb-in (1.4 N•m). See Figure 4.1.1.
9. Install the bottom drive controller cover. Install the ten bottom cover
mounting screws. Torque to 35.4 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.26
Replacing the Heatsink Temperature
Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to replace the heatsink temperature sensor for
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Temperature Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3GN005
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.82
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.26 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove gate driver boards GD1 and GD3 as described in the procedure
on page 4.1.38. See Figure 4.1.32. Do not remove the gate driver wire
connection at the IGBT module.
2. Loosen and remove the one Phillips screw securing the temperature
sensor to the heatsink.
3. Locate the sensor cable connections to the drive controller wiring
harness to the right of gate driver board GD3. The sensor is connected
with plug in terminals to wires labeled NTC-A and NTC-B. Unplug the
connections and remove the sensor.
4. Thread the new sensor under the center white laminated bus and secure
to the heatsink with the Phillips screw. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
5. Reconnect the sensor plugs. These connections are not polarity
sensitive.
6. Reinstall the gate driver boards as described on page 4.1.39.
7. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.83
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Heatsink
temperature
sensor
mounted
under GD1
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
GD 1
GD 4
J2
J3
J4
J1
J1
J4
J3
J2
GD 6
GD 3
J1
J4
J3
J2
J2
J3
J4
J1
GD 5
Heatsink
temperature
sensor
connection to
wire harness
near GD3
GD 2
Figure 4.1.32: Heatsink Temperature Sensor
4.1.27
Replacing the Temperature Switches
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive controllers have two identical temperature
switches mounted on the heatsink, one under the upper right inverter gate
driver board and the other under the DB snubber board (see Figure 4.1.33
on page 4.1.87). Kit number VZ3G003 contains one of those switches.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive controllers also have a temperature switch
mounted on the back side of the hinged assembly behind the power board.
This temperature switch has a different rating than those mounted on the
heatsink. It is contained in kit number VZ3G006.
This procedure explains how to replace the temperature switches for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Temperature Switch Nos.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3G003, VZ3G006
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.1.84
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for these procedures are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.85
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Replacing the VZ3G003 Temperature Switch
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The VZ3G003 temperature switch has 2450RG-8002-518 stamped on the
housing.
To replace the temperature switch located on the heatsink behind the DB
snubber board (see Figure 4.1.33 on page 4.1.87):
1. With the drive controller door open, measure the bus voltage (if not
already performed) as described in section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the DB snubber board as described in the procedure on page
4.1.35.
3. Carefully remove the P2 connector from the GD2 gate driver board (see
Figure 4.1.33). This allows access to the mounting screws on the
temperature switch.
4. Carefully remove the two wire connectors on the temperature switch.
5. Loosen and remove the two mounting screws on the temperature switch.
6. Remove the old temperature switch.
7. Place the new temperature switch on the heatsink and align the mounting
holes. Install the two mounting screws and torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
8. Carefully install the two connectors to the temperature switch. These
connections are not polarity sensitive.
9. Replace P2 connector on the GD2 gate driver board.
10. Install the DB snubber board as described in the procedure on page
4.1.37.
11. Close the drive controller door.
To replace the temperature switch located on the heatsink behind the upper
right gate driver board (see Figure 4.1.33):
1. With the drive controller door open, measure the bus voltage (if not
already performed) as described in section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the GD4 gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.1.22. Do not loosen IGBT bus terminal screw and remove J1 wire.
3. Carefully remove the two wire connectors on the temperature switch.
4. Loosen and remove the two mounting screws on the temperature switch.
5. Remove the old temperature switch.
6. Place the new temperature switch on the heatsink and align the mounting
holes. Install the two mounting screws and torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
7. Carefully install the two connectors to the temperature switch. These
connections are not polarity sensitive.
8. Install the GD4 gate driver board as described in the procedure on page
4.1.24.
9. Close the drive controller door.
4.1.86
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.27 Replacing the Temperature Switches
J1
J2
J4
J3
J3
J4
J2
J1
SB 1
SB 4
GD 1
J2
J1
J3
J4
J4
J3
J1
J2
SB 3
SB 6
GD 6
J1
J2
Temperature
Switch
GD 4
GD 3
J4
J3
J3
J4
J2
J1
SB 7
GD 5
SB 2
GD 2
DB Snubber
Board
Temperature Switch
Figure 4.1.33: Temperature Switch Locations
Replacing the VZ3G006 Temperature Switch
The VZ3G006 temperature switch has 3455RCG8100-399 stamped on the
housing.
To replace the temperature switch located on the backside of the hinged
assembly behind the power board (see Figure 4.1.9 on page 4.1.16):
1. With the drive controller door open, measure the bus voltage (if not
already performed) as described in section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly in place and swing
out to the right. The temperature switch is mounted on the backside of the
hinged assembly.
3. Carefully remove the two wire connectors on the temperature switch.
4. Loosen and remove the two mounting screws on the temperature switch.
5. Remove the old temperature switch.
6. Place the new temperature switch on the mounting bracket and align the
mounting holes. Install the two mounting screws and torque to 6 lb-in (0.7
N•m).
7. Carefully install the two connectors to the temperature switch. These
connections are not polarity sensitive.
8. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position and secure with
the two captive set screws.
9. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.87
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.28 Replacing the Power Terminals
4.1.28
Replacing the Power Terminals
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the power terminals for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Power Terminal No.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
VZ3N008
ATV66C15N4 to C19N4
VZ3N009
The VZ3N008 kit contains three box lug terminals for replacing the power and
ground terminal of the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 controllers.
The VZ3N009 kit contains three clam shell terminals for replacing the L1, L2,
and L3 line terminals in the ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 controllers.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.1.1 on page 4.1.4 and Figure
4.1.2 on page 4.1.5 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.13 on page 4.1.21 and Figure
4.1.18 on page 4.1.37 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.1.22 on page 4.1.54 and Figure
4.1.23 on page 4.1.55 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
4.1.88
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.28 Replacing the Power Terminals
Replacing the VZ3N008 Box Lug Terminals
To replace a box lug power terminal, with the drive controller door open:
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
2. Loosen the two thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield over the
power terminal block.
3. Remove user power wiring from lug being replaced. See Figure 4.1.34.
4. Remove one mounting bolt and remove the terminal.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
5. Install the new terminal and secure it with the bolt. Torque the bolt to
291 lb-in (33 N•m).
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
6. Reinstall user power wiring and torque to specifications in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
7. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two nylon thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
Figure 4.1.34: Box Lug Power Terminals
To replace a box lug ground terminal, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove user ground wiring from the lug being replaced. See Figure
4.1.35.
3. Remove one mounting bolt and remove the ground terminal.
4. Install the new ground terminal and secure with the bolt. Torque the bolt
to 143 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
5. Reinstall user ground wiring and torque to specifications in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
6. Close the drive controller door.
Figure 4.1.35: Location of Ground Terminals
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.89
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Replacing the VZ3N009 Clam Shell Line
Terminals
To replace the clam shell L1, L2, or L3 line terminals, with the drive controller
door open:
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two nylon thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield over
the power terminal block.
• Loss of strength
3. Remove user power wiring from the terminal being replaced. See Figure
4.1.36 on page 4.1.90.
• Mechanical interference
4. Remove one the bolt and remove the terminal.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
5. Install the new terminal with a hex bolt.
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
6. Reinstall user power wiring and torque to specifications in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
7. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two nylon thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
Figure 4.1.36: Location of Clam Shell Line Terminals
4.1.29
Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass
Shield
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
This procedure explains how to replace the power terminal plexiglass shield
in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADV609
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
4.1.90
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a flat blade screw driver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the hinged assembly out to the right.
3. Loosen the thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield from in front
of the line and motor terminals.
4. Install the new plexiglass shield in front of the line and motor terminals.
Tighten the thumb screws.
5. Swing the hinged assembly back to its normal position. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws.
6. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.1.91
Section 4.1–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Design A
4.1.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield
4.1.92
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
Contents
SECTION 4.2:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C10N4–C19N4
DESIGNS B AND C
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2
4.2.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.4
4.2.2 Replacing Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.5
4.2.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.6
4.2.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.9
4.2.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.12
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.15
4.2.6.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.16
4.2.6.2 Replacing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly . . . 4.2.18
4.2.6.3 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . 4.2.21
4.2.6.4 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.24
4.2.6.5 Replacing the Inverter Clamp Module . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.26
4.2.7 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.29
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components. . . 4.2.31
4.2.8.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.31
4.2.8.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.35
4.2.8.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.38
4.2.8.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.42
4.2.9 Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.45
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.48
4.2.11 Replacing the Line Filter Board (Design B Only) . . . . . . . 4.2.53
4.2.12 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield . 4.2.55
4.2.13 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.56
4.2.14 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2. 58
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.60
4.2.16 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.64
4.2.17 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.67
4.2.18 Replacing the Precharge Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.68
4.2.19 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.70
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.71
4.2.21 Replacing the Control Power Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.75
4.2.22 Replacing the Control Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.78
4.2.23 Replacing the Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.79
4.2.24 Replacing the Heatsink Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.81
4.2.25 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.84
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.85
4.2.27 Replacing the Power Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.89
4.2.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield . . . . . . 4.2.92
4.2.1
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This section contains replacement part information and change out
procedures for the following drive controller models identified on in section 1
as Design B and C:
Drive Controller No.
CT HP
VT HP
ATV66C10N4
100
125
ATV66C13N4
125
150
ATV66C15N4
150
200
ATV66C19N4
200
-
The drive controller number can be found inside the front door or on a chassis
panel internal to the drive controller above and to the right of the main control
board.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Table 4.2.1 lists the replacement parts. Refer to the pages indicated in the
table for replacement part change out procedures.
Table 4.2.1: Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C10N4 to
C19N4 Designs B and C
Notes to Table 4.2.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild the drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
Procedure
Number
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog
Number
Kit
Qty [1]
Page
No.
4.2.1
Keypad Display [2] ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VW3A66206U
1
4.2.4
4.2.2
Control Terminal
Strips
VZ3N006
1
4.2.5
4.2.3
Control Kit
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VX4A66CK2
1
4.2.6
4.2.4
Flex Cables
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3N616
1
4.2.9
ATV66C10N4
VX5A661C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX5A661C13N4
1
4.2.12
ATV66C15N4
VX5A661C15N4
ATV66C19N4
VX5A661C19N4
3
4.2.15
N/A
4.2.16
N/A
4.2.18
N/A
4.2.21
N/A
4.2.24
N/A
4.2.26
2
4.2.29
1
4.2.31
N/A
4.2.31
N/A
4.2.35
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.6.1
4.2.6.2
4.2.6.3
4.2.6.4
4.2.6.5
4.2.7
4.2.2
Part
Description
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Power Board
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
Inverter IGBT Kit
Inverter Snubber
Board
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
Inverter
Laminated Bus
Assembly
ATV66C10N4
Inverter Gate
Driver Board
ATV66C10N4
Inverter IGBT
Module
ATV66C10N4
Inverter Clamp
Module
ATV66C10N4
Motor Current
Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VY1A66106
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1A66107
VZ3IM1300M1202
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
Included in
Inverter IGBT Kit
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
ATV66C13N4-C19N4
4.2.8
Dynamic Braking
IGBT Kit
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.2.8.1
DB Snubber
Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.2.8.2
DB Gate Driver
Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
4.2.8.3
DB IGBT Module
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
N/A
4.2.38
4.2.8.4
DB Diode Module ATV66C10N4-C19N4
N/A
4.2.42
4.2.9
DB Clamp
Capacitor
1
4.2.45
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Include in
Dynamic Braking
IGBT Kit
VY1ADC616
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
Spare Parts List
Notes to Table 4.2.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild the drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
Table 4.2.1: Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C10N4 to
C19N4 Designs B and C (Continued)
Procedure
Number
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog
Number
Kit
Qty [1]
Page
No.
3
4.2.48
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VZ3DM2170M1602
4.2.10
Line Rectifier
Diode
ATV66C15N4
VZ3DM2260M1602
ATV66C19N4
VZ3DM2350M1602
4.2.11
Line Filter Board
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VX4A66106
1
4.2.53
4.2.12
DC Bus Capacitor
Bank Plexiglass
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Shield
VY1ADV611
1
4.2.55
4.2.13
DC Bus Fuse
3
4.2.56
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VY1ADF250V700
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1ADF350V700
4.2.14
DC Bus Capacitor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
Assembly
VY1ADC615
2–3
4.2.58
4.2.15
Discharge
Resistor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3R2K5W600
1
4.2.60
4.2.16
Ground Fault
Current Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1A66109
1
4.2.64
4.2.17
Precharge Circuit
Protector
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
GV2M10
1
4.2.67
4.2.18
Precharge
Resistor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3R010W270
1
4.2.68
4.2.19
Precharge
Contactor
Auxiliary Contact
Block
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
LA1DN04
1
4.2.70
Precharge
Contactor
ATV66C10N4-C13N4
VY1A661C1010
1
4.2.21
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VY1A661C1510
1
4.2.70
4.2.22
Control Power
Transformer
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1ADA606
1
4.2.75
4.2.23
Control Power
Fuses
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
DF3CF00501
1
4.2.78
4.2.24
Stirring Fan
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3V671
1
4.2.79
4.2.25
Heatsink Fan
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3V670
1
4.2.81
4.2.26
Heatsink
Temperature
Sensor
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3GN005
1
4.2.84
Temperature
Switches
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3G007
1
4.2.27
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VZ3G008
1
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VZ3N008
3–4
ATV66C15N4-C19N4
VZ3N009
1
ATV66C10N4-C19N4
VY1ADV612
1
4.2.29
4.2.29
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
Part
Description
4.2.85
Power Terminals
Power Terminal
Plexiglass Shield
4.2.89
4.2.92
4.2.3
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.1 Replacing the Keypad Display
4.2.1
Replacing the Keypad Display
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the keypad display for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Keypad Display No.
ATV66C10N4
NOTE: The keypad display, part no.
VW3A66206U, can only be installed in drive
controllers with firmware versions 3.0 and higher.
Refer to “PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE
FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL” in section 5 for
determining the level of firmware in your drive
controller. If replacement of the keypad is
necessary for drive controllers with older versions
of firmware, order the Control Kit, part no.
VX4A66CK2. This kit contains a control board
with the latest firmware and a keypad that is
compatible with firmware level 3.0 and later.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
ATV66C13N4
ATV66C15N4
VW3A66206U
ATV66C19N4
While it may appear that all ALTIVAR drive controllers use the same keypad
display, the version of firmware present in the keypad display may be
matched specifically to the version of firmware in the control basket. Mixing
incompatible versions of keypad display and control basket firmware can
result in non-recognition of the keypad display by the drive controller or
garbled message displays. Keep keypads with their associated control
basket. Do not mix keypads and control baskets.
The keypad display kit, part no. VW3A66206U, can be used
interchangeably on drive controllers with firmware levels 3.0 or later.
However, keypads are not supplied as a separate replacement part for drive
controllers with firmware levels earlier than 3.0.
The keypad display is normally mounted on the control basket of
ATV66C10N4 through ATV66C19N4 controllers. For Class 8839 and 8998
Enclosed controllers, the keypad display is located in a door-mounted holder.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
To replace the keypad display:
1. Open the cover of the drive controller to access the keypad display.
2. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
3. Using the flat blade screwdriver, push in on the top of the keypad display
tab and remove the keypad display.
4. Ensure the access lock switch on the rear of the new keypad is in the
proper position.
5. Insert the new keypad. Ensure that the lip on the bottom of the keypad
display is behind the tab on the keypad display holder.
6. Remove the RUN/STOP cover, if desired (see Figure 4.2.1).
7. Close the cover of the drive controller.
Keypad display tab
RUN/STOP cover
Figure 4.2.1:
4.2.4
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 Keypad Display
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.2 Replacing the Control Terminal Strips
4.2.2
Replacing Control Terminal Strips
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the control terminal strips (J1, J12,
and J13) for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3N006
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Control Terminal Strips No.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the I/O Extension Module, if present. See User’s Manual
VD0C06T306_ for removal/installation instructions.
3. Identify and tag all field wiring for reassembly.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the terminal screws on the J1, J12,
and J13 connectors (see Figure 4.2.2 on page 4.2.6). Pull the field wiring
back out of the way.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry the J1, J12, and J13 connectors
away from the board side jacks. Discard the old connectors.
6. Insert the new connectors into their associated board side jacks.
NOTE: The yellow keys in both plugs and sockets are designed to
prevent incorrect insertion of J12 and J13.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.5
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.3 Replacing the Control Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
7. Install the field wiring on the new connectors for J1, J12, and J13. Using
a flat blade screwdriver, tighten the terminal screws for the field wiring
installed. Torque to 3.5 lb-in (0.4 N•m).
8. Reinstall the I/O Extension Module, if present. See User’s Manual
VD0C06T306_ for removal/installation instructions.
J13
J12
J1
Figure 4.2.2:
4.2.3
Replacing the Control Kit
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards such as:
Location of J1, J12, and J13 Connectors
This procedure describes how to replace the control kit in the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX4A66CK2
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV613.
The control kit consists of a control basket (or board) with the current
firmware and an matched keypad.
NOTE: The control basket is not supplied separately. It is only supplied as
part of Control Kit VX4A66CK2.
Before removing power, note and record all the drive controller settings
using the keypad display.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.2.6
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.3 Replacing the Control Kit
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
J9
J32*
J4
J3
J5
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Plastic tie wraps
• Wire cutters
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
J13
J12
* The connector plug labeled P18 is landed at
the J32 jack. The location on the power board
where the other end of the P18 connector plug
is landed is designated J18.
Figure 4.2.3:
Control Basket Connector Locations
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
2. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, remove the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. Do not remove the field wiring from the connectors. Refer to
User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ for location of connections.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the J12
and J13 connectors at the bottom of the control basket. Do not remove
the field wiring from the connectors.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the P9
and P32 connector plugs at the top left of the control basket.
5. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, carefully pull out on each side of the
cable clasp of J3, J4, and J5 to the release position. Refer to Figure 4.2.4
on page 4.2.8 for cable clasp operation. Make sure that the clasps are in
their released position before removing the ribbon cable. If the cables are
damaged, order the replacement cable kit, catalog number VZ3N616.
4.2.7
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.3 Replacing the Control Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
White Cable Clasp
Ribbon Cable
Ribbon Cable
Circuit Board
Circuit Board
Blue Cable Clasp
Secure Position
Secure Position
White Cable Clasp
Pull Out
Pull Out
Ribbon Cable
Ribbon Cable
Circuit Board
Circuit Board
Blue Cable Clasp
Release Position
White Cable Clasps
Release Position
Blue Cable Clasps
Figure 4.2.4:
Cable Connector Secure and Release Positions
6. Loosen the four corner screws on the control basket.
7. Remove the control basket from the drive controller. As the control basket
is removed, pull the three ribbon cables out of the guide on the back of
the basket.
8. Replace the old keypad display per the procedure on page 4.2.4.
9. Thread the three ribbon cables through the cable guides on the back of
the control basket.
10. Place the control basket in the drive controller. Using a torque wrench
and either a Phillips screwdriver socket or a hex key attachment, tighten
the captive screw at the bottom left corner of the basket, and install and
tighten the three other corner screws. Tighten the four corner screws to a
torque of 9.0 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
NOTE: The bottom left mounting screw provides the grounding
connection for the control basket and shield connection on J13. Ensure
that this screw is properly threaded and torqued to 9.0 lb-in (1.0 N•m).
11. Snap the two connector plugs P9 and P32 into place. Refer to Figure
4.2.3 on page 4.2.7 for connector locations.
NOTE: On the power board, the jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas
the corresponding connector plugs are designated with a “P”. For
example, the P9 connector plug connects to the J9 jack on the power
board and the J9 jack on the control basket.
12. Snap the two connectors J12 and J13 into place.
NOTE: The yellow keys in both plugs and sockets are designed to
prevent incorrect insertion of J12 and J13.
13. Ensure that all three cable clasps are pulled out on J3, J4, and J5.
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The drive controller may require reprogramming
for proper operation.
14. Carefully insert the three ribbon cables into the cable clasps at J3 (sevenwire cable), J4 (six-wire cable), and J5 (18 wire cable). Ensure that the
silver leads of the cables are facing outwards from the controller and are
seated firmly against the bottom of the jacks before engaging clasps.
15. Push the three ribbon cable clasps to their secure position.
• Reload the original settings recorded from
the old control basket.
16. Apply the multi-lingual hazard labels supplied with the kit to the control
basket, as required.
• If the original settings are not available, the
drive controller must be reprogrammed.
Consult instruction bulletin VD0C06S305_
and other relevant documentation.
17. Install the I/O Extension Module, if present, and the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. See User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ for removal/installation
instructions.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in
death or serious injury.
4.2.8
18. Reprogram the user settings as previously noted during the control
basket removal.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
4.2.4
Replacing the Flex Cables
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
This procedure explains how to replace the flex cables for the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3N616
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Flex Cable Kit VZ3N616 contains two packages. In this procedure, only
package B is used. Discard package A.
• Loss of electrical clearances or
isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV613.
Flex Cable Kit No.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.2.7 on page
4.2.13 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.9
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
•
•
•
•
•
Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
Torque wrench
Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
To replace the flex cables, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, remove the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. Do not remove the field wiring from the connectors. Refer to
User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ for location of connections.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the J12
and J13 connectors at the bottom of the control basket. Do not remove
the field wiring from the connectors.
4. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the P9
and P32 connector plugs at the top left of the control basket.
5. Locate the J3, J4, and J5 jacks on the control basket. Refer to Figure
4.2.3 on page 4.2.7. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, carefully pull out
on each side of the clasps of J3, J4, and J5 to the release position. Refer
to Figure 4.2.4 on page 4.2.8 for clasp operation. Make sure that the
clasps are in their released position before removing the ribbon cables.
6. Using a hex key, loosen the four screws securing the PIB cover to the PIB
pan (See Figure 4.2.6 on page 4.2.13) and remove the cover to access
the power board. As you are removing the PIB cover, carefully pull the
three flex cables through.
7. To remove the cables at J3, J4, and J5 on the power board, carefully lift
the gray clasps to their release positions, then remove the flex cables.
NOTE: When the clasp is in the release position, the cable will pull out
freely. Refer to Figure 4.2.7 on page 4.2.13 for location of the jacks.
8. Use only the cables from the package labeled B. These cables have silver
leads (located on the ends of the cables) exposed on opposite sides of
each cable. Insert the new flex cables at J3, J4, and J5 on the power
board. Before installing the connections, set the gray clasps to the
release position. Position the flex cables so that the silver leads are facing
towards the bottom of the power board and are firmly seated against the
bottom of the connector jacks. Push the clasps to their secure position.
NOTE: P3 is a seven-wire cable, P4 is a six-wire cable, and P5 is an
18-wire cable.
4.2.10
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
9. Thread the P3, P4, P5, P9, and P32 cables through the slots in the PIB
cover and thread the three ribbon cables through the cable guides on the
back of the control basket. Make sure that the tabs on the mounting
brackets of the cover fit through the slots at the bottom of the PIB pan.
Using a torque wrench with a hex key attachment, install the four covermounting screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
10. Reinstall all connections to the control basket and the option module, if
present, as follows (see Figure 4.2.3 on page 4.2.7 for location of
connections):
a. Connect the P9 and P32 connector plugs at the top left of the control
basket.
b. Install the ribbon cables into the J3, J4, and J5 jacks. Make sure that
the clasp is in the released position before installing the ribbon cable.
Refer to Figure 4.2.4 on page 4.2.8 for cable clasp operation. Before
engaging the clasps, position the cables with the silver leads facing
outwards from the controller, and seat firmly against the bottom of the
jacks.
c. Connect the J12 and J13 connectors at the bottom of the control
basket.
d. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, install the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. Refer to User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ for the location of
the connections.
11. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.11
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.5 Replacing the Power Board
4.2.5
Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the power board in the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Power Board No.
ATV66C10N4
VX5A661C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX5A661C13N4
ATV66C15N4
VX5A661C15N4
ATV66C19N4
VX5A661C19N4
Removing the Power Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.2.7 on page
4.2.13 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.2.12
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.5 Replacing the Power Board
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
Figure 4.2.5:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Power Board
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
PIB Pan
To remove the power board, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove all connections from the main control board and the option
module, if present, as follows (see Figure 4.2.3 on page 4.2.7 for location
of connections):
PIB Cover
a. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, remove the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. Do not remove the field wiring from the connectors. Refer
to User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ for location of connections.
b. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the
J12 and J13 connectors at the bottom of the control basket. Do not
remove the field wiring from the connectors.
Figure 4.2.6:
PIB Cover
c. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the P9
and P32 connector plugs at the top left of the control basket.
TOP
Ground Screw
J2
C11
J10
J11
C10
J12
J9
J32
J4
J3
J5
J15
Mounting Holes
(1 of 7)
J13
d. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, carefully pull out on each side of the
cable clasp of J3, J4, and J5 to the release position. Refer to Figure
4.2.4 on page 4.2.8 for cable clasp operation. Make sure that the
clasps are in their released position before removing the ribbon cable.
3. Using a hex key wrench, loosen the four screws securing the PIB cover
to the PIB pan and remove the cover. See Figure 4.2.6. As the control
basket is removed, pull the three ribbon cables out of the guide on the
back of the basket.
4. Remove the connections from the power board as follows (see Figure
4.2.7 for location of connections).
a. Using needle nose pliers, carefully remove the connections at J7, J8,
and J6 at the bottom of the power board.
b. Using a flat blade screwdriver, carefully loosen and disconnect the J1
terminal block.
c. Using needle nose pliers, carefully remove the connector plugs at
J11, J12, and J15 on the right side of the power board.
J7
J8
J6
J1
Figure 4.2.7:
d. With your fingers, carefully loosen and remove the connection at J13
on the right side of the power board.
Power Board Connections
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.13
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.5 Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
e. Remove the connectors at J10 and J2 on the top of the board by
squeezing the release tabs at the side of the connectors, then pulling
the connectors off of the board.
f.
Loosen and disconnect the connectors at J9 and J32 from the power
board.
NOTE: Do not remove the flex cables from J3, J4 and J5. The
replacement power board is supplied with new cables factory installed at
these connectors.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the three screws on the right
side of the power board.
6. Using needle nose pliers, carefully unsnap the five plastic mounting pins
(see Figure 4.2.7) and lift the power board out of the controller.
Installing the Power Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards such as:
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the power board, with the drive controller door open:
1. Place the board down into the controller and align the mounting holes
with the five plastic mounting pins. See Figure 4.2.7 on page 4.2.13. Snap
the board onto the mounting pins.
2. Using a torque wrench with a hex key attachment, tighten the three
screws on the right side of the board to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Install the power board connections as follows (see Figure 4.2.7 for
location of connections):
a. Carefully install the connections at J7, J8, and J6 at the bottom of the
power board.
b. Connect the J1 terminal block.
c. Carefully install the connections at J11, J12, J13, and J15 on the right
side of the power board.
NOTE: When installing the connection at J11, align the connector
sockets with the pins on the power board.
d. Install the connections at J10 and J2 at the top of the power board.
4. Install the PIB cover. Thread the P3, P4, P5, P9, and P32 cables through
the slot in the cover. Thread the three ribbon cables through the cable
guides on the back of the control basket. Make sure that the tabs on the
mounting brackets of the cover fit through the slots at the bottom of the
4.2.14
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
PIB pan. Using a torque wrench with a hex key attachment, install the four
cover-mounting screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
5. Reinstall all connections to the main control board and the option module,
if present, as follows (see Figure 4.2.3 on page 4.2.7 for location of
connections):
a. Connect the P9 and P32 connector plugs at the top left of the control
basket.
b. Install the ribbon cables into the J3, J4, and J5 jacks. Make sure that
the clasp is in the released position before installing the ribbon cable.
Refer to Figure 4.2.4 on page 4.2.8 for cable clasp operation. Before
engaging the clasps, position the cables with the silver leads facing
outwards from the controller, and seat firmly against the bottom of the
jacks.
c. Connect the J12 and J13 connectors at the bottom of the control
basket.
d. If an I/O Extension Module is installed, install the J22, J23, and J24
connectors. Refer to User’s Manual VDOC06T306_ for the location of
the connections.
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.6
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
There are three inverter IGBT sections in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The inverter IGBT kits contain:
• Two snubber boards
• Two gate driver boards
• Two IGBT power blocks
• One clamp module
• One IGBT laminated bus assembly
• Thermstrate™ thermal interface material
This procedure explains how to replace the inverter IGBT kit components for
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
When replacing inverter IGBT kit components, the parts must be removed in
the following order:
1. Snubber board (page 4.2.16).
2. Laminated bus assembly (page 4.2.18).
3. Gate driver board (page 4.2.21).
4. IGBT module (page 4.2.24).
5. Clamp module (page 4.2.26).
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.15
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The new components must be installed in the following order:
1. Clamp module (page 4.2.26).
2. IGBT module (page 4.2.24).
3. Gate driver board (page 4.2.21).
4. Laminated bus assembly (page 4.2.20).
5. Snubber board (page 4.2.18).
4.2.6.1
Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board
There are six inverter snubber boards in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The power pole kit contains 2 snubber boards.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual snubber board in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
Removing the Inverter Snubber Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.2.16
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the PIB cover and swing the cover
open to the right.
3. Using a hex key wrench, disconnect the power cable (A in Figure 4.2.9)
from the IGBT laminated bus assembly and move it out of the way as
necessary to access the snubber board.
4. Remove the plexiglass shield from the DC bus by loosening two nylon
thumb screws.
5. To remove the snubber board, loosen and remove two screws (B). Noting
how it is routed, move the gate driver J1 wire (C) aside. (See Figure
4.2.9).
Figure 4.2.8:
PIB Cover
NOTE: Some units have two additional wires secured to the snubber
board in the lower right hand position. Note their position for reassembly.
Inverter Snubber
Capacitor (1 of 6)
B
C
A
Figure 4.2.9:
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
Inverter IGBT Sections
4.2.17
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Installing the Inverter Snubber Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install a snubber board, with the drive controller door open:
1. Place the snubber board on the inverter IGBT laminated bus assembly.
Place the J1 wire (C in Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17) from the gate driver
board under the top screw of the snubber board, routing the wire toward
the right side of the drive controller.
NOTE: On some units, two additional wires need to be secured to the
snubber board in the lower right position. The one labeled Q2-C is
secured under the top screw. The wire that is secured under the bottom
screw has no label and is part of a wire harness that plugs into the DB
gate card connector.
2. Install two screws to secure the snubber board to the IGBT laminated bus
assembly (B in Figure 4.2.9). Using the torque wrench with a hex key
attachment, tighten the two mounting screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Replace the plexiglass shield over the DC bus and secure with two nylon
thumb screws.
4. Reconnect the power cable to the IGBT laminated bus assembly (A in
Figure 4.2.9). Torque the screw to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
5. Close the PIB cover and secure with the two captive thumb screws.
6. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
7. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.6.2
Replacing the Inverter Laminated Bus
Assembly
There are three inverter laminated bus assemblies in the ATV66C10N4 to
C19N4 drive controllers. The inverter IGBT kit contains one inverter
laminated bus assembly.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual inverter laminated bus
assembly in the following drive controllers:
4.2.18
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Removing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
Figure 4.2.10: DC Bus Fuses
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.19
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
To remove an inverter laminated bus assembly, with the controller door open:
1. Remove the snubber boards at the right and left of the inverter laminated
bus assembly. Follow all steps in the procedure “Removing the Inverter
Snubber Board” on page 4.2.16.
2. Remove the DC bus fuse (see Figure 4.2.10) by loosening the two
mounting screws and lifting the fuse off of its bracket.
3. Remove the two screws (A) from the center of the inverter laminated bus
assembly (see Figure 4.2.11).
A
B
Figure 4.2.11: Inverter Bus with Snubber Boards and DC Fuse Removed
4. Remove the two screws (B) from the left side of the inverter laminated
bus assembly (see Figure 4.2.11).
5. Remove the inverter laminated bus assembly. If you are removing the top
or bottom inverter bus assembly, carefully slide the bus out from under
the motor current sensor (see Figure 4.2.15 on page 4.2.30).
Installing the Inverter Laminated Bus
Assembly
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets, for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench
To install the inverter laminated bus assembly:
1. Put the bus assembly in place on the inverter IGBT module. If you are
installing the top or bottom bus, slide it under the motor current sensor
(see Figure 4.2.15 on page 4.2.30).
2. Install the two screws (B in Figure 4.2.11 on page 4.2.20), at the left side
of the inverter laminated bus assembly. Do not tighten the hardware yet.
3. Install the two screws (A in Figure 4.2.11), at the center of the inverter
laminated bus assembly. Do not tighten the hardware yet.
4.2.20
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
4. Place the DC bus fuse on its mounting bracket (see Figure 4.2.10 on
page 4.2.19) and secure with two mounting screws. Torque the screws to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
5. Torque the two mounting screws at the center of the inverter laminated
bus assembly to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m). Torque the two mounting screws at
the left side of the inverter laminated bus assembly to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
6. Install the snubber boards at the right and left of the inverter laminated
bus assembly. Follow all steps in the procedure “Installing the Inverter
Snubber Board” on page 4.2.18.
4.2.6.3
Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
There are six inverter gate driver boards in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The inverter IGBT kit contains two gate driver boards.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual inverter gate driver
board in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
Removing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.21
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the inverter laminated bus assembly. Follow all steps in the
procedure “Removing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly” on page
4.2.18.
2. Disconnect the control cable plug from the inverter gate driver board (pull
on the plug, not the wires). See Figure 4.2.12 on page 4.2.22.
3. Loosen and remove the two hex screws from the gate driver board.
4. Remove the gate driver board, along with the J1 wire, from the inverter
IGBT module.
Control
Cables
Gate
Driver
Boards
Figure 4.2.12: Inverter Gate Driver Boards
4.2.22
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Installing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
The inverter gate driver board and the dynamic braking (DB) gate driver
board are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only
the gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment
damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install a inverter gate driver board:
1. Install a new J1 wire on the new inverter gate driver board.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
2. Place the gate driver board on the inverter IGBT module.
3. Install two hex screws to secure the gate driver board. Using the torque
wrench with a hex key socket, tighten the mounting screws to 18 lb-in
(2 N•m).
4. Plug the control cable back onto the gate driver board.
5. Replace the inverter laminated bus assembly. Follow all steps in the
procedure “Installing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly” on page
4.2.20.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.23
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
4.2.6.4
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Module
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
There are six inverter IGBT modules in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The inverter IGBT kit contains two IGBT modules. This procedure
explains how to replace an individual inverter IGBT module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
Removing the Inverter IGBT Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
4.2.24
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
•
•
•
•
•
Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
Needle nose pliers
Rubbing alcohol
Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the inverter gate driver boards on the inverter IGBT module to
be replaced as well as the module above it. Follow all steps in the
procedure “Removing the Inverter Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.21.
NOTE: If removing one of the top IGBT modules, you need only remove
one gate driver board per module.
2. Loosen and remove the four hex screws at the corners of the
IGBT module.
3. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the IGBT module from
the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
Figure 4.2.13: Inverter IGBT Modules
4. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new IGBT module may affect its performance
and longevity.
Installing the Inverter IGBT Module
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install an inverter IGBT module:
1. Install the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new IGBT module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it
and start over with a new one.
2. Place the new IGBT module on the heatsink following the orientation
illustrated in Figure 4.2.13 and secure it with four screws. Using the
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.25
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
torque wrench with a hex key socket, initially tighten the four mounting
screws, in the sequence shown below, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and
then to a final torque of 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
3. Install the gate driver board(s). Follow all steps in the procedure
“Installing the Inverter Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.23.
4.2.6.5
Replacing the Inverter Clamp Module
There are three inverter clamp modules in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. The inverter IGBT kit contains one. This procedure explains how
to replace an individual inverter clamp module in the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
VZ3IM2300M1202
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C15N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
ATV66C19N4
VZ3IM2400M1202
Removing the Inverter Clamp Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.2.26
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
Figure 4.2.14: Inverter Clamp Modules (one of
three—located under the laminated
bus)
To remove an inverter clamp module:
1. Remove the inverter laminated bus assembly. Follow all steps in the
procedure “Removing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly” on page
4.2.19.
2. When removing the upper or lower clamp module, loosen the two screws
on either side of the motor current sensor and remove the motor current
sensor from the clamp module. When removing the center clamp module,
remove the screw securing the cable clamp. Refer to Figure 4.2.15 on
page 4.2.30.
3. Remove four hex screws and lift the clamp module off of the heatsink. Be
careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
4. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new clamp module may affect performance
and longevity.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.27
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.6 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Components
Installing the Inverter Clamp Module
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver socket for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
To install a inverter clamp module:
1. Install Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the new
clamp module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it
and start over with a new one.
(1)
(4)
2. Place the clamp module on the heatsink and secure with four hex screws.
Using the torque wrench with a hex key socket, initially tighten the four
mounting screws, in the sequence shown at left, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in
(0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
3. On upper and lower clamp modules, install the motor current sensor and
secure with two Phillips head screws. On the center clamp module,
secure the cable clamp with a Phillips head screw. Using a torque wrench
and a Phillips screwdriver socket, tighten the screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
(3)
4.2.28
(2)
4. Replace the inverter laminated bus assembly. Follow all steps in
“Installing the Inverter Laminated Bus Assembly” on page 4.2.20.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.7 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
4.2.7
Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
This procedure explains how to replace the motor current sensor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Motor Current Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
VY1A66106
ATV66C13N4
VY1A66106
ATV66C15N4
VY1A66107
ATV66C19N4
VY1A66107
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.29
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.7 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
To replace a motor current sensor, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two screws on the PIB cover and swing the cover open to
the right.
3. Remove the power cable and sensor wire from the motor current sensor.
Refer to Figure 4.2.15.
4. Use a hex key wrench to remove the temperature switch bracket (upper
current sensor) or the cable clamp (lower current sensor).
5. Loosen the two Phillips head screws on either side of the motor current
sensor and remove the motor current sensor from the clamp module.
6. Install the new motor current sensor on the clamp module and secure
with two Phillips head screws. Using a torque wrench and Phillips
screwdriver attachment, torque to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
7. With mounting screw and washer, attach the temperature switch bracket
(to upper motor current sensor) or cable clamp (to lower current sensor).
Using a torque wrench and hex key attachment, torque to 12 lb-in
(1.4 N•m).
8. Reconnect the power cable and torque to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
9. Reattach sensor wire.
10. Close the PIB cover and secure with two captive thumb screws.
11. Close the drive controller door.
Power cable
Sensor wire
Motor current
sensor
Figure 4.2.15: Motor Current Sensor
4.2.30
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
4.2.8
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) IGBT
Kit Components
The DB IGBT kits contain:
• One DB IGBT module
• One DB gate driver board
• One DB snubber board
• One DB diode block
• Thermstrate™ thermal interface material
This procedure explains how to replace the DB IGBT kit components for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ31M1300M1202
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
When replacing DB IGBT kit components, the parts must be removed in the
following order:
1. DB snubber board (page 4.2.31)
2. DB gate driver board (page 4.2.35)
3. DB IGBT module (page 4.2.38)
4. DB diode block (page 4.2.42)
When replacing DB IGBT kit components, the parts must be installed in the
following order:
1. DB diode block (page 4.2.42)
2. DB IGBT module (page 4.2.38)
3. DB gate driver board (page 4.2.35)
4. DB snubber board (page 4.2.31)
4.2.8.1
Replacing the DB Snubber Board
The DB IGBT kit contains one snubber board. This procedure explains how
to replace the DB snubber board in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1202
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Snubber Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.31
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the power terminal plexiglass shield by loosening the two nylon
thumb screws.
4.2.32
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Figure 4.2.16: Power Terminal Block
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PIB door and swing the door to the
right. See Figure 4.2.6 on page 4.2.13.
4. Remove the three hex screws attaching the internal T1, T2, and T3 cables
to the power terminal block. (See Figure 4.2.16).
5. Loosen and remove the hex screw holding the T3 cable to the lower
inverter IGBT section (this is the connection through the lower motor
current sensor). Save the bushing for reinstallation of the cable. (See
Figure 4.2.15 on page 4.2.30)
6. Clip wire ties as needed to move the T1, T2, and T3 output cables away
from the area occupied by the DB components.
7. Using needle nose pliers, carefully disconnect the J2 connector (A in
Figure 4.2.17) on the dynamic braking snubber board.
8. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two hex screws and
remove the DB snubber board.
9. If you are replacing the DB snubber board, remove the jumper between
J3 and J4 (B in Figure 4.2.17).
B
DB Snubber
Capacitor
A
C
D
Figure 4.2.17: Removing the DB Snubber Board
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.33
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Installing the DB Snubber Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Wire ties
To install the DB snubber board, with the drive controller door open:
1. If you are installing a new DB snubber board, install the jumper between
J3 and J4 (B in Figure 4.2.17 on page 4.2.33).
2. Using a torque wrench and a metric drive socket, ensure the standoff
on the DB diode block (A in Figure 4.2.21 on page 4.2.43) is tightened to
18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Place the DB snubber board in the drive controller. Using a torque wrench
with hex key socket, install two hex mounting screws to secure the DB
snubber board. Torque screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
4. Carefully replace the J2 connector (A in Figure 4.2.17) on the DB
snubber board.
5. Swing the T1,T2, and T3 cables back into position over their respective
terminals on the power terminal block.
6. Install the bushing through the center of the lower motor current sensor
and install hex screw to secure the T3 cable to the lower inverter
IGBT section. Using the torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten to
108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
7. Install the hex screws to attach the T1, T2, and T3 cables to the power
terminal block. Using the torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten all
three connections to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
NOTE: Maintain maximum possible spacing between non-insulated
portion of the T1, T2, and T3 cables.
8. Close the PIB door and secure it with the two captive thumb screws.
9. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure it
with two nylon thumb screws.
10. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
11. Close the controller door.
4.2.34
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.2.8.2
Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
The DB IGBT kit contains one gate driver board.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB gate driver board in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1202
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.35
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB snubber board. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Removing the DB Snubber Board” on page 4.2.31.
2. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the mounting screw for the
DB snubber board bus bar bracket (C in Figure 4.2.17 on page 4.2.33).
Remove the bracket.
3. Unplug the control cable (D in Figure 4.2.17) from the gate driver board
(pull on the plug, not the wires).
4. Using a hex key wrench, remove the hex screw located at the Q7-C
terminal of the DB IGBT module (B). This frees the control wire (A) which
is attached to the DB gate driver board at the J1 location. (See Figure
4.2.18 on page 4.2.36).
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the two mounting screws on
the DB gate driver board. Remove the DB gate driver board and wire.
A
B
Figure 4.2.18: Removing the DB Gate Driver Board
4.2.36
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Installing the DB Gate Driver Board
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
The inverter gate drive board and the dynamic braking (DB) gate driver
board are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only
the gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm.
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB gate driver board:
1. Install the new control wire at the J1 connector on the new gate driver
board.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
2. Align the mounting holes on the DB gate driver board with the holes on
the DB IGBT module (A in Figure 4.2.19 on page 4.2.38).
3. Install the two mounting screws. Using the torque wrench and a hex key
socket, tighten the mounting screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m) to secure the DB
gate driver board.
4. At the DB IGBT module Q7-C terminal (B in Figure 4.2.19), install and
tighten the hex screw with the Q7-C power, control, and jumper cables
landed underneath. Using a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten
the screw to 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
5. Using needle nose pliers, carefully connect the control cable on the DB
gate driver board (D in Figure 4.2.17 on page 4.2.33).
6. Using a torque wrench and a metric drive socket, ensure the standoffs
(C in Figure 4.2.19) on the DB diode block are tightened to 18 lb-in
(2 N•m).
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.37
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
7. Install the DB snubber board bus bar bracket (C in Figure 4.2.17). Using
the torque wrench and a hex key socket, install and tighten the mounting
screw to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
8. Install the DB snubber board. Follow all steps in the procedure “Installing
the DB Snubber Board” on page 4.2.34.
C
A
B
Figure 4.2.19: DB IGBT Module with DB Gate Driver Board Removed
4.2.8.3
Replacing the DB IGBT Module
The DB IGBT kit contains one IGBT module.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB IGBT module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1202
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB IGBT Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.2.38
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm.
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB gate driver board. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Removing the DB Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.35.
2. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the Q7-E terminal screw on
the DB IGBT module (A in Figure 4.2.20 on page 4.2.40). Pull the Q7-E
power cable and control cable back away from the DB IGBT module.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.39
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Using a socket and wrench, remove the standoff at the Q7-C terminal of
the diode module (B) and remove the bus between the DB IGBT module
and the diode module (C) (See Figure 4.2.20).
4. Loosen the hex screw to remove the DB rectifier wire (D in Figure 4.2.20),
from the diode module.
5. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the four mounting screws on
the DB IGBT module.
6. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the DB IGBT module from
the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
7. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new DB IGBT module may affect
performance and longevity.
B
D
C
A
Figure 4.2.20: DB IGBT Module
4.2.40
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Installing the DB IGBT Module
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm.
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB IGBT module:
1. Install Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the new
DB IGBT module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it
and start over with a new one.
(1)
(3)
(4)
(2)
2. Place the new DB IGBT module on the heatsink and align the
mounting holes.
3. Using the torque wrench with a hex key socket, initially tighten the four
mounting screws, in the sequence shown in the illustration to the left, to
6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
4. Connect the DB rectifier wire to the diode module (D in Figure 4.2.20) and
secure it with the hex screw. Torque the screw to 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
5. Install the bus bar between the DB IGBT module and the diode module
(C in Figure 4.2.20 on page 4.2.40) and replace the hex standoff at the
Q7-C terminal of the diode module (B in Figure 4.2.20). Using a torque
wrench and drive socket, torque to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
6. Install the Q7-E terminal screw on the DB IGBT module with the Q7-E
power and control cables landed underneath (A in Figure 4.2.20). Using
a torque wrench and hex key socket, tighten the screw to 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
7. Install the DB gate driver board. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Installing the DB Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.37.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.41
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
4.2.8.4
Replacing the DB Diode Module
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the DB diode module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3IM1300M1202
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Diode Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
4.2.42
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Remove the DB snubber board. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Removing the DB Snubber Board” on page 4.2.31.
2. Loosen and remove the mounting screw at the left standoff of the DB
diode module to remove the DB snubber board bracket (C in Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33).
3. Remove the two standoffs from the DB diode module (A in Figure 4.2.21).
4. Loosen the Q7-C terminal screw on the DB IGBT module (B in Figure
4.2.21) and rotate the bus between the IGBT module and the diode
module to the left (C in Figure 4.2.20 on page 4.2.40).
5. Loosen the hex screw to remove the DB rectifier wire (D) from the diode
module. Remove the DB diode module connector between the DC
rectifier connection and the right standoff (C). (See Figure 4.2.21).
6. Using a hex key wrench, remove the two screws securing the DB diode
module to the heatsink. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry the
diode module up from the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface
of the heatsink.
7. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new DB diode module may affect
performance and longevity.
A
C
D
B
Figure 4.2.21: Removing the DB Diode Module
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.43
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.8 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit Components
Installing the DB Diode Module
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB diode module:
1. Install Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the new
DB diode module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it
and start over with a new one.
AA
KI KII
Figure 4.2.22: DB Diode Module Terminals
2. Set the DB diode module in place on the heatsink with the KII terminal
toward the outer edge of the controller and align the mounting holes (see
Figure 4.2.22). Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, install and
tighten the two mounting screws. Initially torque the screws to
6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m), then tighten to a final torque of 36 lb-in
(4 N•m).
3. Align the DB diode module connector (C in Figure 4.2.21 on page 4.2.43)
over the KI and KII mounting holes on the DB diode module. Align the DB
rectifier cable (D in Figure 4.2.21) over the KI mounting hole and install
the mounting screw (do not tighten). Install the right standoff through the
connector into the KII terminal. Using a torque wrench and a hex key
socket, install and tighten the mounting screw in the KI mounting hole to
27 lb-in (3 N•m).
4. Align the bus between the IGBT module and the diode module (C in
Figure 4.2.20 on page 4.2.40) over the AA mounting hole of the DB diode
module. Using a torque wrench and drive socket, install and tighten the
two standoffs (A in Figure 4.2.21) on the diode module to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
5. Using a torque wrench and a hex key socket, torque the Q7-C terminal
screw on the DB IGBT module (B in Figure 4.2.21) to 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
6. Install the DB snubber board bracket (C in Figure 4.2.17 on page 4.2.33)
over the left standoff. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, tighten
the mounting screw to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
7. Replace the DB snubber board. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Installing the DB Snubber Board” on page 4.2.34.
4.2.44
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.2.9
Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.9 Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor
This procedure explains how to remove the DB clamp capacitor from the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB Clamp Capacitor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADC616
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DB Clamp Capacitor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.45
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.9 Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To remove the DB clamp capacitor, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the right side cover of the enclosure by removing the three
screws at the top and the four screws at the lower right side of the
enclosure.
3. With needle nose pliers, carefully remove the J2 connector on the DB
snubber board (A in Figure 4.2.17 on page 4.2.33).
4. Using a hex key wrench, loosen and remove the Q7-E terminal screw on
the DB IGBT module (A in Figure 4.2.20 on page 4.2.40).
5. With a hex key, remove the clamp capacitor bracket screw and lift out the
clamp capacitor assembly (see Figure 4.2.23).
6. Remove the two mounting screws and remove the capacitor from its
bracket.
DB Clamp Capacitor
Figure 4.2.23: Removing the DB Clamp Capacitor
Installing the DB Clamp Capacitor
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
4.2.46
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.9 Replacing the DB Clamp Capacitor
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To install the DB clamp capacitor:
1. Place the clamp capacitor in its mounting bracket and secure with two hex
screws. Using a torque wrench with hex key attachment, torque the
mounting screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
2. Insert the clamp capacitor assembly into the drive controller and align the
mounting hole. Secure the clamp capacitor bracket with a hex screw.
Torque the screw to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Reattach the capacitor wire along with the power cable to the Q7-E
terminal of the DB IGBT module. Torque the screw to 27 lb-in (3 N•m).
4. Carefully install the J2 connector on the DB snubber board.
5. Reinstall the right side cover of the enclosure using the seven sheet metal
screws. Torque the screw to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
6. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
7. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.47
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
4.2.10
Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The diode bridge consists of three diode modules. The line rectifier diode kit
contains one diode module and Thermstrate™ thermal interface material.
This procedure explains how to replace one diode module in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Line Diode Rectifier Kit
ATV66C10N4
VZ3DM2170M1602
ATV66C13N4
VZ3DM2170M1602
ATV66C15N4
VZ3DM2260M1602
ATV66C19N4
VZ3DM2350M1602
Removing the Line Rectifier Diode
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
4.2.48
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
To remove the line rectifier diode, with drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the plexiglass shield from the power terminal block by loosening
the two nylon thumb screws.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PIB door and swing the door open
to the right.
4. Remove the hex screws securing the DC intertie flex buses (A in
Figure 4.2.24) to the power terminal block and the flex buses (B in Figure
4.2.25 on page 4.2.50) over the diode modules. Note the position of the
flex buses as you remove them and save the spacers for reassembly.
5. Remove the two hex screws securing the fuse or bus bar to the diode
module being replaced. Remove the fuse or bus bar.
6. Remove the hex bolts securing the right angle bus bar to the diode
module being replaced (A in Figure 4.2.25) and remove the bus bar.
7. Remove the four screws securing the two flex buses (B in Figure 4.2.25)
to the diode modules.
8. Remove the two screws holding the two flex buses to the vertical DC bus
(C in Figure 4.2.25) and remove the two flex buses.
9. To remove a diode module (D in Figure 4.2.26), remove the mounting
screws (four or two). Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry the diode
module up from the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the
heatsink.
10. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new diode module may affect performance
and longevity.
A
Figure 4.2.24: DC Intertie Flex Buses
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.49
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
C
B
A
Figure 4.2.25: Flex Buses Over Line Rectifier Diodes
D
Figure 4.2.26: Line Rectifier Diodes with Flex Bus Work Removed
4.2.50
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Installing the Line Rectifier Diode
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Loss of strength
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Mechanical interference
• Needle nose pliers
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
To install a line rectifier diode:
1. Install Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the new
diode module. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ thermal interface material is damaged (i.e.,
wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it
and start over with a new one.
2. Place the new diode module on the heatsink and align the mounting
holes. Using a torque wrench with hex key socket, install and tighten the
two or four diode mounting screws as described below:
— For drive controllers ATV66C10N4 and C13N4: Initially torque the
two screws to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of
53 lb-in (6 N•m).
— For drive controllers ATV66C15N4 and C19N4: initially torque the
four screws, in the sequence shown, to 6.0–9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m)
and then to a final torque of 53 lb-in (6 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
3. Replace the two flex buses and secure them to the vertical DC bus with
two screws and to the diode module with four screws. Torque the vertical
bus screws to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m) and the diode module screws to 54 lb-in
(6.1 N•m) on ATV66C10N4-C13N4 and 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m) on
ATV66C15N4-C19N4.
4. Reinstall the right angle bus bar and secure to the new diode block with
one screw. Do not tighten yet. Install fuse or fuse bus bar with two screws.
5. Maintaining maximum possible spacing from other non-insulated
components, torque the hex screw securing the right angle bus bar to the
diode block to 54 lb-in (6.1 N•m) on ATV66C10N4-C13N4 and 108 lb-in
© 2000 SchneiderElectric All Rights Reserved
4.2.51
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.10 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
(12.2 N•m) on ATV66C15N4-C19N4. Torque the two fuse or fuse bus bar
screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
6. Install the two DC Intertie flex buses (lower one first) with the appropriate
spacer and two screws. Torque the diode module screw to 54 lb-in
(6.1 N•m) on ATV66C10N4–C13N4 and 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m) on
ATV66C15N4–C19N4. Torque the power terminal block screw to
108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
7. Close the PIB door and secure with two captive thumb screws.
8. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two nylon thumb screws.
9. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.52
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.11 Replacing the Line Filter Board
4.2.11
Replacing the Line Filter Board (Design B
Only)
This procedure explains how to replace the line filter board in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Line Filter Board
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VX4A66106
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
A—Line Filter Board
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
C
The tools needed for this procedure are:
B
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
Figure 4.2.27: Fan Capacitor and Line
Filter Board
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
• Needle nose pliers
• Multimeter
4.2.53
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.11 Replacing the Line Filter Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a drive socket, loosen and remove the two mounting nuts and lock
washers located at the bottom of the line filter board (A). The fan
capacitor assembly (B), on top of the line filter board, is also secured with
the same mounting nuts. (See Figure 4.2.27).
3. Pull the fan capacitor assembly out of the way.
4. While holding the old filter board up and out of the way, install the new
filter board and reinstall the fan capacitor assembly on the two mounting
posts.
5. Using a torque wrench and drive socket attachment, install and tighten
the two mounting nuts and lock washers. Torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
6. Using needle nose pliers, carefully transfer the nine connectors located
at the top of the old filter board to the new filter board (see Figure 4.2.28).
Remove the old filter board.
EMI L4-1
EMI L3-3
EMI L3-1
EMI L1-3
EMI L1-2
EMI L1-1
EMI L2-3
EMI L2-1
EMI L2-2
NOTE: Once the wiring has been connected to the line filter board, an
ohmmeter check should be made from points A to B, B to C, and C to A
of Figure 4.2.28. The ohmmeter should initially indicate a low resistance.
The resistance should gradually increase over a period of 5-10 seconds
as the filter and bus capacitors within the controller charge. Continuous
low resistance is an indication of a mis-wiring of the filter board and
possible phase-to-phase short circuit on the input wiring of the controller.
A
B
C
Line filter
capacitors
Top View Line Filter Board
Figure 4.2.28: Line Filter Board Connections
4.2.54
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.12 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield
4.2.12
Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor Bank
Plexiglass Shield
This procedure explains how to replace the DC bus capacitor bank plexiglass
shield in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass Shield
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADV611
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Figure 4.2.29: DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass
Shield
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. To replace the DC bus capacitor
bank plexiglass shield, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the plexiglass shield from the DC bus capacitors by removing
two nylon thumb screws.
3. Install the new shield. Orient the shield so that the label is at the bottom.
Secure by tightening the two nylon thumb screws.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.55
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.13 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse
4.2.13
Replacing the DC Bus Fuse
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
There are three DC bus fuses in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. This procedure explains how to replace an individual DC bus fuse
in the following drive controllers:
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Fuse No.
ATV66C10N4
VY1ADF250V700
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADF250V700
ATV66C15N4
VY1ADF350V700
• Loss of strength
ATV66C19N4
VY1ADF350V700
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Fuses
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
Figure 4.2.30: DC Bus Fuses
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
4.2.56
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.13 Replacing the DC Bus Fuse
To remove a DC bus fuse, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two screws on the PIB cover (see Figure 4.2.6 on page 4.2.13)
and swing the cover open to the right.
3. Remove the plexiglass shield from the DC bus by removing two nylon
thumb screws.
4. Remove the DC bus fuse (Figure 4.2.30) by loosening two screws and
lifting the fuse off of its bracket.
5. Place the new DC bus fuse on its mounting bracket (see Figure 4.2.30 on
page 4.2.56) and secure with two mounting screws and washers. Torque
the screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
6. Replace the plexiglass shield over the DC bus and secure with two nylon
thumb screws.
7. Close the PIB cover and secure with two captive thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.57
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.14 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
There are either two or three DC bus capacitor assemblies in the drive
controller. The VY1ADC615 DC bus capacitor kit contains 6 capacitors. This
kit can also be used to replace the 4 capacitor DC bus capacitor assembly
on the ATV66C13N4 drive controller. Do not remove individual capacitors
from the DC bus capacitor assembly. This procedure explains how to replace
an individual DC bus capacitor assembly for the following drive controllers.
4.2.14
Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
NOTE: If one DC bus capacitor is damaged, all of the DC bus capacitors
should be replaced.
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Capacitor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADC615
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the DC Bus Capacitor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
A
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
B
C
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
D
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Figure 4.2.31: DC Bus Capacitor Assembly
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
4.2.58
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.14 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
To remove a DC bus capacitor assembly, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen and remove the ground wire to the door. Using a Phillips
screwdriver, remove the left side cover of the enclosure by removing
three screws at the top and three screws at the bottom of the enclosure.
The door will remain attached to the left side cover.
3. Remove the plexiglass shield from the DC bus capacitor assembly by
loosening two nylon thumb screws.
4. Remove the one hex screw or standoff on the defective capacitor
assembly (A) and move the capacitor assembly jumper (B) aside. (See
Figure 4.2.31).
5. Remove the two hex screws securing the capacitor assembly to the
vertical bus (C in Figure 4.2.31).
6. Remove the two hex screws securing the capacitor assembly to the
capacitor mounting bracket (D in Figure 4.2.31).
7. Pull the capacitor assembly out of enclosure.
Installing the DC Bus Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Loss of strength
• Torque wrench
• Mechanical interference
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
• Needle nose pliers
To install a DC bus capacitor assembly:
1. Set the capacitor assembly bracket on the mounting bracket and slide it
into the drive controller. Be sure the mounting bracket in the drive
controller runs inside the flange on the capacitor assembly bracket.
2. Secure the capacitor assembly to the mounting bracket with two
hex screws (D in Figure 4.2.31 on page 4.2.58). Torque the screws to
18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Secure the capacitor assembly to the vertical bus with two hex screws
(C in Figure 4.2.31). Torque the screws to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
4. Connect the capacitor assembly jumper (B in Figure 4.2.31) with one
hex screw and torque to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m) or standoff and torque to
18 lb-in (2 N•m) (A in Figure 4.2.31).
5. Replace the plexiglass shield over the DC bus capacitor assembly and
secure with two nylon thumb screws.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.59
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
6. Replace the left side cover of the enclosure by installing three screws at
the top and three screws at the bottom of the enclosure and torque to
36 lb-in (4 N•m). Reinstall the ground wire to the door. Torque the nut to
67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
7. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.15
Replacing the Discharge Resistor
There are two discharge resistors in the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive
controllers. Both resistors are in the inverter IGBT section of the drive
controller (see Figure 4.2.32 for location). This procedure explains how to
replace an individual discharge resistor in the following drive controllers:
The replacement parts kit contains both resistors.
Drive Controller No.
Discharge Resistor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3R2K5W600
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Discharge Resistor 1
Discharge Resistor 2
Figure 4.2.32: Location of Discharge Resistors
4.2.60
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
Removing the Discharge Resistor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.61
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
B
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
To remove the discharge resistor, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two thumb screws on the PIB cover (see Figure 4.2.6 on page
4.2.13) and swing the cover open to the right.
3. When removing discharge resistor 1, remove the lower inverter laminated
bus assembly following the procedure in “Removing the Inverter
Laminated Bus Assembly” on page 4.2.19.
A
4. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the DC bus connections to
the discharge resistor (A) (see Figures 4.2.33 and 4.2.34).
5. Remove the two screws holding the discharge resistor to the heatsink
(B). Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry the discharge resistor up
from the heatsink (see Figures 4.2.33 and 4.2.34). Be careful not to
damage the surface of the heatsink.
Figure 4.2.33: Discharge Resistor 1
6. Remove all traces of Thermstrate™ thermal interface compound from the
heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new discharge resistor may affect
performance and longevity.
A
B
Figure 4.2.34: Discharge Resistor 2
Installing the Discharge Resistor
CAUTION
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
• Loss of strength
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
4.2.62
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.15 Replacing the Discharge Resistor
To install a discharge resistor:
1. Install Thermstrate™ thermal interface material on the back of the new
discharge resistor. Remove the paper backing from the Thermstrate™
material, but do not remove the white contact grease coating.
NOTE: If the Thermstrate™ material is damaged (i.e., wrinkled or having
gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round), discard it and start over with
a new one.
2. Place the discharge resistor on the heatsink and secure with two
mounting screws (B in Figures 4.2.33 and 4.2.34 on page 4.2.62). Torque
the screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
3. Replace the DC bus connections to the discharge resistor (A in
Figures 4.2.33 and 4.2.34) and secure with two screws. Torque the
screws to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
4. After installing discharge resistor 1, reinstall the lower inverter laminated
bus assembly following the procedure on page 4.2.20.
5. Close the PIB cover (see Figure 4.2.6 on page 4.2.13) and secure with
two captive thumb screws.
6. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
7. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.63
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.16 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
4.2.16
Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace an individual ground fault sensor in
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Ground Fault Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1A66109
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the Ground Fault Sensor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
4.2.64
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.16 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
To remove the ground fault sensor, with drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen or remove the screws holding the bottom precharge contactor
bus (A) to the precharge contactor (B). See Figures 4.2.35 or 4.2.36.
3. Remove the screws securing the sensor bus (C) to the stud running
through the ground fault sensor (D). See Figures 4.2.35 or 4.2.36.
4. Remove the screw securing the sensor bus to the vertical DC bus (E in
Figures 4.2.35 and 4.2.36). Move the sensor bus out of the way.
5. Remove the screw securing the precharge contactor bus to the stud
running through the ground fault sensor.
B
E
D
A
C
6. Move the precharge contactor bus out of the way.
7. Cut the wire tie securing the ground fault sensor leads. With needle nose
pliers, carefully unplug the ground fault sensor leads. Remove the ground
fault sensor.
F
Figure 4.2.35: Removing the Ground Fault Sensor
(ATV66C10N4 AND C13N4 Drive
Controller Illustrated)
B
E
A
D
C
F
Figure 4.2.36: Removing the Ground Fault Sensor
(ATV66C15N4 AND C19N4 Drive
Controller Illustrated)
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.65
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.16 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
Installing the Ground Fault Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Loss of strength
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Mechanical interference
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
• Needle nose pliers
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
• Wire cutters
• Wire ties
To install the ground fault sensor:
1. Verify the two mounting studs on vertical DC bus are torqued to
36 lb-in (4 N•m).
2. Place the sensor over the two mounting studs on the vertical DC bus.
3. Install the bottom precharge contactor bus onto the bottom of the
precharge contactor and on the lower stud running through the sensor.
Install a screw to secure the bus to the stud (do not tighten yet).
4. On ATV66C10N4 to C13N4 controllers, tighten the four screws securing
the lower precharge contactor bus to the contactor to 100 lb-in
(11.3 N•m). On ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 controllers, install the three
screws to secure the lower precharge contactor bus and torque to
63 lb-in (7.1 N•m).
5. Install the sensor bus over the sensor and secure with screws to the
vertical DC bus and to the upper stud running through the sensor. Torque
the vertical DC bus to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m). Torque the two sensor stud
screws to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
6. Reconnect the two sensor leads. These connections are not polarity
sensitive. Secure the leads to the chassis with a wire tie.
7. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
8. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.66
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.17 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector
4.2.17
Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protector
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge circuit protector from
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge CIrcuit
Protector No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
GV2M10
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver socket, for torque wrench
To replace the precharge circuit protector (F in Figures 4.2.35 or 4.2.36), with
the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the 1L1 and 5L3 terminal screws and transfer the wires to their
corresponding terminals on the new circuit protector.
3. Loosen the screws that secure the 3L2 to 2T1 jumper and remove from
the old circuit protector.
4. Loosen and slide the right side DIN rail end bracket from the DIN rail.
Slide the circuit protector off.
5. Transfer the jumper between 4T2 and 6T2 to the new precharge circuit
protector.
6. Install the new circuit protector on the mounting rail.
7. Slide the DIN rail end bracket on, and tighten until secure.
8. Install the 3L2 to the 2T1 jumper on the new circuit protector.
9. Torque all the wire connectors to 18 lb-in (2 N•m). Verify the current level
adjustment on the new circuit protector is set to 4. Verify the “Start” button
is pushed in.
10. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.67
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.18 Replacing the Precharge Resistors
4.2.18
Replacing the Precharge Resistors
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge resistors in the
following drive controllers. This replacement parts kit contains both resistors.
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Resistor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3R010W270
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Socket set or torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
To replace the precharge resistors, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the two screws at the top corners of the precharge circuit
protector mounting plate (A in Figure 4.2.37) and slide the plate up and
off its bracket.
3. Disconnect the four power connections from the precharge resistors (B in
Figure 4.2.37). Note the location of the connections for reinstallation.
4. Remove the two nuts securing the precharge resistors to the contactor
assembly.
5. Remove the precharge resistors and the washers and grommets
between the resistors. Carefully note the stacking order of the washers
and grommets for reinstallation.
6. Slide the new resistors onto the mounting posts, replacing the washers
and grommets in their proper order. (See Figure 4.2.39 on page 4.2.69).
7. Install two nuts securing the precharge resistors to the contactor
assembly. Torque the nuts to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
8. Reattach the four power connections (see Figure 4.2.38 on page 4.2.69).
Torque all power connections to 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m)
9. Reinstall the precharge circuit protector mounting cover over the top of
the resistors. Secure with two screws. Replace the ground wire over the
left side mounting hole before installing mounting screws. Torque the
screws to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.68
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.18 Replacing the Precharge Resistors
A
B
Figure 4.2.37: Precharge Resistors
R11B
R11A
R10B
R10A
Figure 4.2.38: Precharge Resistor Wiring
LOCK NUT
RUBBER WASHER
THREE FLAT WASHERS
CLINCH NUT
FLAT WASH
TWO RUBBER WASHERS
RUBBER WASHER
Figure 4.2.39: Washer and Grommet Stack
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.69
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.19 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact Block
4.2.19
Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor auxiliary
contact block in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor
Auxiliary Block No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
LA1DN04
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Figure 4.2.40: Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
To replace the precharge contactor auxiliary contact block (A in Figures
Figure 4.2.43 on page 4.2.73 or Figure 4.2.44 on page 4.2.76), with the drive
controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Reaching behind the top of the auxiliary contact block, locate the release
lever. Pull the lever forward to slide the auxiliary contact block up and off
of the precharge contactor.
3. Loosen the connections from terminals 52 and 82 on the auxiliary contact
block. Transfer the wires to the corresponding location on the new contact
block.
4. Transfer the three jumpers between terminals 51 and 61, between
terminals 71 and 81, and between terminals 62 and 72 to the new
contactor block.
5. Set the new auxiliary contact block into position on the precharge
contactor and slide it down until it snaps into place on the precharge
contactor.
6. Torque each of the wire connectors on the contact block to 18 lb-in
(2 N•m).
7. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.70
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.2.20
Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor No.
ATV66C10N4
VY1A661C1010
ATV66C13N4
VY1A661C1010
ATV66C15N4
VY1A661C1510
ATV66C19N4
VY1A661C1510
Removing the Precharge Contactor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a metric socket, loosen and remove the ground wire to the door.
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the left side cover of the enclosure
by removing the three screws at the top and the three screws at the
bottom of the enclosure. The door will remain attached to the left side
cover.
3. Remove the ground fault sensor. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Removing the Ground Fault Sensor” on page 4.2.64.
4. With a hex key, loosen or remove the screws holding the top precharge
contactor bus (A) to the precharge contactor (B), and the screw holding
the top precharge contactor bus to the vertical bus (C). Pull the top
precharge contact bus out of the way (see Figure 4.2.41 on page 4.2.72).
NOTE: The screw securing the top precharge contactor bus to the
vertical bus is longer than the screw securing the ground fault
sensor bus to the vertical bus and is removed with the ground fault
sensor. Do not interchange the screws during reassembly.
5. Unplug the P51 connector (D). Disconnect the two wires connected to the
filter cap (E) in the fan capacitor assembly. Loosen the door ground wire
cable clamp from the contactor assembly (see Figure 4.2.41).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.71
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
6. Remove the two nuts and washers securing the top of the contactor
assembly to the back cover (F in Figure 4.2.41).
7. Remove the screws on the bottom of the drive controller directly
underneath the contactor assembly (A in Figure 4.2.48 on page 4.2.82).
8. Carefully remove the contactor assembly by pulling it out of the drive
controller.
F
A
B
C
D
E
Figure 4.2.41: Removing the Contactor Assembly
(ATV66C10N and C13N Drive Controller Illustrated)
NOTE: In the ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive
controllers, the precharge contactor is held to the
contactor assembly bracket with four nuts. In the
AT66C10N4 to C13N4 drive controllers, the
precharge contactor is attached to DIN rail which
is secured to the contactor assembly bracket with
two nuts. After separating the DIN rail from the
contactor assembly bracket, pull the release lever
on the precharge contactor to separate it from the
DIN rail.
4.2.72
9. Reaching behind the top of the auxiliary contact block, locate the release
lever. Pull the lever forward to slide the block up and off of the precharge
contactor.
10. Loosen the screws at the precharge contactor terminals A1 and A2. Note
the location of the cables and remove them from the terminals. The
cables must be replaced in the same locations during reinstallation.
Loosen tie wraps as necessary to move the cables out of the way.
11. Loosen and remove the nuts holding the precharge contactor to the
contactor assembly bracket. Remove the flat washers and lock washers
from each post.
12. Lift the precharge contactor off of the contactor assembly bracket.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
A
Figure 4.2.42: VY1A661C1010 Precharge Contactor
A
Figure 4.2.43: VY1A661C1510 Precharge Contactor
Installing the Precharge Contactor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Loss of strength
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Mechanical interference
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Cable ties
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.73
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.20 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
To install the precharge contactor:
1. For ATV66C10N4 to C13N4 drive controllers, center the precharge
contactor on the DIN rail and snap into place.
2. Place the precharge contactor over the mounting posts on the contactor
assembly bracket.
3. Install the flat washers, lock washers, and nuts on the mounting posts and
secure the precharge contactor to the contactor assembly bracket.
Torque the nuts to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
4. Replace the leads at the A1 and A2 precharge contactor terminals and
secure with screws. Torque the screws to 18 lb-in (2 N•m). Replace the
tie wraps securing the cables to contactor/transformer assembly bracket.
5. Set the auxiliary contact block into position on the precharge contactor
and slide it down until it snaps into place.
6. Place the contactor assembly on the back plate of the drive controller.
7. Install the two nuts and washers securing the contactor assembly to the
back plate. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
8. Install the screw in the bottom of the drive controller securing the
contactor assembly (A in Figure 4.2.48 on page 4.2.82). Torque to
34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
9. Install the top precharge contactor bus (A) onto the precharge
contactor(B). On ATV66C10N4 to C13N4 controllers, install the four
fingers of the bus into the L1-L4 terminals of the contactor. Torque to
100 lb-in (11.3 N•m). On ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 controllers, install the
three mounting screws and torque to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m). Ensure the two
wire assemblies are securely attached to the bus. (See Figure 4.2.42 on
page 4.2.73).
10. Secure the top precharge contactor bus to the vertical bus with one screw
(C in Figure 4.2.42). Torque the screw to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m).
NOTE: This is the longer of the two screws available to secure the two
buses to the vertical DC bus.
11. Reattach the door ground wire cable holder to the mounting hole in the
lower left hand corner of the contactor assembly.
12. Reattach the cables from the lower precharge contactor bus and the
current transformer bus to the filter cap (E in Figure 4.2.42). Make sure
they are mounted on opposite capacitor terminals.
13. Reattach the P51 connector (D in Figure 4.2.42).
14. Reinstall the ground fault current transformer. Refer to the procedure
“Installing the Ground Fault Sensor” on page 4.2.66.
15. Replace the left side cover of the enclosure by installing three screws
at the top and three screws at the bottom of the enclosure and torque
to 36 lb-in (4 N•m). Reinstall ground wire to the door. Torque nut to
67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
16. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
17. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.74
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.21 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
4.2.21
Replacing the Control Power Transformer
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the control power transformer in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Transformer No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADA606
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Using a metric socket, loosen and remove the ground wire to the door.
Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the left side cover of the enclosure
by removing the three screws at the top and three screws at the bottom
of the enclosure. The door will remain attached to the left side cover.
3. Remove the ground fault sensor. Follow all steps in the procedure
“Removing the Ground Fault Sensor” on page 4.2.64.
4. With a hex key, loosen or remove the screws holding the top precharge
contactor bus (A) to the precharge contactor (B), and the screw holding
the top precharge contactor bus to the vertical bus (C). Pull the top
precharge contact bus out of the way (see Figure 4.2.44 on page 4.2.76).
NOTE: The screw securing the top precharge contactor bus to the
vertical bus is longer than the screw securing the ground fault
sensor bus to the vertical bus and it is removed with the ground
fault sensor. Do not interchange the screws during assembly.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.75
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.21 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
5. Unplug the P51 connector (D). Disconnect the two wires connected to the
filter cap (E) in the fan capacitor assembly. Loosen the door ground wire
cable clamp from the contactor assembly (see Figure 4.2.44).
6. Remove the two nuts and washers securing the top of the contactor
assembly to the back cover (F in Figure 4.2.44).
7. Remove the screws on the bottom of the drive controller directly
underneath the contactor assembly (A in Figure 4.2.48 on page 4.2.82).
8. Carefully remove the contactor assembly by pulling it out of the drive
controller.
F
A
B
C
D
E
Figure 4.2.44: Removing the Contactor Assembly (ATV66C10N and C13N Drive
Controller Illustrated)
9. Turn the contactor assembly on its side and remove all leads from the
control power transformer, carefully noting their locations for
reinstallation.
10. Remove the four nuts holding the control power transformer onto the
mounting bracket. Remove the flat washers and the lock washers. Note
how the washers are stacked for reinstallation.
11. Pull the control power transformer off of the mounting posts.
12. Place the new control power transformer on the mounting posts.
13. Replace the washers, install the four mounting nuts, and torque to
34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
14. Reattach the connections to the control power transformer (See Figure
4.2.45 on page 4.2.77). Tighten the terminal screws to 25 lb-in (2.8 N•m).
15. Place the contactor assembly on the back plate of the drive controller.
16. Install the two nuts and washers securing the contactor assembly to the
back plate. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
17. Install the screw in the bottom of the drive controller securing the
contactor assembly (A in Figure 4.2.48 on page 4.2.82). Torque to
34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
18. Install the top precharge contactor bus (A) onto the precharge contactor
(B). On ATV66C10N4 to C13N4 controllers, install the four fingers of the
bus into the L1–L4 terminals of the contactor. Torque to 100 lb-in (11.3
N•m) On ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 controllers, install the three mounting
screws and torque to 63 lb-in (7.1 N•m). Ensure that the two wire
assemblies are securely attached to the bus. (See Figure 4.2.44).
4.2.76
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.21 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
19. Secure the top precharge contactor bus to the vertical bus with one screw
(C in Figure 4.2.44 on page 4.2.76). Torque the screw to 63 lb-in
(7.1 N•m).
NOTE: This is the longer of the two screws available to secure the two
buses to the vertical DC bus.
20. Reattach the door ground wire cable holder to the mounting hold in the
lower left hand corner of the contactor assembly.
21. Reattach the cables from the lower precharge contactor bus and the
current transformer bus to the filter cap (E in Figure 4.2.44). Make sure
they are mounted on opposite capacitor terminals.
22. Reattach the P51 connector (D in Figure 4.2.44).
23. Reinstall the ground fault current transformer. Refer to the procedure
“Installing the Ground Fault Sensor” on page 4.2.66.
24. Replace the left side cover of the enclosure by installing three screws at
the top and three screws at the bottom of the enclosure and torque to 36
lb–in (4 N•m). Reinstall the ground wire to the door. Torque the nut to
67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
25. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
26. Close the drive controller door.
H1
H2
X3
X1
X2
Figure 4.2.45: Control Power Transformer
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.77
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.22 Replacing the Control Power Fuses
4.2.22
Replacing the Control Power Fuses
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the control power fuses for the
following drive controllers:
This replacement kit contains two fuses.
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Fuses No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
DF3CF00501
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Pull the F5 and F6 fuse holders from their sockets (see Figure 4.2.46).
3. Remove the two fuses from their fuse holders.
4. Install the two new fuses into the F5 and F6 fuse holders.
5. Insert the F5 and F6 fuse holders into their sockets.
6. Close the drive controller door.
A
F5
F6
Figure 4.2.46: Control Power Fuses
4.2.78
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.23 Replacing the Stirring Fan
4.2.23
Replacing the Stirring Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the stirring fan for the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Stirring Fan No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3V671
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of open/box end wrenches, 5.5 to 19mm
• Drive socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Torque wrench
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.79
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.23 Replacing the Stirring Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two thumb screws on the PIB cover (see Figure 4.2.6 on page
4.2.13) and swing the cover open to the right. The stirring fan is located
on the back of the PIB cover (Figure 4.2.47).
3. Unplug the two fan power leads.
4. Loosen and remove four nuts and lock washers and pull the fan off of its
four mounting studs.
5. Set the new stirring fan on the mounting studs and secure with four nuts
and lock washers. Torque to 18 in-lb (2 N•m).
6. Connect the two fan power leads.
Figure 4.2.47: Stirring Fan
7. Close the PIB cover and secure with two thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.80
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.2.24
Replacing the Heatsink Fan
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.24 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
This procedure explains how to remove the heatsink fan and capacitor from
the following drive controllers. This kit contains the heatsink fan and its
starting capacitor.
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Fan No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3V670
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
Removing the Heatsink Fan
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Set of open/box end wrenches, 5.5 to 19mm
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.81
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.24 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the right side cover of the enclosure by removing three screws
at the top and four screws at the bottom of the enclosure.
3. Remove the screws securing the bottom cover to the drive controller and
pull the bottom cover off of the drive.
NOTE: This step is made easier by loosening and, if possible, removing
the conduit cover.
A
Figure 4.2.48: Bottom and Conduit Covers
Figure 4.2.49: Heatsink Fan
4. With a flat blade screwdriver, loosen screws 3, 4, and 5 on the TB1
terminal block and remove the leads to the fan. See Figure 4.2.50.
Loosen the grommet and pull the fan wires out through the grommet.
Figure 4.2.50: Heatsink Fan Leads at the TB1 Terminal Block
4.2.82
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.24 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
5. Using a hex key, remove two hex screws securing the fan bracket.
6. Lift the fan off of the mounting bracket and pull it out of the cabinet.
7. Remove the nut securing the starting capacitor to the fan capacitor
assembly (A in Figure 4.2.46 on page 4.2.78).
8. Cut wire ties as needed to remove capacitor leads from TB1 terminals 4
and 5.
Installing the Heatsink Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
To install the heatsink fan and capacitor:
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
1. Install the new fan capacitor and tighten the mounting nut securely.
Secure the cable with wire ties enroute to TB1.
2. Slide the fan into the drive controller, making sure that the tabs fit into the
slots in the base panel.
5
4
3
2
1
TB1
Blue
To Fan
Capacitor
Blue
Brown
Black
Brown
3. Replace the two hex screws securing the fan bracket and torque them to
34 lb-in (3 N•m).
To Fan
Figure 4.2.51: Heatsink Fan Capacitor
Connections
4. Thread the fan leads back through the grommet and tighten grommet
securely. Install the fan and capacitor leads in TB1 according to
Figure 4.2.51. Tighten the terminal screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2 N•m).
5. Replace the bottom cover (and conduit cover if removed) and reinstall
hardware. Torque screws to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
6. Replace the right side cover and secure with three screws at the top and
four screws at the bottom of the enclosure. Torque hardware to
36 lb-in (4 N•m).
7. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.83
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.25 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
4.2.25
Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use of
fasteners that do not meet factory specifications
can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the heatsink temperature sensor in
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Temperature Sensor No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3GN005
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED
ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may
remain on certain energy storage capacitors
after de-energization of the controller and
discharge of the main capacitor bank. Before
working on or near assemblies containing
energy storage capacitors, verify that the
capacitor voltages are less than 50 V. The
following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on
page 4.2.27 and Figure 4.2.23 on page
4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on
page 4.2.17 and Figure 4.2.17 on page
4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on
page 4.2.53 and Figure 4.2.28 on page
4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage
using a voltmeter set to the 1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the
voltmeter to discharge the capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2:
DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN
CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to observe this instruction will
result in death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTIVE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
The heatsink temperature sensor is under the upper left gate driver board. To
replace the heatsink temperature sensor, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the upper left gate driver board. Follow the steps in the
procedure “Removing the Inverter Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.21.
3. Unplug the heatsink temperature sensor connection.
4. Remove one screw from the heatsink and remove the temperature
sensor from the heatsink.
5. Install the new sensor on the heatsink and torque screw to 6 lb-in
(0.7 N•m).
6. Reconnect the sensor plugs. These connections are not polarity
sensitive.
7. Replace the gate driver board. Follow the steps in the procedure
“Installing the Inverter Gate Driver Board” on page 4.2.23.
4.2.84
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Sensor under upper
left gate driver board
Figure 4.2.52: Location of Heatsink Temperature Sensor
4.2.26
Replacing the Temperature Switches
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace the temperature switches in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Temperature Switch No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VZ3G007,VZ3G008
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive controllers have one temperature switch
located under the middle bus bar over the diode modules. Kit no. VZ3G007
contains one switch to replace this temperature switch.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive controllers also have temperature switches on
the bottom of the top motor current sensor and on the heatsink at the upper
right corner of the drive. Kit no. VZ3G008 contains two switches to replace
both of these temperature switches.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.85
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 of this bulletin when handling controller circuit
boards or testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for these
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
4.2.86
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Replacing the VZ3G008 Temperature Switches
To replace the temperature switch on the bottom of the top motor current
sensor, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two thumb screws on the PIB cover (see Figure 4.2.6 on page
4.2.13) and swing the cover open to the right to access the power pole
section.
3. The temperature switch is on the bottom of the top motor current sensor.
(A in Figure 4.2.53 on page 4.2.87). With needle nose pliers, carefully
remove the two switch leads.
4. Remove the two screws securing the switch to the motor current sensor
bracket and remove the switch.
5. Place the new switch on the motor current sensor bracket and torque the
two screws to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
6. Carefully replace the two switch leads. These connections are not polarity
sensitive.
7. Close the PIB cover and secure with two thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
B
A
Figure 4.2.53: Temperature Switches
To replace the temperature switch on the heatsink, with the drive controller
door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two thumb screws on the PIB cover and swing the cover open
to the right to access the power pole section.
3. The temperature switch is located in the upper right hand corner of the
heatsink (B in Figure 4.2.53 on page 4.2.87). With needle nose pliers,
carefully remove the two switch leads.
4. Remove the two screws securing the switch to the heatsink and remove
the switch.
5. Place the new switch on the heatsink and torque the two screws to
6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
6. Carefully replace the two switch leads. These connections are not polarity
sensitive.
7. Close the PIB cover and secure with two thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.87
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.26 Replacing the Temperature Switches
Replacing the VZ3G007 Temperature Switch
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The VZ3G007 temperature switch is on the bottom of middle bus over the
diode bridge. It is identified by two pigtail leads and is specially insulated to
be mounted to a surface energized at line potential. To replace it, with the
drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two thumb screws on the PIB cover and swing the cover open
to the right.
3. Remove the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block by loosening
the two nylon thumb screws.
4. Loosen the two hex screws securing the center line fuse or bus bar and
remove the fuse or bar.
5. Remove the bolt securing the middle bus bar (see Figure 4.2.54) to the
diode module. Remove the wire(s) from the bus bar. The temperature
switch is on the back of this bus bar.
6. With needle nose pliers, carefully remove the two switch leads.
7. With a screwdriver, remove the two screws securing the switch to the bus
bar and remove the switch.
8. Place the new switch on the bus bar and torque the two screws to
6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
9. Carefully replace the two switch leads. These connections are not polarity
sensitive.
10. Replace the bus bar over the middle diode module and secure with the
bolt. Do not tighten yet.
Figure 4.2.54: Location of VZ3G007 Temperature Switch
11. Install the line fuse or bus bar and secure with two hex bolts. Torque bolts
to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
12. Torque the screw securing the right angle bus bar to the middle diode to
ATV66C10N4-C13N4 - 54 lb-in (6.1 N•m)
ATV66C15N4-C19N4 - 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
13. Reinstall the wire(s) removed in step 5 to the right angle bus bar.
14. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two captive thumb screws.
15. Close the PIB door and secure with two captive thumb screws.
16. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.88
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.27 Replacing the Power Teminals
4.2.27
Replacing the Power Terminals
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards such as:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
This procedure explains how to replace the power terminals in the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Power Terminal No.
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
VZ3N008
ATV66C15N4 to C19N4
VZ3N009
The VZ3N008 kit contains three box lug terminals for replacing the power and
ground terminals of the ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 controllers.
The VZ3N009 kit contains three clam shell terminals for replacing the L1, L2,
and L3 line terminals in the ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 controllers.
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV613.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.2.14 on page 4.2.27 and Figure
4.2.23 on page 4.2.46 for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.9 on page 4.2.17 and Figure
4.2.17 on page 4.2.33 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.2.27 on page 4.2.53 and Figure
4.2.28 on page 4.2.54 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
• When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the
capacitor stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further
information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.89
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.27 Replacing the Power Teminals
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools need for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
Replacing the VZ3N008 Box Lug Terminals
To replace a box lug power terminal, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield over the
power terminal block.
3. Remove user power wiring from lug being replaced.
4. Remove one mounting bolt and remove the terminal.
5. Install the new terminal and secure with the bolt. Torque the bolt to
291 lb-in (33 N•m).
Figure 4.2.55: Box Lug Power Terminals
6. Reinstall user power wiring and torque to specifications in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
7. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two nylon thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
To replace a box lug ground terminal, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove user ground wiring from the lug being replaced.
3. Remove one mounting bolt and remove the ground terminal.
4. Install the new ground terminal and secure with the bolt. Torque the bolt
to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
5. Reinstall user ground wiring and torque to specification in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
6. Close the drive controller door.
Figure 4.2.56: Location of Ground Terminals
4.2.90
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.27 Replacing the Power Teminals
Replacing the VZ3N009 Clam Shell Line
Terminals
To replace the clam shell L1, L2, or L3 line terminals, with drive controller
door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two nylon thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield over
the power terminal block.
3. Remove user power wiring from the terminal being replaced.
4. Remove the bolt and remove the terminal.
5. Install the new terminal with the hex bolt.
6. Reinstall user power wiring and torque to specifications in User’s Manual
VD0C06S304_.
7. Replace the plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
with two nylon thumb screws.
8. Close the drive controller door.
Figure 4.2.57: Location of Clam Shell Line Terminals
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.2.91
Section 4.2–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C10N4-C19N4 Designs B and C
4.2.29 Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield
4.2.29
Replacing the Power Terminal Plexiglass
Shield
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the plexiglass shield over the power
terminal block:
Drive Controller No.
Power Terminal Plexiglass
Shield No.
ATV66C10N4
ATV66C13N4
VY1ADV612
ATV66C15N4
ATV66C19N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
To replace the shield, with the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen two thumb screws and remove the plexiglass shield over the
power terminal block.
3. Install the new plexiglass shield over the power terminal block and secure
it with two new nylon thumb screws.
4. Close the drive controller door.
4.2.92
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 4.3:
REPLACEMENT PART CHANGE OUT
INSTRUCTIONS ATV66C23N4–C31N4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Contents
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2
4.3.1 Replacing the Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.11
4.3.2 Replacing the Control Terminal Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.12
4.3.3 Replacing the Control Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.13
4.3.4 Replacing the Flex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.16
4.3.5 Replacing the Power Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.19
4.3.6 Replacing the Line Filter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.22
4.3.7 Replacing a Stirring Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.24
4.3.8 Replacing the Fan Failure Detection Assembly . . . . . . . . . 4.3.25
4.3.9 Replacing the Fan Failure Relay Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.27
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.28
4.3.10.1 Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.30
4.3.10.2 Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board . . . . . . . 4.3.35
4.3.10.3 Replacing an Inverter IGBT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.38
4.3.11 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor . . . . . . . . 4.3.42
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) IGBT Kit . . . . . . . . . 4.3.44
4.3.12.1 Replacing the DB Snubber Board(s) . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.46
4.3.12.2 Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.48
4.3.12.3 Replacing the DB IGBT Module(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.51
4.3.12.4 Replacing the DB Diode Module(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.57
4.3.13 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Clamp Capacitor . 4.3.61
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) Flexible Bus . . . . . 4.3.62
4.3.15 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.66
4.3.16 Replacing AC Line Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.69
4.3.17 Replacing DC Bus Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.70
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.73
4.3.19 Replacing the Motor Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.76
4.3.20 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.79
4.3.21 Replacing the Control Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.80
4.3.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.81
4.3.23 Replacing the Precharge Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.83
4.3.24 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.85
4.3.25 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.86
4.3.26 Replacing the Precharge Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.87
4.3.27 Replacing the Power Supply for the Overtemperature
Detection Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.90
4.3.28 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . 4.3.91
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.93
4.3.30 Replacing a Discharge Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.97
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.99
4.3.1
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This section contains replacement part information and change out
procedures for the following drive controllers delivered as part of a Class
8839 or a Class 8898 enclosed AC drive.
Drive Controller No.
CT HP
VT HP
ATV66C23N4
250
250-300
ATV66C28N4
300
350
ATV66C31N4
350
400
The drive controller number is located on the nameplate mounted on the
heatsink above the control power transformer.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Table 4.3.1 lists the replacement parts. Refer to the pages indicated in the
table for replacement part change out procedures.
Table 4.3.1:Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C23N4 to
ATV66C31N4
Notes to Table 4.3.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version
3.0 or higher.
Procedure
No.
Part
Description
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog No.
Kit
Qty
[1]
Page
No.
4.3.1
Keypad Display [2]
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VW3A66260U
1
4.3.11
4.3.2
Control Terminal
Strips
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3N006
1
4.3.12
4.3.3
Control Kit
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VX4A66CK2
1
4.3.13
4.3.4
Flex Cables
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3N616
1
4.3.16
ATV66C23N4
VX5A661C23N4
4.3.5
Power Board
ATV66C28N4
VX5A661C28N4
1
4.3.19
ATV66C31N4
VX5A661C31N4
VX4A66106
1
4.3.22
4.3.6
Line Filter Board
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
4.3.7
Stirring Fan
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3V669
3
4.3.24
4.3.8
Fan Failure
Detection
Assembly
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADR100
3
4.3.25
4.3.9
Fan Failure Relay
Assembly
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3SA66012
1
4.3.27
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
4.3.10
Inverter IGBT Kit
ATV66C28N4 C31N4
3
4.3.28
VZ3IM1500M1207
N/A
4.3.30
N/A
4.3.35
N/A
4.3.38
12
4.3.42
1
4.3.44
4.3.10.1
Inverter Snubber
Board
ATV66C23N4 C28N41
ATV66C31N4
4.3.10.2
Inverter Gate
Driver Board
ATV66C23N4C28N41
Included in Inverter
IGBT Kit
ATV66C31N4
4.3.10.3
Inverter IGBT
Module
ATV66C23N4C28N41
ATV66C31N4
4.3.2
4.3.11
Inverter IGBT
Clamp Capacitor
4.3.12
Dynamic Braking
IGBT Kit
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADC610
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
Table 4.3.1:Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C23N4 to
ATV66C31N4 (Continued)
Notes to Table 4.3.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
Procedure
No.
Part
Description
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog No.
Kit
Qty
[1]
Page
No.
N/A
4.3.46
N/A
4.3.48
N/A
4.3.51
N/A
4.3.57
ATV66C23N4
4.3.12.1
DB Snubber
Board
4.3.12.2
DB Gate Driver
Board
ATV66C28N4C31N4
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4C31N4
ATV66C23N4
4.3.12.3
DB IGBT Module
4.3.12.5
DB Diode Module ATV66C28N4C31N4
Included in Dynamic
Braking IGBT Kit
ATV66C28N4C31N4
ATV66C23N4
4.3.13
Dynamic Braking
Clamp Capacitor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADC614
1–2
4.3.61
4.3.14
Dynamic Braking
Flexible Bus
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3N626
1
4.3.62
4.3.15
Line Rectifier
Diode
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3DM2600M1602
3
4.3.66
ATV66C23N4
VY1ALF700V700
ATV66C28N4
VY1ALF800V700
3
4.3.69
ATV66C31N4
VY1ALF900V700
4.3.16
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
AC Line Fuse
4.3.17
DC Bus Fuse
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADF400V700
3
4.3.70
4.3.18
DC Bus Capacitor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADC608
5
4.3.73
4.3.19
Motor Current
Sensor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1A66108
2
4.3.76
4.3.20
Ground Fault
Sensor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1A66110
1
4.3.79
4.3.21
Control Power
Fuses
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
DF3CF00501
1
4.3.80
4.3.22
Control Power
Transformer
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1ADA607
1
4.3.81
4.3.23
Precharge
Resistor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3R010W270
2
4.3.83
4.3.24
Precharge Circuit
Protector
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
GV2M10
1
4.3.85
4.3.25
Precharge
Contactor
Auxiliary Contact
Block
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
LA1DN04
1
4.3.86
4.3.26
Precharge
Contactor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1A661C2310
1
4.3.87
4.3.27
Power Supply for
Overtemperature
Detection Circuit
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VY1A66200
1
4.3.90
4.3.28
Heatsink
Temperature
Sensor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3GN005
1
4.3.91
4.3.29
Temperature
Switches
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3G004
3
4.3.93
4.3.3
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Table 4.3.1:Replacement Parts for Drive Controllers ATV66C23N4 to
ATV66C31N4 (Continued)
Notes to Table 4.3.1:
[1] Quantity of kits required to rebuild drive
controller.
[2] For drive controllers with firmware version 3.0
or higher.
4.3.4
Procedure
No.
Part
Description
For Drive
Controllers
Part Catalog No.
Kit
Qty
[1]
Page
No.
4.3.30
Discharge
Resistor
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3R1K2W480
2
4.3.97
4.3.31
Heatsink Fan
ATV66C23N4 C31N4
VZ3V666
2
4.3.99
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
m.
l.
k.
j.
i.
a.
b.
h.
J13
J1–
J12
g.
c.
f.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
DB extender bus
Precharge circuit protectors
DB flexible bus
Capacitor bank laminated bus
Bus capacitor assemblies
PC contactor auxiliary contact block
Precharge contactor
Motor current sensors
Control power transformer
Precharge resistors (behind control power transformer)
Control basket
Control terminal strips
Power board
e.
Remote Keypad
Figure 4.3.1:
Front View with Door Open (Cut Away View 1)
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.5
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
m.
l.
a.
b.
k.
c.
d.
j.
e.
i.
h.
f.
g.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
Control power fuses
DB gate driver board
Heatsink temperature sensor (on heatsink behind power board)
Inverter gate driver boards
Stirring fan assemblies
Heatsink fans
Discharge resistor
Heatsink fan capacitors
TB2
Power supply for overtemperature detection circuit
Ground fault sensor
Temperature switches (three other locations)
Flex cables
Figure 4.3.2:
4.3.6
Front View with Door Open (Cut Away View 2)
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
a.
k.
b.
j.
c.
d.
DC Clamp
Capacitors (2x)
i.
Inverter Clamp
Capacitors (12x)
e.
f.
g.
h.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
DB gate driver board
DB IGBT module
DB diode module
DB clamp capacitor
Inverter snubber board
Inverter IGBT module
Inverter gate driver board
Bus capacitor assembly
Inverter clamp capacitor
DB flexible bus
DB snubber board
Figure 4.3.3:
View of Left Side with Covers Removed
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.7
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
h.
g.
f.
a.
b.
e.
d.
c.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Fan failure detection assembly
Fan failure relay
Horizontal wire tray
Bus capacitor assembly
DC bus fuse
Motor current sensor
Power supply for overtemperature detection circuit
Line rectifier diode
Figure 4.3.4:
4.3.8
View of Right Side with Covers Removed
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
a.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
b.
c.
d.
e.
Line filter board (behind hinged assembly)
Control basket
Flex cables
Power board
DC bus filter capacitor
Figure 4.3.5:
Top View with Cover Removed
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.9
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
Replacement Parts
L1
L2
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
L3
Disconnect
FU1
FU2
FU3
Line fuses
See Figures 4.3.1
through 4.3.5 for
detail.
Figure 4.3.6:
4.3.10
Front View with Door Removed
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.1
Replacing the Keypad Display
NOTE: The keypad display, part no.
VW3A66206U, can only be installed in drive
controllers with firmware versions 3.0 and
higher. Refer to “PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING
THE FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL” in section
5 for determining the level of firmware in your
drive controller. If replacement of the keypad is
necessary for drive controllers with older
versions of firmware, order the Control Kit, part
no. VX4A66CK2. This kit contains a control
board with the latest firmware and a keypad that
is compatible with firmware level 3.0 and later.
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.1 Replacing the Keypad Display
This procedure explains how to replace the keypad display for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Keypad Display No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VW3A66206U
ATV66C31N4
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Keypad Display Tab
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Run/Stop Cover
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Figure 4.3.7:
Removing the Keypad Display
While it may appear that all ALTIVAR drive controllers use the same keypad
display, the version of firmware present in the keypad display may be
matched specifically to the version of firmware in the control basket. Mixing
incompatible versions of keypad display and control basket firmware can
result in non-recognition of the keypad display by the drive controller or
garbled message displays. Keep keypads with their associated control
basket. Do not mix keypads and control baskets.
The keypad display kit, part no. VW3A66206U, can be used
interchangeably on drive controllers with firmware levels 3.0 or later.
However, keypads are not supplied as a separate replacement part for drive
controllers with firmware levels earlier than 3.0.
The keypad display is in a door-mounted holder. If the door-mounted holder
requires replacement or repair, refer to document VD0C06N904_ for the
VW3A66100 and VW3A66101 Keypad Door Mounting Kits.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.11
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.2 Replacing the Control Terminal Strips
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
On the outside of the drive controller door:
1. Using the flat blade screwdriver, push in on the top of the keypad display
tab and remove the keypad display (see Figure 4.3.7 on page 4.3.11).
2. Ensure the access lock switch on the rear of the new keypad is in the
proper position. For more information, see Instruction Bulletin
VD0C06S305_.
3. Insert the new keypad. Ensure that the groove on the bottom of the
keypad display properly fits over the tab on the keypad display.
4. Remove the RUN/STOP cover, if desired.
4.3.2
Replacing the Control Terminal Strips
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace the control terminal strips (J1, J12
and J13) for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Terminal Strips No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3N006
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE – SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
the I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from the J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If the I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from the J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
4.3.12
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.3 Replacing the Control Kit
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5.
2. Using a flat blade screwdriver, disconnect the J1, J12 and J13 terminal
strips.
3. Carefully note the position of the wires in the J1, J12 and J13 control
terminal strips. Label the wires, or record which wire colors are connected
to each terminal.
4. Using a small flat blade screwdriver, loosen the terminal screws on the
J1, J12 and J13 connectors (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5). Pull the
wiring out of the terminal strips and discard the old connectors.
5. Inspect the wiring to make sure that the wires are not frayed. Twist any
loose strands together, then insert the wires completely into the
appropriate terminals as labeled or recorded in step 3. Tighten the
terminal screws for the wiring installed. Torque to 3.5 lb-in (0.4 N•m).
Make sure that the wires are not loose.
6. Insert the new connectors into their associated board side jacks.
4.3.3
Replacing the Control Kit
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
This procedure describes how to replace the control kit on the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VX4A66CK2
ATV66C31N4
The control kit consists of a control basket (or board) with the current
firmware and a matched keypad display.
NOTE: The control basket is not supplied separately. It is supplied only as
part of control kit VX4A66CK2.
Before removing power, note and record all the drive controller settings
using the keypad display.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.13
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.3 Replacing the Control Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE – SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
the I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from the J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If the I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from the J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
a.
c.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
b.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Secure Position
a.
Pull Out
c.
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
b.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
Release Position
The tools needed for this procedure are:
White Cable Clasps
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
a.
c.
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
Ribbon Cable
b.
Circuit Board
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
Blue Cable Clasp
d.
Secure Position
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
With the drive controller door open:
a.
Pull Out
c.
Ribbon Cable
b.
Circuit Board
Blue Cable Clasp
d.
Release Position
Blue Cable Clasps
a.
b.
c.
d.
White cable clasp
Circuit board
Ribbon cable
Blue cable clasp
Figure 4.3.8:
Cable Connector Secure
and Release Positions
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5.
2. If an I/O Extension Module or Communication Carrier Module is installed,
remove the J22, J23 and J24 connectors and loosen the two mounting
screws to remove the module. Do not remove the field wiring from the
connectors. See User’s Manual VD0C06T306_ (for I/O Extension
Module) or VD0C06N915_ (for Communication Carrier Module) for
removal and installation instructions.
3. Carefully loosen and disconnect the P9 and P32 connector plugs at the
top left of the control basket (see Figure 4.3.9 on page 4.3.15). Do not pull
the connector loose by the wires.
NOTE: Jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas the corresponding
connector plugs are designated with a “P”. For example, the P9 connector
plug connects to the J9 jack on the power board and the J9 jack on the
control basket.
4. Carefully loosen and disconnect the J12 and J13 connectors located at
the bottom of the control basket (see Figure 4.3.9). Do not pull the
4.3.14
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.3 Replacing the Control Kit
connector loose by the wires. Do not remove the field wiring from the
connectors.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws and disconnect the
cable connector from the remote keypad display connector on the control
basket. As needed, use wire cutters to remove any tie wraps.
6. Disconnect the cable to the remote LED status indicators. As needed,
use wire cutters to remove tie wraps.
7. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, carefully pull out on each side of the
cable clasp of J3, J4 and J5 to the release position. Note that there are
two versions of the cable clasps, blue and white. See Figure 4.3.8 on
page 4.3.14 for clasp operation. Ensure that the ribbon cables have been
released before pulling to avoid damage to the cables. Pull the ribbon
cables from the sockets. The cable clasp remains in place. If the cables
are damaged, replace with cable kit, Catalog Number VZ3N616.
J9
J32
J3
J4
J5
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
Cable guides
located on back
of control basket
*The connector plug labeled
P18 is landed at the J32
jack. The location on the
power board where the
other end of the P18
connector plug is landed is
designated J18.
Connector for
Remote Keypad
Display
Connector for
Remote LED Status
Indicator
Connector for I/O
Extension Module
Captive mounting screw
Figure 4.3.9:
J13
J12
Mounting screw
Control Basket Connector Locations
8. Using a flat blade screwdriver or hex key wrench, loosen the four corner
screws on the control basket. Remove the control basket from the drive
controller. As the control basket is removed, pull the three ribbon cables
out of the guide on the back of the control basket.
9. Thread the three ribbon cables through the cable guides on the back of
the new control basket.
10. Place the new control basket in the drive controller. Using a flat blade
screwdriver or hex key wrench, tighten the one captive screw. Install and
tighten the three other corner screws (see Figure 4.3.9). Torque the
screws to 18.0 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
NOTE: The captive mounting screw provides the grounding connection
for the control basket and shield connection on J13. Ensure that this
screw is properly threaded and torqued to 18.0 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
11. Snap the two connector plugs P9 and P32 into place.
NOTE: Jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas the corresponding
connector plugs are designated with a “P”. For example, the P9 connector
plug connects to the J9 jack on the power board and the J9 jack on the
control basket.
12. Snap the two connectors J12 and J13 into place (see Figure 4.3.9).
13. Ensure that all three cable clasps are pulled out on J3, J4, and J5.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.15
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
14. Carefully insert the three ribbon cables into the cable clasps at J3 (sevenwire cable), J4 (six-wire cable), and J5 (18 wire cable). Ensure that the
silver leads of the cables are facing outwards from the controller and are
seated firmly against the bottom of the jacks before engaging clasps.
The drive controller may require reprogramming
for proper operation.
15. Push the three ribbon cable clasps to their secure position (see
Figure 4.3.8 on page 4.3.14).
• Reload the original settings recorded from the
old control basket.
16. Install the connector for the remote LED status indicators. Use tie wraps,
as needed, to remove any slack from the cable.
• If the original settings are not available, the
drive controller must be reprogrammed using
the VD0C06S305_ user’s manual and other
relevant documentation.
17. Install the connector for the remote keypad display. Using a flat blade
screwdriver, tighten the two screws on the connector. Use tie wraps,
as needed, to remove any slack from the cable.
WARNING
Failure to follow these instructions can
result in death or serious injury.
18. Apply multilingual hazard labels supplied with kit to control basket,
as required.
19. As required, install the I/O Extension or Communication Carrier Module.
Refer to VD0C06T306_ (I/O Extension Module) or VD0C06N915_
(Communication Carrier Module) for installation instructions. Install the
J22, J23 and J24 connectors (see VD0C06T306_).
20. Replace the keypad. See the procedure on page 4.3.11.
21. Reprogram the user settings as previously noted during control basket
removal.
4.3.4
Replacing the Flex Cables
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
This procedure explains how to replace the flex cables in the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Flex Cable Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3N616
ATV66C31N4
Flex Cable Kit VZ3N616 contains two packages. Refer to the following
instructions to select the correct package.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV614.
Three Flex Cables
Figure 4.3.10: Flex Cables (Control Basket Removed)
4.3.16
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.3.12 and
Figure 4.3.13 on page 4.3.21 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE – SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on control basket, power board, and
the I/O Extension Module (if installed) connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from the J1, J12, and J13
connectors.
• If the I/O Extension Module is installed, verify that all power is removed
from the J22, J23, and J24 connectors.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.17
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.4 Replacing the Flex Cables
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the control basket as described on page 4.3.13. Do not remove
the keypad display.
3. On the power board, locate jacks J3, J4 and J5 (see Figure 4.3.12 or
Figure 4.3.13 on page 4.3.21). If the power board is of the series
illustrated in Figure 4.3.12, refer to Figure 4.3.8 on page 4.3.14 for cable
clasp operation. If the power board is of the series illustrated in Figure
4.3.13, carefully lift the gray cable clasps to their released position.
Remove the three flex cables.
4. Consult Figures 4.3.12 and 4.3.13 to determine which package of cables
to use:
— If the power board is of the series illustrated in Figure 4.3.12, use the
flex cables in the package labeled A. These cables have the silver foil
(located on the ends of the cables) exposed on the same side of each
cable. Discard the package labeled B. Insert the new flex cables at J3,
J4 and J5 on the power board. Before installing the connections, set
the cable clasps to the release position. Position the flex cables so that
the silver foil is facing towards the top of the power board and are firmly
seated against the bottom of the connector jacks. Push the cable
clasps to their secure position.
— If the per board is of the series illustrated in Figure 4.3.13, use the flex
cables in the package labeled B. These cables have the silver foil
(located on the ends of the cables) exposed on the opposite sides of
each cable. Discard the package labeled A. Insert the new flex cables
at J3, J4 and J5 on the power board. Before installing the connections,
set the cable clasps to the release position. Position the flex cables so
the silver foil is facing towards the bottom of the power board and are
firmly seated against the bottom of the connector jacks. Push the cable
clasps to their secure position.
NOTE: The cable at J3 has seven conductors, the cable at J4 has six
conductors, and the cable at J5 has 18 conductors.
5. Install the control basket as described on page 4.3.13.
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.18
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.5
Replacing the Power Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.5 Replacing the Power Board
In the first half of 1998, a new series of power boards was introduced and this
new series is used in the replacement parts kit. To facilitate the installation of
the replacement power board into earlier drive controllers:
• An adapter cable (52021-179-50) has been included to connect the
existing P6 cable to the relocated J6 connector on the replacement power
board.
• Instructions are included to adapt existing cabling to the connector
configuration on the replacement power board.
This procedure explains how to replace the power board for the following
drive controllers:
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Drive Controller No.
Power Board Number No.
ATV66C23N4
VX5A661C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VX5A661C28N4
ATV66C31N4
VX5A661C31N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE – SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present on power board connectors.
• Verify that all power has been removed from the J1 connector.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Figure 4.3.11: Power Board
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.19
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.5 Replacing the Power Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the power board is damaged, voltage may remain on the C10 and
C11 power board energy storage capacitors (see Figure 4.3.12 and
Figure 4.3.13 on page 4.3.21 for location of capacitors).
• When replacing the power board, handle it only at the outer edges
where no electrical connections exist. Do not touch individual
components on the power board. Do not touch electrical solder
connection points on the reverse side of the power boards.
• Measure the voltage present on capacitors C10 and C11 using a
voltmeter set to the 1000 VDC scale.
• If voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge capacitor stored
charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
• Do not store the power board with hazardous voltage present on the
capacitors.
• After the power board is installed in the drive controller, be sure to
reinstall the power board plastic shield.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
4.3.20
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.5 Replacing the Power Board
With the drive controller door open:
TOP
Ground Screw
J2
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
J10
2. Remove the control basket as described on page 4.3.13. Do not remove
the keypad.
J11
3. Remove the three plastic shield mounting screws (see Figure 4.3.11 on
page 4.3.19). Using the plastic rivet as a hinge, swing the plastic shield
out of the way.
J12
J9
J6
J18
C11
J4
J3
J5
4. Carefully disconnect the cables attached at connector jacks J1, J2, J6,
J7, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12, J13, J15 and J32 (or J18) on the power board
(see Figure 4.3.12 or Figure 4.3.13 for connector jack locations). Save
the cables labeled P9 and P32 (or P18) for installation on the new
power board.
C10
Mounting
Holes
(1 of 7)
J13
NOTE: On the power board, the jacks are designated with a “J”, whereas
the corresponding connector plugs are designated with a “P”. For
example, the P9 connector plug connects to the J9 jack on the power
board and the J9 jack on the control basket.
J15
J7
J8
5. Do not remove the flex cables from J3, J4 and J5. The replacement power
board is supplied with new cables factory installed at these connectors.
J1
Figure 4.3.12: Previous PB Series
• The circled areas indicate the differences
between the previous and current power
board series.
• The connector jack labeled J18 on the
power board illustrated in Figure 4.3.12 is
labeled J32 on the power board illustrated
in Figure 4.3.12A. The two connector
jacks are electrically equivalent. When
the power board is properly installed, they
are both connected to jack J32 on the
control basket.
TOP
Ground Screw
J2
8. Install the cables removed from the old power board at the J9 and J32
connector jacks on the new power board (see Figure 4.3.13).
9. Place the power board down into the hinged assembly and align the
mounting holes with the fixing pins. Snap the board onto the fixing pins.
10. Install the screw(s) on the right edge of the power board and torque to
18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
11. Install the connections at jacks J1, J2, J7, J8, J10, J11, J12 and J13 on
the power board. Refer to Figure 4.3.13 for connector jack locations.
When installing the connection at J11, align the connector sockets with
the pins on the power board.
J11
C10
J12
J32
7. Unsnap the fixing pins and lift the power board out of the hinged
assembly.
12. Install the connection to the J5 connector jack on the right side of the
board. Refer to Figure 4.3.13. Wire tie cable P15 to the control basket
frame as needed.
C11
J10
J9
6. Loosen and remove the mounting screw(s) along the right edge of the
power board.
J4
J3
J5
J15
Mounting Holes
(1 of 7)
J13
13. If the power board removed was of the series illustrated in Figure 4.3.12,
mate the adapter cable 52021-179-50 (supplied with the new power
board) to the existing P6 cable, ensuring a good connection.
14. Install the P6 cable, or the other end of the adapter cable referred to in
step 6, in the J6 connector jack at the bottom edge of the power board
(see Figure 4.3.13). Wire tie the adapter cable (if installed) to the existing
cable harnesses at the connector jacks J7 and J8.
15. Rotate the plastic shield into position over the power board. Install the
three mounting screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
16. Install the control basket as described on page 4.3.13.
17. Close the drive controller door.
J7
J8
J6
J1
Figure 4.3.13: Current PB Series
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.21
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.6 Replacing the Line Filter Board
4.3.6
Replacing the Line Filter Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to replace the line filter board for the following
drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Line Filter Board No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VX4A66106
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Line Filter Board
Filter Assembly
Mounting Bracket
DC Bus Filter
Capacitor
Figure 4.3.14: Line Filter Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.22
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.6 Replacing the Line Filter Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Torque wrench
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Multimeter
With the drive controller drive open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly in place. Swing the
assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.15).
3. Carefully disconnect the nine wire terminals located at the top of the line
filter board.
4. Remove the two nuts and washers holding the filter board to the drive
controller frame. Carefully remove the filter board.
5. Install the new filter board on the two mounting posts and secure with the
nuts and washers removed in step 4. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
6. Follow the wiring diagram in Figure 4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 and noting the
wire labeling, reconnect the 9 wires to the filter board.
Figure 4.3.15: Opening the Hinged Assembly
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
7. Once the wiring has been connected to the filter board, an ohmmeter
check should be made from points A to B, B to C, and C to A of
Figure 4.3.16. The ohmmeter should initially indicate a low resistance.
The resistance should gradually increase over a period of 5–10 seconds
as the filter and bus capacitors with the drive controller charge.
4.3.23
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.7 Replacing a Stirring Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: Continuous low resistance is an indication of a mis-wiring of the
filter board and possible phase-to-phase short circuit on the input wiring
of the drive controller.
8. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive thumbscrews.
EMI L4-1
EMI L3-3
EMI L3-1
EMI L1-3
EMI L1-2
EMI L1-1
EMI L2-3
EMI L2-2
EMI L2-1
9. Close the drive controller door.
A
C
B
Line filter
capacitors
Top View Line Filter Board
Figure 4.3.16: Line Filter Board Connectors
4.3.7
Replacing a Stirring Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
This procedure explains how to replace an individual stirring fan for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
ATV66C28N4
VZ3V669
ATV66C31N4
NOTE: There are three stirring fans in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers. The stirring fan kit includes ONE fan.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Stirring Fan No.
ATV66C23N4
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
Figure 4.3.17: Stirring Fans
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver socket for torque wrench
4.3.24
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.8 Replacing the Fan Failure Detection Assembly
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove four screws securing exterior ventilation panel located below the
drive controller door (see Figure 4.3.18). Remove ventilation panel.
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly with its plastic
housing to the drive controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller, detach
the two cable connectors on the right side of the assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damage or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
5. Remove the four bolts and nuts securing the defective stirring fan to the
plastic housing.
6. Pull the cable connector from the right-hand corner of the stirring fan.
Disconnect the ground wire and remove the old stirring fan.
Figure 4.3.18: Ventilation Cover
7. Install the ground wire and the power connector on the new stirring fan.
8. Secure the new stirring fan to the plastic fan assembly housing with the
four bolts and nuts removed in step 5. Torque to 10 lb-in (1.1 N•m).
9. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
10. Reinstall the two cable connectors on the right side of the stirring fan
assembly.
11. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with four screws.
Torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
12. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.8
Replacing the Fan Failure Detection
Assembly
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
There is a fan failure detection assembly located behind each of the three
stirring fans. Each assembly is composed of one 7.5 Ω 25 W resistor and one
78 °C temperature switch. The replacement kit contains one of each (see
Figure 4.3.19 on page 4.3.26).
This procedure explains how to replace an individual fan failure detection
assembly for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Fan Failure Detection Assembly No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VY1ADR100
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.25
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.8 Replacing the Fan Failure Detection Assembly
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver socket for torque wrench
• Soldering iron and solder
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
Figure 4.3.19: Fan Resistor/Temperature
Switch Assembly
2. Remove four screws securing exterior ventilation panel located below the
drive controller door (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25). Remove
ventilation panel.
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly with its plastic
housing to the drive controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller, detach
the two cable connectors on the right side of the assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
5. Locate the resistor to be replaced and unsolder the connected wires.
Note how the wires are connected for reassembly (see Figure 4.3.20).
Remove the two screws securing the resistor and remove it from the
panel.
Resistors
Figure 4.3.20: Fan Failure Detection Resistors
4.3.26
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.9 Replacing the Fan Failure Relay Assembly
6. Place the new resistor on the panel and secure with two screws. Torque
to 6.0 lb-in (0.7 N•m). Resolder the wires as illustrated in Figure 4.3.20.
7. Locate the temperature switch matched with the resistor replaced in
steps 5 and 6 (see Figure 4.3.21).
Temperature Switches
Figure 4.3.21: Fan Failure Detection Temperature Switches
8. Remove the two wires from the temperature switch. Remove the two
screws securing the switch and remove it from the panel.
9. Place the new temperature switch on the panel and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6.0 lb-in (0.7 N•m). Reattach the two wires.
10. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18.0 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
11. Reinstall the two cable connectors on the right side of the stirring fan
assembly.
12. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with four screws.
Torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
13. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.9
Replacing the Fan Failure Relay Assembly
The fan failure relay is located on the right end of the stirring fan assembly.
See Figure 4.3.4 on page 4.3.8.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace the fan failure relay assembly for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Fan Failure Relay Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
• Loss of strength
ATV66C28N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C31N4
VZ3SA66012
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.27
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Release the clip holding the relay in place and pull the relay out of the
socket.
Figure 4.3.22: Fan Failure Relay
3. Replace the clip, if needed.
4. Install the new relay and secure with the locking clip.
5. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.10
Replacing the Inverter IGBT
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
There are three inverter IGBT sections in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers (see Figure 4.3.23). The inverter IGBT kit contains one upper and
one lower snubber board, two gate driver boards and four IGBT modules.
These procedures explain how to replace the components in an individual
inverter IGBT section for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
When replacing inverter IGBT kit components, the components must be
removed in the following order:
1. Snubber board (page 4.3.30).
2. Gate driver board (page 4.3.35).
3. IGBT module (page 4.3.38).
The new components must be installed in following order:
1. IGBT module (page 4.3.38).
2. Gate driver board (page 4.3.35).
3. Snubber board (page 4.3.33).
4.3.28
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
DB snubber
board capacitors
DB clamp
capacitors
Inverter clamp
capacitors
Inverter snubber
board capacitors
Upper inverter
snubber boards
IGBT module
interconnecting
bus
Lower inverter
snubber boards
Inverter snubber
board capacitors
DC bus fuse
screws
Inverter clamp
capacitors
T1
Inverter IGBT Section
T2
Inverter IGBT Section
T3
Inverter IGBT Section
Figure 4.3.23: Inverter IGBT Sections
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.29
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
4.3.10.1
Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The inverter snubber board is supplied as part of the inverter IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT section has an
upper and a lower snubber board that are not interchangeable (they are
labeled UPPER and LOWER). Replace the snubber boards as vertical pairs,
both the upper and lower snubber boards in a inverter IGBT section.
This procedure explains how to replace a pair of inverter snubber boards in
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
Removing the Inverter Snubber Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
4.3.30
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Wire cutters
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the exterior ventilation panel located
below the drive controller door (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25).
Remove the ventilation panel.
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly to the drive
controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller,
disconnect the two cables on the right side of the assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks (see Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70). Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
5. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the hinged
assembly in place. Swing the assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.15
on page 4.3.23).
6. When removing the snubber boards in the left-most power pole section,
remove the four screws securing the precharge circuit protector panel
to the hinged assembly frame and the DB flexible bus cover (A in
Figure 4.3.24). Without removing any wires form the precharge circuit
protector, pull panel out of the way.
A
Figure 4.3.24: Precharge Circuit Protector Panel
7. When removing the snubber boards in the left-most and center power
pole sections, remove the L-shaped riser bar that connects the IGBT
module’s interconnecting bus either to the T1 or T2 extender bus bar.
These extender bus bars connect to the T1 and T2 output terminals.
8. When removing the snubber boards in the right-most power pole section,
remove the three extender bus bars that connect the individual power
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.31
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
pole sections to the output terminals. On each extender bus bar, remove
the sense wire located near the output terminals (see Figure 4.3.25).
9. If the motor current sensor on the T1 extender bus bar is installed as
illustrated in Figure 4.3.25, then disconnect the CT1 and CT3 cables from
the motor current sensors on the T1 and T3 extender bus bars. Loosen
and remove the two bolts securing the T1 and T2 extender bus bars and
the one bolt and one nut securing the T3 extender bus bar. Remove the
extender bus bars from the drive controller.
T1 Motor Current
Sensor
Figure 4.3.25: Motor Current Sensors with Extender Bus Bar Connections
(Previous Construction)
10. If the motor current sensor in the T1 extender bus bar is installed as
illustrated in Figure 4.3.26, then disconnect the CT1 and CT3 cables from
the motor current sensors. Loosen and remove the two screws securing
the T1 motor current sensor to its mounting bracket. Loosen and remove
the two bolts securing the T1 and T2 extender bus bars and the one bolt
and nut securing the T3 extender bus bar. Remove the extender bus bars
from the drive controller.
T1 Motor
Current Sensor
Figure 4.3.26: Motor Current Sensor with Extended Bus Bar Connections
(Current Construction)
4.3.32
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
11. Disconnect the four clamp capacitor cables from the upper snubber board
being removed (see Figure 4.3.27). Loosen and remove the four hex
head screws securing the snubber board to the IGBT module’s
interconnecting bus and remove the snubber board.
Snubber
Board
Clamp
Capacitor
Figure 4.3.27: Inverter Snubber Board
12. Repeat step 9 for the lower snubber board.
Installing the Inverter Snubber Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
The inverter snubber board is supplied as part of the inverter IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT section has an
upper and a lower snubber board that are not interchangeable (they are
labeled UPPER and LOWER). Replace the snubber boards as vertical pairs,
both the upper and the lower snubber boards in a inverter IGBT section.
This procedure explains how to install a pair of inverter snubber boards for
the following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.33
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the bus
capacitor banks. Do not apply power to the drive controller if bus plate is
damaged or scratched. Contact Square D for replacement.
To install the inverter snubber board:
1. Position the snubber board over the IGBT module’s interconnecting bus
with the four clamp capacitor connection jacks (J1-4) positioned closest
to the associated clamp capacitor (see Figure 4.3.27 on page 4.3.33).
Secure with four hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
2. Reconnect the four clamp capacitor cables. Orient the cables so that the
red cable is always to the left of its matching black cable.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the matching snubber board.
4. After installing the snubber boards in the left-most and center inverter
IGBT sections, install the L-shaped riser bar that connects the IGBT
module’s interconnecting bus either to the T1 or T2 extender bus bar.
These extender bus bars connect to the T1 and T2 output terminals.
Install the nut on the interconnecting bus and the bolt on the extender bus
bar. Torque the nut and bolt to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
5. After installing the snubber boards in the right-most inverter IGBT
section, install the three extender bus bars that connect the individual
inverter IGBT sections to the output terminals. If the drive controller being
serviced had the motor current sensor installed as illustrated in Figure
4.3.26 on page 4.3.32, slide the motor current sensor over the extended
bus bar with its cable connector facing toward the output terminals.
Secure the motor current sensor to its mounting bracket and torque the
two screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m). Secure the T3 extender bus bar to the
output terminal assembly with a hex head bolt and washer and to the
right-most IGBT interconnecting bus with a nut and washer. Torque the
nut and bolt to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m). Secure the T1 and T2 extender bus
bars to the output terminal assembly and the matching L-shaped riser bar
with hex head bolts and washers. Torque the bolts to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
On each extender bus bar, reconnect the sense wire near the output
terminals using hex head screws (see Figure 4.3.25 on page 4.3.32).
Follow the wire labeling to connect T1 to T1, T2 to T2 and T3 to T3. Torque
the three screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m). Reconnect the CT1 and CT3
cables to the motor current sensors on the T1 and T3 extender bus bars.
Use a wire tie to secure the CT1 cable to the T1 motor current sensor.
6. After installing the snubber boards in the left-most power pole section,
reinstall the precharge circuit protector panel to the hinged assembly
frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure 4.3.24 on page 4.3.31).
Secure with four screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive thumbscrews.
8. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
9. Reinstall the two electrical connectors on the right side of the stirring fan
assembly.
10. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with four screws.
Torque to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
11. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
12. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.34
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.10.2
Replacing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Two inverter gate driver boards are supplied as part of the inverter IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT section has a
right and a left gate driver board that are identical. Replace the gate driver
boards as horizontal pairs (see Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36): GD1 and
GD4, GD6 and GD3, GD2 and GD5. This procedure explains how to replace
a pair of inverter gate driver boards in the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
Removing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.35
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
k.
j.
a.
i.
b.
h.
g.
c.
f.
GD1
GD3
GD5
d.
e.
GD4
T1 Inverter
IGBT Section
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
GD6
T2 Inverter
IGBT Section
GD2
T3 Inverter
IGBT Section
Dynamic Braking Assembly
TS4
TS8
Inverter IGBT module (8 more locations)
J1 cable (5 more locations)
Inverter gate driver boards
TS7
Heatsink temperature sensor
TS6
Line rectifier diodes
TS5
Figure 4.3.28: Inverter Gate Driver Boards
4.3.36
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the snubber boards for this inverter IGBT section as described
in the procedure on page 4.3.30.
3. Carefully remove the GD*/P2 cable harness from the first gate driver
board.
4. Remove the bolt securing the J1 cable to the upper power terminal on the
upper IGBT module (see Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36).
5. Loosen and remove the four hex head screws securing the gate driver
board to its two IGBT modules. Remove the gate driver board.
6. Repeat procedure for the matching gate driver board.
*
Installing the Inverter Gate Driver Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
Fill in the appropriate number for the section being repaired
(see Figure 4.3.28).
Two inverter gate driver boards are supplied as part of the inverter IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT section has a
right and a left gate driver board that are identical. Replace the gate driver
boards as horizontal pairs (see Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36): GD1 and
GD4, GD6 and GD3, GD2 and GD5.
This procedure explains how to install a pair of inverter gate driver boards for
the following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
The inverter gate driver board and the dynamic braking (DB) gate driver
boards are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only the
gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.37
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
To install the inverter gate driver board:
1. If the gate driver board is being replaced, install one of the new control
wires supplied in the inverter IGBT kit on the fast-on of one of the gate
driver boards.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
2. Position the gate driver board over the two IGBT modules with the J1
wire oriented closest to the IGBT module interconnecting bus (see
Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36). Install the four hex head screws and
torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
3. Position the other end of the J1 cable over the upper power terminal on
the upper IGBT module (see Figure 4.3.28). Install the hex head screw
and torque to 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
4. Install the GD*/P2 cable harness on the white connector on the gate
driver board. See Figure 4.3.28 to match the cable harness with the
correct gate driver board (example: cable GD1/P2 with gate driver board
GD1).
5. Repeat steps 1-4 for the matching gate drive board.
6. Install the snubber boards for this inverter IGBT section as described in
the procedure on page 4.3.33.
4.3.10.3
Replacing an Inverter IGBT Module
There are twelve IGBT modules in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers. Four inverter IGBT modules are supplied as part of the inverter
IGBT kit VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT kit has
four IGBT modules, which are performance-matched and should be replaced
as a set of four (see Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36).
This procedure explains how to replace four inverter IGBT modules in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
Removing an Inverter IGBT Module
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.38
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the gate driver boards for this inverter IGBT section as described
in the procedure on page 4.3.35.
3. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the DC bus fuse
mounted below the inverter IGBT section being repaired and above the
DC bus capacitor bank (see Figure 4.3.23 on page 4.3.29).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.39
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the IGBT module
interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate above the DC
bus capacitor bank.
5. Loosen and remove the remaining six hex head screws securing the
IGBT module interconnecting bus to the four IGBT modules (see
Figure 4.3.23 on page 4.3.29).
NOTE: Handle the IGBT module interconnecting bus with care. Do not
apply power to the drive controller if the interconnecting bus is damaged
or scratched. Contact Square D for replacement.
6. Loosen and remove the four hex head screws at the corner of the
IGBT module.
7. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the IGBT module from
the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
8. Remove all trace of THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface compound from
the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean the
heatsink before installing a new IGBT module may affect its performance
and longevity.
9. Repeat steps 6-8 for the remaining three IGBT modules.
Installing the Inverter IGBT Module
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
There are twelve IGBT modules in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers. Four inverter IGBT modules are supplied as part of the inverter
IGBT kit VZ3IM1400M1207 or VZ3IM1500M1207. Each inverter IGBT kit has
four IGBT modules, which are performance-matched and should be replaced
as a set of four (see Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36).
This procedure explains how to install four inverter IGBT modules for the
following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Kit No.
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1400M1207
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1500M1207
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
4.3.40
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.10 Replacing the Inverter IGBT
To install the IGBT modules:
1. Install THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new IGBT module. Remove the paper backing from the
THERMSTRATE™ material but do not remove the white contact grease
coating.
NOTE: If the THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material is damaged
(i.e. wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8" round),
discard the foil and start over with a new one.
2. Place the new IGBT module on the heatsink following the orientation
illustrated Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36 and secure it with four hex head
screws. Initially tighten the four mounting screws, in the sequence shown
below, to 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in (0.7 – 1.0 N•m), and then to a final torque of
27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other three IGBT modules.
4. Position the IGBT module interconnecting bus over the four IGBT
modules and install the lower six IGBT module power terminal screws.
DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
NOTE: Handle the IGBT module interconnecting bus with care. Do not
apply power to the drive controller if the interconnecting bus is damaged
or scratched. Contact Square D for replacement.
5. Install the two hex head screws to secure the IGBT module
interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate above the DC
bus capacitor bank. Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
6. Torque the lower six IGBT module power terminal screws installed in step
4 to 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
7. Install the DC bus fuse over the terminals on the IGBT module
interconnecting bus and the white laminated DC bus plate. Install the two
hex screws and torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
8. Install the gate driver boards as described in the procedure on page
4.3.35.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.41
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.11 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor
4.3.11
Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp
Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
There are a total of 12 inverter IGBT clamp capacitors in the drive controllers
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4.
This procedure explains how to replace a single inverter IGBT clamp
capacitor for the following drive controllers.
Drive Controller No.
Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VY1ADC610
ATV66C31N4
NOTE: The inverter IGBT clamp capacitor kit contains one clamp capacitor.
• Mechanical interference
Inverter Snubber
Board
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Inverter IGBT
Clamp Capacitor
Figure 4.3.29: Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.42
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.11 Replacing the Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Wire Cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the bus
capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply power to
the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact Square D
for replacement.
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. If one of the lower inverter IGBT clamp capacitors is being replaced (see
Figure 4.3.29 on page 4.3.42), then remove the related lower inverter
snubber board as described in “Replacing the Inverter Snubber Board” on
page 4.3.30.
3. If not already done, loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly
in place. Swing the assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.15 on
page 4.3.23).
4. Disconnect the red and black cable harnesses from the connectors on
the associated inverter snubber board.
5. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the inverter IGBT
clamp capacitor from the heatsink. Remove the capacitor.
6. Install the new capacitor oriented so the red wires face the snubber
board. Secure with two hex head screws and torque to 12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
7. Reconnect the two clamp capacitor cables. Orient the cables so that the
red cable is always to the left of its matching black cable.
8. If previously removed, reinstall the inverter snubber board as described
on page 4.3.33.
9. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive thumbscrews.
10. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.43
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
4.3.12
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB) IGBT
Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The DB IGBT section is located in the upper left-hand corner of the heatsink
just below the PA and PB terminals. The ATV66C23N4 drive controller DB
IGBT section has one IGBT module, gate driver board, snubber board and
diode module (see Figure 4.3.30). The DB IGBT section in the
ATV66C28N4–C31N4 drive controllers contains a second IGBT module,
snubber board, and DB diode module (see Figure 4.3.31 on page 4.3.45).
This procedure explains how to replace the DB IGBT components for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
a.
j.
b.
i.
h.
c.
g.
d.
f.
e.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
J2
DB IGBT module
DB snubber board
DB diode module
DB clamp capacitor
DB diode connector
DB bus support
DB gate driver board
DB collector bus
DB emitter bus
Figure 4.3.30: ATV66C23N4 DB IGBT Section
4.3.44
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
i.
h.
a.
a.
b.
c.
c.
g.
d.
f.
e.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
DB IGBT module
DB gate driver board
DB snubber board
DB diode modules
DB clamp capacitors
DB diode connector
J2
DB collector bus
DB emitter bus
Figure 4.3.31: ATV66C28N4—C31N4 DB IGBT Section
When replacing DB IGBT kit components, the components must be removed
in the following order:
1. DB Snubber Board(s) (page 4.3.46).
2. DB Gate Driver Board (page 4.3.48).
3. DB IGBT Module(s) (page 4.3.51).
4. DB Diode Module(s) (page 4.3.57).
The new components must be installed in the following order:
1. DB Diode Module(s) (page 4.3.57).
2. DB IGBT Module(s) (page 4.3.51).
3. DB Gate Driver Board (page 4.3.48).
4. DB Snubber Board(s) (page 4.3.46).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.45
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
4.3.12.1
Replacing the DB Snubber Board(s)
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The DB snubber board(s) is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 or VZ3IM1300M1208. For drive controllers ATV66C28N4
to C31N4, replace both DB snubber boards as a pair.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB snubber board(s) in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
Removing the DB Snubber Board(s)
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
4.3.46
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the precharge circuit protector panel to
the hinged assembly frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure
4.3.24 on page 4.3.31). Without removing any wires from the precharge
circuit protector, pull panel out of the way.
3. Remove red DB clamp capacitor wire from the J4 connector on the
bottom edge of the DB snubber board (see Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44
and Figure 4.3.31 on page 4.3.45). On ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers, also remove the other red DB clamp capacitor wire from the
J2 connector on the bottom edge of the other DB snubber board.
4. Remove the black PA connecting wire from the J2 connector on the top
edge of the DB snubber board. On ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers, also remove the other black PA connecting wire from the J4
connector on the top edge of the other DB snubber board.
5. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the DB snubber
board. Remove the snubber board. On ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers, repeat this step for the other DB snubber board.
Installing the DB Snubber Board(s)
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
The DB snubber board(s) is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 or VZ3IM1300M1208. For drive controllers ATV66C28N4
to C31N4, replace both DB snubber boards as a pair.
This procedure explains how to install the DB snubber board(s) for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
• Loss of strength
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV614.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.47
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
To install the DB snubber board(s):
1. Position the DB snubber board over the two L-shaped riser bus bars that
connect to the DB IGBT module and the DB diode module. On
ATV66C23N4 drive controllers, install the DB snubber board with the J2
connector on the upper side of the board (see Figure 4.3.30 on page
4.3.44). Secure with two hex head screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2.0
N•m). On ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive controllers, repeat this step for
the right side DB snubber board but orient the board with the J2
connector on the lower side of the board (see Figure 4.3.31 on page
4.3.45).
2. Attach the black PA connecting wire to the J2 header on the top edge of
the DB snubber board. On ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive controllers,
attach the other black PA connecting wire to the J4 header on the top
edge of the right side DB snubber board.
3. Attach the red DB clamp capacitor wire to the J4 header on the bottom
edge of the DB snubber board. On drive controllers ATV66C28N4 to
C31N4, attach the other red DB clamp capacitor wire to the J2 header on
the bottom edge of the right side DB snubber board.
4. After installing the snubber boards in the left-most DB IGBT section,
reinstall the precharge circuit protector panel to the hinged assembly
frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure 4.3.24 on page 4.3.31).
Secure with four screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
5. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
6. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.12.2
Replacing the DB Gate Driver Board
The DB gate driver board is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 or VZ3IM1300M1208.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB gate drive board in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
Removing the DB Gate Driver Board
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.48
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14mm
• Needle nose pliers
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the DB snubber board(s) as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.46.
3. Carefully remove the GD-DB/P2 cable harness from the gate driver
board.
4. Remove the bolt securing the J1 cable (attached to the gate driver card)
to the left power terminal on the DB IGBT module. On drive controller
models AT66C28N4 to C31N4, this is the left power terminal of the
left-most DB IGBT module.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.49
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: The left DB IGBT module power terminal screw also secures an
L-shaped riser bus that supports the snubber board and it will come loose
as the screw is removed. Note its orientation on the DB IGBT module and
keep for reassembly.
5. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the gate driver
board to the DB IGBT module. On drive controller models ATV66C28N4
to C31N4, also remove the two hex head screws securing the gate driver
board to right-most DB IGBT module.
6. Remove the gate driver board.
Installing the DB Gate Driver Board
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
The DB gate driver board is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 or VZ3IM1300M1208.
This procedure explains how to install the DB gate driver board for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
CAUTION
DRIVE CONTROLLER DAMAGE
The inverter gate driver board and dynamic braking (DB) gate driver
board are not equivalent and must not be interchanged.
• When repairing the inverter IGBT section, install only the gate driver
board supplied with the Inverter IGBT kit.
• When repairing the dynamic braking (DB) IGBT section, install only the
gate driver board supplied with the DB IGBT kit.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
4.3.50
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
To install the DB gate drive board:
1. When the gate driver board is being replaced, install the new control wire
supplied in the DB power pole kit on the fast-on of the gate driver board.
NOTE: Always use the J1 wire assembly provided with the replacement
gate driver board. DO NOT reuse the old J1 wire assembly.
2. Position the gate driver board over the DB IGBT module(s) with the J1
wire oriented on the bottom edge of the board. Install the two hex head
screws (four screws on ATV66C28N4 to C31N4 drive controllers) and
torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
3. Reinstall the L-shaped riser bus (removed during the gate driver board
removal) over the left-most power terminal of the DB IGBT module. Orient
the rising angle downward. Ensure that the riser bar is in alignment with
the bus bar below it. Position the other end of the J1 cable over this same
DB IGBT power terminal. Install the hex head screw and torque to
27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
4. Install the GD-DB/P2 cable harness on the white connector on the gate
driver board.
5. Install the snubber board(s) as described in the procedure on page
4.3.46.
4.3.12.3
Replacing the DB IGBT Module(s)
A single DB IGBT module is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 for installation in drive controller model ATV66C23N4.
Two identical DB IGBT modules are supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1300M1208 for installation in drive controller models ATV66C28N4—
C31N4. The two DB IGBT modules are performance-matched and should be
replaced as a set.
DB IGBT Modules
DB Diode Modules
DB Clamp Capacitors
Figure 4.3.32: DB IGBT Modules (Drive Controller ATV66C28N4 and
ATV66C31N4)
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.51
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This procedure explains how to remove the DB IGBT module(s) for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
Removing the DB IGBT Module(s)
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
4.3.52
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the DB gate driver board as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.48.
3. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the black clamp
capacitor cable to the other DB IGBT module power terminal. Repeat this
for the other DB IGBT module on drive controller models ATV66C28N4—
C31N4. On drive controller model ATV66C23N4, loosen and remove the
hex head screw securing the DB emitter bus to the DB bus support (see
Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44).
4. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the small
fiberglass bracket to the fiberglass panel just below the PA label.
NOTE: The two hex head screws are secured to the fiberglass panel by
clinch nuts. To prevent the separation of these nuts from the fiberglass
panel, loosen the screws gently without putting much pressure down on
the screws. If the nuts do separate from the fiberglass panel, the nuts
must be secured as the screws are loosened.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the DB emitter bus to
the DB flexible bus that extends to the white laminated bus plate above
the DC bus capacitor banks (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5, Figure 4.3.3
on page 4.3.7, Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44 and Figure 4.3.31 on page
4.3.45).
6. While bending the DB flexible bus out of the way, remove the DB
emitter bus.
7. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the DB collector bus to
either the fiberglass DB bus support (see Figure 4.3.30) or the right
power terminal on the right-most DB IGBT module (see Figure 4.3.31).
NOTE: On drive controller models ATV66C28N4—C31N4, this DB IGBT
module power terminal screw also secures an L-shaped riser us that
supports the right snubber board and it will come loose as the screw is
removed. Note its orientation on the DB IGBT module and keep for
reassembly.
8. Loosen and remove the one (or two) hex head screw(s) securing the DB
collector bus to the DB diode module(s).
9. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw securing the DB collector
bus to the PB output terminal. Remove the DB collector bus.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white insulating paper attached to
the DB collector bus. Do not apply power to the drive controller if the
insulating paper is damaged. Contact Square D for replacement.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.53
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
10. Loosen and remove the four hex head screws at the corners of the DB
IGBT module.
NOTE: To ease the removal of the DB IGBT module, it may be necessary
to remove the DB extender bus that connects the DB diode connector to
the PA output terminal (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5, Figure 4.3.33,
Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44 and Figure 4.3.31 on page 4.3.45). Two hex
head screws secure it. The top screw also secures one or two snubber
board wires.
Notes to Figure 4.3.33:
a.
a. PA terminal
b. J2
c. J4
d. DB snubber boards
e. DB extender bus
b.
c.
e.
d.
d.
Figure 4.3.33: Snubber Board Wires
11. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the IGBT module from the
heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
12. Remove all traces of THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface compound
from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean
the heatsink before installing a new IGBT module may affect its
performance and longevity.
13. On drive controller models ATV66C28N4-C31N4, repeat steps 10–12 for
the other DB IGBT module.
Installing the DB IGBT Module(s)
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
• Loss of strength
A single DB IGBT module is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 for installation in drive controller model ATV66C23N4.
Two identical DB IGBT modules are supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1300M1208 for installation in drive controller models ATV66C28N4—
C31N4. The two DB IGBT modules are performance-matched and should be
replaced as a set.
This procedure explains how to install the DB IGBT module(s) for the
following drive controllers:
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
4.3.54
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
To install the DB IGBT module(s):
1. Install THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new DB IGBT module. Remove the paper backing from the
THERMSTRATE™ material, but do not remove the white contact grease
coating.
(1)
(3)
(4)
(2)
NOTE: If the THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material is damaged
(i.e. wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round),
discard it and start over with a new one.
2. Place the new IGBT module on the heatsink following the orientation
illustrated in Figure 4.3.32 on page 4.3.51 and secure it with four hex
head screws. Initially tighten the four mounting screws, in the sequence
shown at side, to 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in (0.7– 1.0 N•m) with a final torque of
27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
3. On drive controllers ATV66C28N4—C31N4, repeat steps 1 and 2 for the
other DB IGBT module.
4. If during the removal of the DB IGBT module(s), it was necessary to
remove the DB extender bus that connects the DB diode connector to the
PA terminal (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5, Figure 4.3.33 on page
4.3.54, Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44, and/or Figure 4.3.31 on page
4.3.45), reinstall it and secure it with two hex head screws. The screw for
the PA terminal end of the extender bus also secures one (or two) black
snubber board wire(s) (see Figure 4.3.33 on page 4.3.54). Torque both
screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
5. Install the DB collector bus (see Figure 4.3.30 and Figure 4.3.31). Install
the one hex head screw securing the DB collector bus to the PB output
terminal. DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white insulating paper attached to
the DB collector bus. Do not apply power to the drive controller if the
insulating paper is damaged. Contact Square D for replacement.
6. Install the one (or two) hex head screw(s) securing the DB collector bus
to the DB diode module(s). DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
7. Install the one hex head screw securing the DB collector bus to either the
fiberglass DB bus support (see Figure 4.3.30) or the right power terminal
on the right-most DB IGBT module (see Figure 4.3.31). On drive
controller models ATV66C28N4—C31N4, this screw must also secure
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.55
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
the L-shaped riser bus that support the right snubber board and that was
removed in the disassembly process. Install the riser bus with the raised
angle pointing downward. DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
8. While bending the DB flexible bus out of the way, install the DB emitter
bus (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5, Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7, Figure
4.3.30, and/or Figure 4.3.31). Install the two hex head screws securing
the small fiberglass bracket to the fiberglass panel just below the PA
label. DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
NOTE: The two hex head screws are secured to the fiberglass panel by
clinch nuts. To prevent the separation of these nuts from the fiberglass
panel, install the screws gently without putting much pressure down on
the screws. If the nuts do separate from the fiberglass panel, the nuts
must be secured as the screws are installed.
9. Install the hex head screw securing the DB emitter bus to the DB flexible
bus. DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
10. Install the hex head screw securing the DB emitter bus and the black
clamp capacitor cable to the DB IGBT module power terminal. Repeat
this for the other DB IGBT module on drive controller models
ATV66C28N4—C31N4. DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
NOTE: The black clamp capacitor cable(s) must be installed so that it
runs between the two riser bars that will support the DB snubber board(s)
when it is installed.
On drive controller model ATV66C23N4, install the hex head screw
securing the DB emitter bus to the DB bus support (see Figure 4.3.30).
DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
11. Torque the screws installed in steps 5–10 in the following order and to the
specified torque level:
a. Step 5: Screw securing the DB collector bus to the PB output
terminal – 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
b. Step 6: One (or two) screw(s) securing the DB collector bus to the DB
diode module(s) – initial torque of 6–9 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) with a final
torque of 36 lb-in (4.0N•m).
c. Step 7: On drive controller model ATV66C23N4, one screw securing
DB collector bus to fiberglass DB bus support – 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
d. Step 7: On drive controller models ATV66C28N4—C31N4, one screw
securing DB collector bus to right power terminal on right-most DB
IGBT module – 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
NOTE: Make sure the snubber board riser bus under this screw is in
alignment with the bus bar below it.
e. Step 8: Two screws securing the small fiberglass bracket to the
fiberglass panel – 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
f.
Step 9: Screw securing the DB emitter bus to the DB flexible bus –
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
g. Step 10: One (or two) screw(s) securing the securing the DB emitter
bus and the black clamp capacitor cable to the DB IGBT module
power terminal(s) – 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
h. Step 10: On drive controller model ATV66C23N4, one screw securing
DB emitter bus to fiberglass DB bus support – 36 lb-in
(4.0 N•m).
12. Install the gate driver board as described in the procedure on page
4.3.48.
4.3.56
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.12.4
Replacing the DB Diode Module(s)
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
A single DB diode module is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 for installation in drive controller model ATV66C23N4.
Two identical DB diode modules are supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1300M1208 for installation in drive controller models
ATV66C28N4–C31N4. The two DB diode modules should be replaced as a
set.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB diode module(s) in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
Removing the DB Diode Module(s)
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.57
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the DB IGBT modules(s) as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.51. If only the DB diode module(s) is being replaced, follow the
above procedure but do not remove the DB IGBT modules(s) from the
heatsink (steps 10–13).
3. Loosen and remove the one (or two) hex head screw(s) securing the
remaining DB snubber board riser bar(s) to the center power terminal(s)
on the DB diode module. Remove the riser bar(s). Note the orientation of
the riser bar(s) for reassembly.
NOTE: On the drive controller models ATV66C28N4–C31N4, place an
identifying mark on the riser bar removed from the right-most DB diode
module. The two bars appear the same but are not identical. This mark
will aid reassembly.
4. If the DB extender bus that connects the DB diode connector the PA
output terminal has not been removed, loosen and remove the hex head
screw that secures it to the DB diode connector (see Figure 4.3.1 on page
4.3.5, Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44 and/or Figure 4.3.31 on page 4.3.45).
5. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws that secure the DB diode
connector to:
— On drive controller model ATV66C23N4, the DB diode module and the
DB bus support.
— On drive controller models ATV66C28N4–C31N4, the two DB diode
modules.
6. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws that secure the DB diode
module to the heatsink.
7. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the DB diode module from
the heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
8. Remove all traces of THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface compound
from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean
4.3.58
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
the heatsink before installing a new DB diode module may affect its
performance and longevity.
9. On drive controller models ATV66C28N4–C31N4, repeat steps 6–8 for
the other DB diode module.
Installing the DB Diode Module(s)
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
• Loss of strength
A single DB diode module is supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1400M1208 for installation in drive controller model ATV66C23N4.
Two identical DB diode modules are supplied as part of the DB IGBT kit
VZ3IM1300M1208 for installation in drive controller models
ATV66C28N4–C31N4. The two DB diode modules should be replaced as a
set.
This procedure explains how to install the DB diode module(s) for the
following drive controllers:
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Drive Controller No.
DB IGBT Kit No.
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
ATV66C23N4
VZ3IM1400M1208
ATV66C28N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
ATV66C31N4
VZ3IM1300M1208
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
To install the DB diode module(s):
1. Install THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new DB diode module. Remove the paper backing from the
THERMSTRATE™ material, but do not remove the white contact grease
coating.
NOTE: If the THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material is damaged
(i.e. wrinkled or having gaps in the coating greater than 1/8” round),
discard it and start over with a new one.
2. Place the new DB diode module on the heatsink following the orientation
illustrated in Figure 4.3.34 and secure it with two hex head screws.
Initially tighten the two mounting screws to 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m)
with a final torque of 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.59
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.12 Replacing the Dynamic Braking IGBT Kit
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
ATV66C28N4—C31N4
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
1
ATV66C23N4
Figure 4.3.34: DB Diode Module Orientation
3. On drive controllers ATV66C28N4–C31N4, repeat steps 1 and 2 for the
other DB diode module.
4. Install the DB diode connector over terminals 2 and 3 of the diode
module(s) (see Figure 4.3.34). On drive controller model ATV66C23N4,
the right end of the DB diode connector rests on the DB bus support. The
center threaded insert in the DB diode connector must be facing toward
the heatsink. See Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44 and Figure 4.3.31 on
page 4.3.45 for orientation. Install one (or two) hex head screw(s) into
terminal 2 of the diode modules(s). On drive controller model
ATV66C23N4, install one hex head screw into the DB bus support.
Tighten the screws to an initial torque of 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) and
then to a final torque of 36.0 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
5. If the DB extender bus that connects the DB diode connector to the PA
output terminal has not been removed, install the hex head screw that
secures it to the DB diode connector and torque to 36.0 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
6. Install the DB snubber board riser bar(s) over terminal 3 of the DB diode
block(s) with the upper angle oriented toward terminal 1 of the DB diode
block(s) and secure with one (or two) hex head screw(s) (see Figure
4.3.34 on page 4.3.60). On drive controller models
ATV66C28N4–C31N4, place the riser bar with the mark on the right-most
DB diode module. Make sure the riser bars are aligned with the DB diode
connector. Tighten the screws to an initial torque of 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in
(0.7–1.0 N•m) and then to a final torque of 36.0 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
7. Reinstall the DB IGBT module(s) as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.51. If only the DB diode module(s) is being replaced, skip
steps 1–3.
4.3.60
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.13
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB)
Clamp Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.13 Replacing the Dynamic Braking Clamp Capacitor
There is a single DB clamp capacitor in drive controller model ATV66C23N4.
There are two DB clamp capacitors in drive controller models
ATV66C28N4—C31N4 (see Figure 4.3.32 on page 4.3.51). The DB Clamp
Capacitor Kit VY1ADC614 contains one capacitor assembly.
This procedure explains how to replace the DB clamp capacitor on the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB Clamp Capacitor No.
ATV66C23N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C28N4
VY1ADC614
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.61
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking Flexible Bus
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the DB snubber board directly above the defective DB clamp
capacitor as described in the procedure on page 4.3.46.
3. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the black clamp
capacitor cable to the DB IGBT module power terminal.
4. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the DB clamp
capacitor to the heatsink. Remove the DB clamp capacitor.
5. Install the new DB clamp capacitor with the black cables facing towards
the top of the drive controller. Secure with two hex head screws and
torque to 12 lb-in (1.4 N•m).
6. Route the black cable between the two DB snubber board riser bars and
secure with a hex head screw to the DB IGBT module power terminal.
Torque to 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m)
7. Reinstall the DB snubber board removed in step 2 following the
procedure described on page 4.3.46.
4.3.14
Replacing the Dynamic Braking (DB)
Flexible Bus
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
The DB Flexible Bus kit contains the two laminated and insulated buses that
connect the white laminated bus plate above the DC bus capacitor banks to
the dynamic braking circuitry and the PA output terminal in the upper lefthand corner of the drive controller.
This procedure explains how to replace the both DB flexible buses for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
DB Flexible Bus Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3N626
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.62
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking Flexible Bus
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Wire cutters
• Wire ties
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the exterior ventilation panel located
below the drive controller door (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25).
Remove the ventilation panel.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.63
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking Flexible Bus
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly to the drive
controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller,
disconnect the two cables on the right side of the assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks (see Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70). Do not apply
power to the drive controller if the bus plate is damaged or scratched.
Contact Square D for replacement.
5. Loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly in place. Swing the
assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.15 on page 4.3.23).
6. Remove the four screws securing the precharge circuit protector panel to
the hinged assembly frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure
4.3.24 on page 4.3.31). Without removing any wires from the precharge
circuit protector, pull panel out of the way.
7. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures the left end of
the stirring fan mounting angle (A) to the left-hand frame bracket (B)
(see Figure 4.3.35).
C
D
B
A
Figure 4.3.35: DB Flexible Bus Cover
8. Loosen and remove the three screws securing the DB flexible bus cover
(C) to the DB flexible bus channel (D). See Figure 4.3.35. Remove the
cover. It may be necessary to pull the stirring fan mounting angle out
slightly to remove the cover. This may result in the cable to the left-most
gate drive card being disconnected. This will be reconnected during
assembly.
9. Cut the wire tie holding together the two DB flexible bus sections.
10. Loosen and remove the two nuts and washers securing the two DB
flexible buses to the capacitor bank laminated bus (see Figure 4.3.1 on
page 4.3.5).
11. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the outer DB flexible
bus (– Bus to DB) to the DB emitter bus (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5,
Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7, Figure 4.3.30 on page 4.3.44 and/or Figure
4.3.31 on page 4.3.45).
12. Pull the top of the outer DB flexible bus (– Bus to DB) toward the center
of the drive controller until it is possible to pull it off the mounting post on
the capacitor bank laminated bus and out of the drive controller.
13. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the inner DB flexible
bus (+ Bus to PA) to the PA output terminal.
14. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that connects the DB
extender bus to the PA output terminal (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5).
This screw also secures the one (or two) cables(s) that connect to the DB
snubber board(s).
4.3.64
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.14 Replacing the Dynamic Braking Flexible Bus
15. Remove external wiring connected to the PA output terminal.
16. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws that secure that PA output
terminal to the fiberglass supporting panel. Remove the terminal and its
locking bar from the drive controller.
NOTE: The two hex head screws are secured to the fiberglass panel by
clinch nuts. To prevent the separation of these nuts from the fiberglass
panel, loosen the screws gently without putting much pressure down on
the screws. If the nuts do separate from the fiberglass panel, the nuts
must be secured as the screws are loosened.
17. Carefully pull the inner DB flexible bus (+ Bus to PA) up and out of the
drive controller.
18. Carefully insert the replacement inner DB flexible bus into the drive
controller, through the channel until the bottom connection mates with the
outer mounting post on the capacitor bank laminated bus. Insert the
flexible bus with the shorter angle down and facing toward the left.
19. Install the PA output terminal with the locking bar over the two mounting
holes and secure with two hex head screws. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
NOTE: The two hex head screws are secured to the fiberglass panel by
clinch nuts. To prevent the separation of these nuts from the fiberglass
panel, install the screws gently without putting much pressure down on
the screws. If the nuts do separate from the fiberglass panel, the nuts
must be secured as the screws are installed.
20. Reconnect the external wiring to the PA output terminal and torque to
375 lb-in (42.5 N•m).
21. Reconnect the DB extender bus and the one (or two) DB snubber board
wire(s) removed in step 13 to the PA output terminal. Secure with one hex
head screw and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
22. Install the hex head screw that secures the inner DB flexible bus (+ Bus
to PA) to the PA output terminal and torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
23. Install the outer DB flexible bus (– Bus to DB) back into the drive
controller, first positioning it over the mounting post on the capacitor bank
laminated bus. Insert the flexible bus with the shorter angle down and
facing toward the right. Rotate the top end of the outer DB flexible bus
until it comes to rest next to the inner DB flexible bus and the top
connection lines up with the mounting hole in the DB emitter bus. Install
one hex head screw to secure the outer DB flexible bus to the DB emitter
bus and torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
24. Install the two washers and nuts to secure both DB flexible buses to the
mounting posts on the capacitor bank laminated bus and torque to
67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
25. Wire tie the two DB flexible buses together about 2 inches (5 cm) above
the connection with the capacitor bank laminated bus.
26. Install the DB flexible bus cover with the three tabs on the cover inserted
into the three slots in the DB flexible bus channel. It may be necessary to
pull the stirring fan mounting angle out slightly to install the cover. Secure
with three screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
27. Reinstall any gate driver board wiring harnesses that may have come
loose. Match the labels on the white connectors to gate driver board
designations identified in Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36.
28. Install the precharge circuit protector panel on the hinged assembly
frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure 4.3.24 on page 4.3.31).
Secure with four screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
29. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive thumbscrews.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.65
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.15 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
30. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
31. Reinstall the two electrical connectors on the right side of the stirring
fan assembly.
32. Reinstall the exterior vent panel and secure it with four screws. Torque the
screws to 36 lb-in (4 N•m).
33. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
34. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.15
Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
There are three line rectifier diode modules in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4
drive controllers and the line rectifier diode kit contains one diode module.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace an individual line rectifier diode
module for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Line Rectifier Diode Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
• Loss of strength
ATV66C28N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C31N4
VZ3DM2600M1601
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Line Rectifier
Diode Modules
Bus
Figure 4.3.36: Line Rectifier Diodes
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.66
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.15 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Wire ties
• Multimeter
• Rubbing alcohol
• Clean cloth
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly in place. Swing the
assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.15 on page 4.3.23).
3. Carefully disconnect the nine wire terminals located at the top of the line
filter board (see Figure 4.3.16 on page 4.3.24).
4. Carefully disconnect the two wire terminals located at the top of the DC
bus filter capacitor mounted just to the right of the line filter board
(see Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22).
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.67
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.15 Replacing the Line Rectifier Diode
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
5. Loosen and remove the three screws that secure the filter assembly
mounting bracket (see Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22). Pull the right side
angle of the mounting bracket toward the center of the drive controller
until the mounting lip can slide behind the hinged assembly right side
support bracket. Pull the filter assembly mounting bracket out of the drive
controller left side end first.
6. Loosen and remove the six hex head screws that secure the diode bridge
bus bars to the three line rectifier diode modules.
7. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures the (–) DC bus
riser bar to the (–) output terminal. The lower diode bridge bus bar is the
(–) DC bus.
8. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures (–) DC bus bar
to the flexible bus behind the motor output power terminals. It may be
necessary to remove the motor lead to gain access to this screw. Remove
the (–) DC bus.
9. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures the (+) DC bus
riser bar to the (+) DC bus.
10. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures the (+) DC bus
bar to the flexible bus behind the motor output power terminals. Remove
the (+) DC bus bar.
11. Loosen and remove the one hex head screw that secures the upper
terminal of the defective diode module to the line input terminal
(L1, L2 or L3).
12. Loosen and remove the four hex head screws at the corners of the diode
module.
13. Using a flat blade screwdriver, gently pry loose the diode module from the
heatsink. Be careful not to damage the surface of the heatsink.
14. Remove all traces of THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface compound
from the heatsink with rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth. Failure to clean
the heatsink before installing a new diode module may affect its
performance and longevity.
15. Install THERMSTRATE™ thermal interface material on the back of the
new diode module. Remove the paper backing from the
THERMSTRATE™ material, but do not remove the white contact grease
coating.
16. Place the new diode module on the heatsink and secure it with four
hex head screws. Initially tighten the four mounting screws, in the
sequence shown below, to 6.0 to 9.0 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) with a final
torque of 54 lb-in (6.1 N•m).
(1)
(4)
(3)
(2)
17. Install the hex head screw that secures the upper diode module terminal
to the line input terminal (L1, L2 or L3). Torque to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m).
18. Install the (+) DC bus bar over the upper terminals on the three diode
modules and secure with hex head screws. Secure the (+) DC bus bar to
the riser bars (step 9) with a hex head screw. Secure the (+) DC bus bar
to the flexible bus (step 10) with a hex head screw. Torque the three upper
terminal screws to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m). Torque riser bar and flexible bus
screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
4.3.68
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.16 Replacing the AC Line Fuses
19. Install the (–) DC bus bar over the lower terminals on the three diode
modules and secure with hex head screws. Secure the (–) DC bus riser
bar to the (–) output terminal (step 7) with a hex head screw. Secure the
(–) DC bus bar to the flexible bus (step 8) with a hex head screw. Torque
the three lower terminal screws to 108 lb-in (12.2 N•m). Torque riser bar
and flexible bus screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
NOTE: Maintain a 3/8" (9.5 mm) spacing between (+) DC bus bar
and (–) DC bus bar and associated non-insulated connectors.
20. Reinstall the motor leads if removed. Torque to the specifications found in
the VD0C06S304_ Instruction Bulletin.
21. Reinstall the filter assembly mounting bracket by inserting the right side
end first, aligning the left side end over its mounting holes on the hinged
assembly left side support bracket and then pulling on the right side angle
of the mounting bracket until it slips around the hinged assembly right
side support bracket. Secure with three hex head screws and torque to
36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
22. Reinstall the two wires on the DC bus filter capacitor (step 4). The wire
from the (–) DC bus riser bar (labeled C34-B) connects to the right side
capacitor terminal. The wire from the (+) DC bus bar (labeled C34-A)
connects to the left side capacitor terminal.
23. Following the wiring diagram in Figure 4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 and noting
the wire labeling, reconnect the 9 wires to the line filter board.
24. Once the wiring has been connected to the filter board, an ohmmeter
check should be made from points A to B, B to C, and C to A of Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24. The ohmmeter should initially indicate a low
resistance. The resistance should gradually increase over a period of
5–10 seconds as the filter and bus capacitors with the drive controller
charge.
NOTE: Continuous low resistance is an indication of a mis-wiring of the
line filter board and possible phase-to-phase short circuit on the input
wiring of the drive controller.
25. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive thumbscrews.
26. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
27. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.16
Replacing AC Line Fuses
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
• Loss of strength
This procedure explains how to replace an AC line fuse for the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
AC Line Fuse Kit No.
ATV66C23N4
VY1ALF700V700
ATV66C28N4
VY1ALF800V700
ATV66C31N4
VY1ALF900V700
NOTE: The kits include one fuse.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or
isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.69
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.17 Replacing the DC Bus Fuses
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools required for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
Figure 4.3.37: AC Line Fuses
2. Remove four screws securing the plexiglass fuse shield to the controller
frame.
3. Remove the two hex head screws securing the fuse to the line bus.
4. Install the new fuse on the line bus and secure it with two hex head
screws. Torque to 486–608 lb-in (54.9–68.6 N•m).
5. Replace the plexiglass fuse shield and secure it to the controller frame
with four screws. Torque the screws to 17.6–18.4 lb-in (2.3–2.4 N•m).
4.3.17
Replacing DC Bus Fuses
There are three DC bus fuses in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive controllers
(see Figure 4.3.38). This kit includes one fuse.
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do
not meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace an individual DC bus fuse for the
following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
Drive Controller No.
DC Bus Fuse No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VY1ADF400V700
ATV66C31N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or
isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit
no. VY1ADV614.
White
laminated
bus plate
Figure 4.3.38: DC Bus Fuses
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.70
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.17 Replacing the DC Bus Fuses
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the exterior ventilation panel located
below the drive controller (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25). Remove
the ventilation panel.
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly to the drive
controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller,
disconnect the two cables on the right side of the assembly.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.71
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.17 Replacing the DC Bus Fuses
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
5. On the inverter snubber board directly above the DC bus fuse to be
replaced, remove the four clamp capacitor cables (see Figure 4.3.27 on
page 4.3.33). Remove the four screws securing the snubber board to the
IGBT module’s interconnecting bus and remove the snubber board.
6. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws and washers securing the
DC bus fuse. Remove the fuse.
7. Install the new DC bus fuse and secure with two hex head screws and
washers. Torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
8. Position the snubber board over the IGBT module’s interconnecting bus
with the four clamp capacitor connection jacks (J1–4) positions closest to
the associated clamp capacitor (see Figure 4.3.27). Secure with four hex
head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
9. Reconnect the four clamp capacitor cables. Orient the cables so that the
red cable is always to the left of its matching black cable.
10. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
11. Reinstall the two electrical connectors on the right side of the stirring fan
assembly.
12. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with four screws.
Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
13. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.72
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.18
Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
There are five DC bus capacitor assemblies in the drive controller. The
VY1ADC608 DC Bus Capacitor Kit contains six capacitors. This kit can also
be used to replace the four capacitor DC bus capacitor assembly on the
ATV66C23N4 and ATV66C28N4 drive controllers. Do not remove individual
capacitors from the DC bus capacitor assembly.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual DC bus capacitor
assembly for the following drive controllers.
NOTE: If any one DC bus capacitor is damaged, all of the DC bus capacitors
should be changed.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Drive Controller No.
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
DC Bus Capacitor No.
VY1ADC608
ATV66C31N4
DC Bus
Capacitor
Assemblies
Figure 4.3.39: DC Bus Capacitor Assemblies
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.73
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the exterior ventilation panel located
below the drive controller (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25). Remove
the ventilation panel.
3. Remove the six screws securing the stirring fan assembly to the drive
controller.
4. As the stirring fan assembly is removed from the drive controller,
disconnect the two cables on the right side of the assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if the bus plate is damaged or scratched.
Contact Square D for replacement.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that secures the equalizing
jumper wire(s) to the center bus in the capacitor assembly (see
Figure 4.3.40).
4.3.74
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Figure 4.3.40: Equalizing Jumper
6. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that secure the capacitor
assembly to the white laminated bus plate and to the supporting frame.
7. For the four outer capacitor assemblies, one of the stirring fan shield
mounting posts will also need to be removed from the supporting frame.
NOTE: If all of the bus capacitor assemblies are to be removed, provide
an external means of support for the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks (see Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70). Attach a string
or wire to one of the center downward pointing tabs on the front edge of
the bus plate. Secure the other end of the string or wire to an upper
supporting structure, providing enough tension so that there is no stress
on the bus plate rear connections.
8. Grasp the bus capacitor assembly and pull it forward until it is clear of
the frame.
NOTE: If this bus capacitor assembly is to be reinstalled into the drive
controller, take care not to damage the six balancing resistors secured to
the top of the capacitor assembly.
9. Install the new bus capacitor assembly and secure with four hex head
screws to the white laminated bus plate and to the supporting frame.
Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m). If a string or wire was installed during step
seven to support the white laminated bus plate, remove it.
NOTE: As the new bus capacitor assembly is installed, ensure insulating
material is positioned to protect the back side of the capacitors. Also, take
care not to damage the six balancing resistors secured to the top of the
capacitor assembly.
10. If removed, install the stirring fan shield mounting post with the clinched
nut end facing outward. Torque hex head screws to 34 lb-in (3.8 N•m).
11. Install the hex screw to secure the equalizing jumper wire(s) to the center
bus in the capacitor assembly. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
12. Install the stirring fan assembly back into the drive controller and secure
with six hex head screws. Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
13. Reinstall the two cable connectors on the right side of the stirring
fan assembly.
14. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with four screws.
Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
15. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
16. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.75
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
4.3.19
Replacing the Motor Current Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications. Use
of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
There are two motor current sensors in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive
controllers (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5 and Figure 4.3.41). One is
located in the T1 output leg. The other is in the T3 output leg. The two sensors
are identical to each other. The replacement parts kit includes one sensor.
This procedure explains how to replace an individual motor current sensor for
the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
• Loss of strength
ATV66C23N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C28N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C31N4
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Motor Current Sensor No.
VY1A66108
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
Figure 4.3.41: Motor Current Sensor
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
4.3.76
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Drive socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the sense wire to the
T1 or T3 horizontal bus bar just to the right of the motor current sensor
being replaced.
3. Disconnect the CT1 or CT3 cable from the motor current sensor that is
being replaced. If necessary, cut the wire tie securing the CT1 cable to
the sensor.
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the T1 or T3 horizontal
bus bar to the output terminal.
5. For the motor current sensor on the T1 output installed as illustrated in
Figure 4.3.25 on page 4.3.32:
a. Loosen, but do not remove, the nut securing the T1 horizontal bus bar
to the interconnecting bus on the T1 Inverter IGBT Section (see
Figure 4.3.23 on page 4.3.29).
b. While gently bending the bus bar outward, loosen and remove the two
screws securing the sensor to the bus bar mounting bracket. Remove
the sensor.
c. Slide the new sensor over the bus bar with the arrow pointing toward
the output terminal and secure with two screws to the bus bar
mounting bracket. Torque the two screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N.m).
d. Secure the horizontal bus to the output terminal assembly with a hex
head bolt and washers. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N.m).
e. Tighten the nut securing the T1 horizontal bus bar to the
interconnecting bus on the T1 Inverter IGBT Section. Torque to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
6. For the motor current sensor on the T1 output installed as illustrated in
Figure 4.3.26 on page 4.3.32:
a. Loosen, but do not remove, the nut securing the T1 horizontal bus bar
to the interconnecting bus on the T1 Inverter IGBT Section (see
Figure 4.3.23 on page 4.3.29).
b. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the sensor to its
mounting bracket.
c. While gently bending the bus bar outward, remove the sensor.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.77
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.18 Replacing the DC Bus Capacitor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
d. Slide the new sensor over the bus bar with the arrow pointing toward
the output terminal and secure with two screws to the mounting
bracket. Torque the two screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N.m).
e. Secure the horizontal bus to the output terminal assembly with a hex
head bolt and washers. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N.m).
f.
Tighten the nut securing the T1 horizontal bus bar to the
interconnecting bus on the T1 Inverter IGBT Section. Torque to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
7. For the motor current sensor on the T3 output:
a. Loosen the two screws holding the hinged assembly in place. Swing
the assembly out to the right (see Figure 4.3.16 on page 4.3.24).
b. Loosen and remove the nut and washer that secures the T3 horizontal
bus bar to the T3 IGBT modules interconnecting bus.
c. Remove the horizontal bus (with the motor current sensor attached)
from the drive controller.
d. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the sensor to the bus bar
mounting bracket. Remove the sensor.
e. Slide the new sensor over the bus bar with the arrow pointing toward
the output terminal and secure with two screws to the bus bar
mounting bracket. Torque the two screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N.m).
f.
Install the T3 horizontal bus (with the motor current sensor attached)
over the T3 IGBT modules interconnecting bus and the T3 output
terminal. Secure the T3 horizontal bus bar to the output terminal
assembly with a hex head bolt and washer and to the T3 IGBT
interconnecting bus with a nut and washer. Torque the nut and bolt to
148 lb-in (16.7 N.m).
g. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive
thumbscrews.
8. Reconnect the CT1 or CT3 cable to the motor current sensor. Use a wire
tie to secure the CT1 cable to the T1 motor current sensor.
9. Secure the sense wire to the T1 or T3 horizontal bus bar with a hex head
screw and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N.m).
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.78
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.20
Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.20 Replacing the Ground Fault Sensor
This procedure explains how to replace the ground fault sensor for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Ground Fault Sensor No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VY1A66110
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
DANGER
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
Ground Fault Sensor
Overtemperature Power Supply
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. On some enclosures, additional front panels may need to be removed to
simplify access to the area surrounding the ground fault current
transformer (see Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6).
3. Remove all of the motor leads.
Figure 4.3.42: Ground Fault Sensor
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that connect the T1, T2 and T3
horizontal buses to the output terminal assembly.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the output terminal
assembly and remove the assembly from the drive controller.
6. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the (+) and (–) DC flex
bus ties to the two diode bridge bus bars (see Figure 4.3.42).
7. Loosen and remove the hex head screw securing the forward DC flex bus
to the riser bar extending from the laminated bus plate above the bus
capacitor banks.
8. Loosen but do not remove the hex head screw securing the riser bar
extending from the laminated bus plate above the bus capacitor banks.
Move this bar slightly to the side to gain access to the hex head screw
securing the rear DC flex bus to the top of the precharge contactor (see
Figure 4.3.42). Loosen and remove this screw.
9. Pull both DC flex buses up and out of the ground fault sensor.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.79
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.21 Replacing the Control Power Fuses
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
10. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the sense wires to the
ground fault sensor.
11. While holding the nuts on the bottom side of the ground fault sensor,
loosen and remove the long bolts that extend through the sensor and
secure it to the frame. Remove the sensor.
12. Install the new ground fault sensor with the two signal connections
extending toward the front of the drive controller. Install the two DC flex
buses back down through the sensor. Insert the two long screws removed
in step 11 through the bottom of the sensor through the frame. Install the
washers and nuts on the top side of the sensor mounting screws and
torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
13. Install the two sense wires and secure with lock washers and screws.
Torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m). These connections are not polarity sensitive.
14. Using a hex head screw, secure the bottom end of the rear DC flex bus
to the precharge contactor. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
15. Using a hex head screw, secure the bottom end of the forward DC flex
bus to the riser bar extending from the laminated bus plate. Torque
this screw and the screw securing the riser bar to the bus plate to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
16. Using hex head screws, secure the two DC flex buses to the diode bridge
bus bars. Torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
17. Install the output terminal assembly and secure with hex head screws.
Torque to 67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
18. Using hex head screws, secure the T1, T2 and T3 horizontal buses to the
output terminal assembly and torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
19. Reinstall the motor leads and torque to the specification found in
Instruction Bulletin VD0C06S304_.
20. Reinstall enclosure panels that may have been removed in step 2.
21. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
22. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.21
Replacing the Control Power Fuses
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Two control power fuses labeled F5 and F6 are located just above the GV2
precharge circuit protectors (see Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6 and Figure
4.3.43).
This procedure explains how to replace the control power fuses for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Fuse No.
ATV66C23N4
• Loss of strength
ATV66C28N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C31N4
DF3CF00501
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
4.3.80
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Control Power Fuses
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. For each fuse:
a. Pull the fuse carrier from the terminal block.
b. Replace the fuse in the carrier.
c. Install the fuse back into the holder.
Figure 4.3.43: Control Power Fuses
3. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.22
Replacing the Control Power Transformer
The control power transformer is located in the upper right corner of the
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive controllers above the output terminal assembly
(see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5 and Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6).
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace the control power transformer for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Control Power Transformer No.
ATV66C23N4
• Loss of strength
ATV66C28N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C31N4
VY1ADA607
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
H1
H2
X1
X2
X3
Figure 4.3.44: Control Power Transformer
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.81
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.22 Replacing the Control Power Transformer
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the motor leads if needed to gain access to the control power
transformer.
3. Loosen and disconnect the wiring to the five terminals of the control
power transformer (X1, X2, X3, H1, and H2).
4. Loosen and remove the four nuts and washers securing the control power
transformer to the supporting bracket. Remove the transformer from the
drive controller.
5. Install the new transformer on the supporting bracket with the H1 and H2
terminals on top. Secure with four nuts and washers. Torque to
60 lb-in (6.8 N•m).
6. Install the wiring onto the five terminals of the control power transformer,
following the labeling on the wires. There are two wires on both terminals
X1 and X2. Torque the screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
7. Reinstall the motor leads if previously removed. Torque to the
specifications found in the Instruction Bulletin VD0C06S304_.
8. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.82
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.23
Replacing the Precharge Resistors
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
• Loss of strength
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.23 Replacing the Precharge Resistors
The four precharge resistors are mounted under the control power
transformer (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5). The replacement parts kit
contains two precharge resistors. This procedure explains how to replace the
precharge resistors for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Resistor No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3R010W270
ATV66C31N4
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. On some enclosures, additional front panels may need to be removed to
simplify access to the area surrounding the precharge resistors.
3. Remove all of the motor leads.
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that connect the T1, T2 and T3
horizontal buses to the output terminal assembly.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the output terminal
assembly and remove the assembly from the drive controller.
6. Remove the control power transformer per the procedure on page 4.3.81.
7. Disconnect the two wires to the resistor mounted on the control power
transformer bracket.
8. Loosen and remove the screws securing the control power transformer
bracket to the back panel. Pull the bracket out to access the precharge
resistors.
9. Loosen and remove the screws securing the wires to the lower four
precharge resistor connections. Pull the precharge resistor assembly out
of the drive controller.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white
insulating paper below the precharge resistors.
Do not apply power to the drive controller if the
paper is damaged. Contact Square D for
replacement.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
10. Loosen the two screws securing the jumper wire to the top two
connections on the precharge resistors to be replaced.
11. Loosen and remove the two hex head bolts that secure the precharge
resistor stack to the bracket. Take careful note of the way the hardware is
stacked for reassembly.
4.3.83
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.23 Replacing the Precharge Resistors
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
12. Place the hardware on the new resistors with the connection tabs on the
resistors pointed away from the mounting bracket (see Figure 4.3.45).
Secure with hex head bolts and torque to 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m).
e.
d.
d.
a.
b.
c.
Lock washer
Flat washer
Fiber washer
c.
b.
d.
e.
c.
b.
a
Nut
Resistor
Figure 4.3.45: Precharge Resistors
13. Reinstall the jumper on the top two connections of the precharge
resistors. Torque the screws to 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m).
14. Repeat steps 10–13 if the other two precharge resistors are to be
replaced. This will require another precharge resistor kit.
15. Install the precharge resistor assembly back into the drive controller.
Using screws, reattach the four wires to the lower precharge resistor
terminals as follows:
a. PCR2-B – right rear resistor
b. PCR4-B – right front resistor
c. PCR1-B – left rear resistor
d. PCR3-B – left front resistor
e. Torque the four screws to 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m)
f.
Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the top and
bottom bus bars on the precharge contactor (see Figure 4.3.1 on
page 4.3.5). With the “START” buttons engaged on both precharge
circuit protectors, the resistance should be between 5–10 ohms.
16. Reinstall the control power transformer bracket on the back panel and
secure with screws. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
17. Reinstall the wire labeled R38-B on the bottom connection of the
resistor mounted the control power transformer bracket and R38-A on
the top connection.
18. Reinstall the control power transformer per the procedure on page
4.3.81.
19. Install the output terminal assembly and secure with hex head screws.
Torque to 67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
20. Using hex head screws, secure the T1, T2 and T3 horizontal buses to the
output terminal assembly and torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
21. Reinstall the motor leads and torque to the specification found in
Instruction Bulletin VD0C06S304_.
22. Reinstall enclosure panels that may have been removed in step 2.
23. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
24. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.84
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.24
Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protectors
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.24 Replacing the Precharge Circuit Protectors
There are two precharge circuit protectors in the drive controller. This
procedure explains how to replace a precharge circuit protector for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Circuit Protector No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
GV2M10
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove all of the wiring from the precharge circuit protector to
be replaced.
Figure 4.3.46: Precharge Circuit Protectors
3. To remove the precharge circuit protector: pull down, tilt the bottom edge
away from the mounting panel, and then lift the unit out.
4. Install the new precharge circuit protector with the 1L1, 3L2, and 5L3
terminals on top. First catch the top of the precharge circuit protector on
the mounting bracket. Then pull the unit down and rotate the bottom to
catch on the mounting bracket.
5. Install jumpers between 1L1 and 3L2 and between 4T2 and 6T3. Torque
screws to 20 lb-in (2.2 N•m).
6. For the right precharge circuit protector, connect:
a. Wire CB2-5 to terminal 5L3
b. Wire CB2-2 to terminal 2T1
c. Torque screws to 20 lb-in (2.2 N•m)
7. For the left precharge circuit protector, connect:
a. Wire CB1-5 to terminal 5L3
b. Wire CB1-2 to terminal 2T1
c. Torque screws to 20 lb-in (2.2 N•m)
8. Set thermal trip setting at “4”. Make sure “START” button is depressed.
9. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.85
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.25 Replacing the Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact Block
4.3.25
Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Auxiliary Contact Block
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The precharge contactor auxiliary contact block is located on the right side
of the precharge contactor (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5 and Figure
4.3.47).This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor
auxiliary contact block for the following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Precharge Contactor Auxiliary
Contact Block No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
LA1DN04
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Precharge Contactor
Precharge Contactor
Auxiliary Contact Block
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdrivers sockets for torque wrench
Figure 4.3.47: Precharge Contactor and
Auxiliary Contact Block
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the four screws securing the exterior ventilation panel located
below the drive controller door (see Figure 4.3.18 on page 4.3.25).
Remove the ventilation panel.
3. Loosen and remove the two wires from the bottom outside terminals
(labeled 52 and 82) on the precharge contactor auxiliary contact block.
4. Lift the small gray locking lever on the auxiliary contact block just behind
its top wire terminals. While holding this lever in its unlocked position, pull
the auxiliary block up and out of the drive controller.
5. Transfer the three jumpers to the new auxiliary block and torque the
connections to 10 lb-in (1.1 N•m).
a. Auxiliary block terminals 51 to 61
b. Auxiliary block terminals 62 to 72
c. Auxiliary block terminals 71 to 81
6. Install the new auxiliary block by slide it over and down onto the lower
orange auxiliary block actuator.
7. Reinstall the two wires removed in step 3.
a. Wire from precharge contactor lower bus to auxiliary block terminal 52
b. Wire labeled AUX-82 to auxiliary block terminal 82
c. Torque the connections to 10 lb-in (1.1 N•m)
4.3.86
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.26 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
8. Reinstall the exterior ventilation panel and secure with screws. Torque to
36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
9. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.26
Replacing the Precharge Contactor
The precharge contactor is located in the lower right-hand corner of the drive
controller (see Figure 4.3.1 on page 4.3.5 and Figure 4.3.47 on page 4.3.86).
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace the precharge contactor for the
following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
Drive Controller No.
ATV66C28N4
VY1A661C2310
ATV66C31N4
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Precharge Contactor No.
ATV66C23N4
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Set of open/box end wrenches, 5.5 to 19 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the right-most DC bus capacitor assembly as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.73.
3. Remove all of the motor leads.
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that connect the T1, T2 and T3
horizontal buses to the output terminal assembly.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the output terminal
assembly and remove the assembly from the drive controller.
6. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws that secure the riser bar to
the outer ground fault sensor flex bus and to the laminated bus plate
above the bus capacitor banks. Loosen and remove the two hex head
screws that secure the riser bar to the fiber support. Do not disconnect
the other sense wires from the riser bar. Move the riser bar aside being
careful not to damage the laminated bus plate.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.87
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.26 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
7. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that secures the precharge
contactor lower bus to the laminated bus plate.
8. Loosen the screws on the lower outer terminals of the precharge
contactor auxiliary contact block (numbers 52 and 82) and remove the
wire that extends to the precharge contactor lower bus and the wire
labeled AUX-82.
9. Loosen and remove the hex head screws, nuts and washers that secure
the lower bus to the precharge contactor. Let the lower bus hang down
out of the way.
10. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that secures the precharge
contactor upper bus to the rear ground fault sensor flex bus.
11. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that secure the two ground fault
sensor flex buses to the diode bridge horizontal bus bars. Pull the flex
buses up out of the way to provide room to remove the precharge
contactor.
12. Loosen and remove the hex head screws, nuts and washers that secure
the upper bus to the precharge contactor. Remove the upper bus from the
drive controller.
13. While depressing the coil locking lever on the top side of the precharge
contactor, slide the coil out from within the contactor to provide access to
the A1 and A2 coil connections. Remove the two coil wires.
14. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that secure the precharge
contactor to the back panel. Carefully lift the precharge contactor out of
the drive controller.
15. Lift the small gray locking lever on the precharge contactor auxiliary
contact block just behind its top wire terminals. While holding this lever in
its unlocked position, pull the auxiliary block up and off the contactor.
16. Install the auxiliary block on the new precharge contactor by sliding it over
and down onto the lower orange auxiliary block actuator.
17. While depressing the coil locking lever on the top side of the new
precharge contactor, slide the coil out from within the contactor to provide
access to the A1 and A2 coil connections.
18. Install the new precharge contactor into the drive controller. Secure
precharge contactor to back panel with hex head screws and torque to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m). Make sure no wires are pinched between the
precharge contactor and the back panel.
19. Secure the wires labeled PCC-A1 and PCC-A2 to the coil connections on
the right side of the contactor. Torque connections to 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m).
Slide the coil completely back into the contactor.
20. Install the precharge contactor upper and lower bus bars and secure with
hex head screws, nuts and washers. Torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
21. Install the wire from precharge contactor lower bus to auxiliary block
terminal 52 and the wire labeled AUX-82 to auxiliary block terminal 82.
Torque both connections to 10 lb-in (1.1 N•m).
22. Reinstall the rear ground fault sensor flex bus and secure it with hex head
screws to the upper diode bridge horizontal bus bar and to the precharge
contactor upper bus. Torque the screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
23. Reinstall the forward ground fault sensor flex bus onto the lower diode
bridge horizontal bus bar and secure with a hex head screw. Torque to
148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
4.3.88
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.26 Replacing the Precharge Contactor
24. Secure the precharge contactor lower bus to the DC bus capacitor bank
laminated bus plate with a hex head screw and torque to 148 lb-in
(16.7 N•m).
25. Install the riser bar that connects the laminated bus plate to the outer
ground fault sensor flex bus. Secure to the fiber support plate and to the
laminated bus plate and flex bus with hex head screws. Torque the fiber
support plate screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m). Torque the laminated bus plate
and flex bus screws to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
26. Install the output terminal assembly and secure with hex head screws.
Torque to 67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
27. Using hex head screws, secure the T1, T2 and T3 horizontal buses to the
output terminal assembly and torque to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m).
28. Reinstall the motor leads and torque to the specification found in
Instruction Bulletin VD0C06S304_.
29. Install the right-most DC bus capacitor assembly as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.73.
30. Perform “Procedure 5: Validation After Repair” in section 5.
31. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.89
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.27 Replacing the Power Supply for the Overtemperature Detection Circuit
4.3.27
Replacing the Power Supply for the
Overtemperature Detection Circuit
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
The power supply is mounted on a side panel internal to the drive controller
just to the right of the output terminal block for the motor leads (see
Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6 and Figure 4.3.48). This procedure explains how
to replace the overtemperature power supply for the following drive
controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Overtemperature Power Supply No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VY1A66200
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
DANGER
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Overtemperature Power
Supply
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
Figure 4.3.48: Overtemperature Power
Supply
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. On some enclosures, additional front panels may need to be removed to
simplify access to the area surrounding the power supply for the
overtemperature detection circuit.
3. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws that secure the power
supply cover to the side panel (see Figure 4.3.49). The screws are
located just behind the upper and lower right-hand screws that secure the
output terminal assembly. Remove the cover from the drive controller.
4. Unplug two wire connectors (PS-J1, PS-J2) located at the bottom of the
power supply.
5. Loosen and remove hex head screws securing the four corners of the
power supply to the side panel. Remove the power supply from the drive
controller.
6. Install the new power supply with the connector plugs on the bottom side.
Secure with hex head screws and torque to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
Figure 4.3.49: Overtemperature Power Supply
Cover
4.3.90
7. Reinstall the two wire connectors (PS-J1, PS-J2) to the plugs on the
power supply.
NOTE: The connectors are not keyed. Be sure not to mis-pin the
connectors!
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.28 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
8. Install the power supply cover inserting the tabs on cover into slots in the
side panel behind the power supply. Secure with hex head screws and
torque to 67 lb-in (7.5 N•m).
9. Reinstall enclosure panels that may have been removed in step 2.
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.28
Replacing the Heatsink Temperature
Sensor
The temperature sensor is mounted to the heatsink behind the upper inverter
snubber board in the center (T2) inverter IGBT section (see Figure 4.3.2 on
page 4.3.6 and Figure 4.3.28 on page 4.3.36).
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
This procedure explains how to replace the heatsink temperature sensor for
the following drive controllers:
• Loss of strength
• Mechanical interference
Drive Controller No.
Heatsink Temperature Sensor No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3GN005
ATV66C31N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
NOTE: Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.91
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.28 Replacing the Heatsink Temperature Sensor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Phillips screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove the upper inverter snubber board as described in the procedure
on page 4.3.30.
3. Remove inverter IGBT clamp capacitors as needed as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.42 to gain access to the wire connections and
wire ties.
4. Unplug the two temperature sensor wire connections. Cut wire ties as
needed.
5. Loosen and remove the screw and washer securing the temperature
sensor to the heatsink. Remove the temperature sensor from the drive
controller.
6. Secure the new temperature sensor to the heatsink with a screw and
washer and torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m). Ensure that the bracket and ring
lug on the end of the temperature sensor assembly are mounted flush
with the heatsink.
7. Connect the two male cable connectors from the temperature sensor
assembly to the two cables labeled NTC-A and NTC-B in the drive
controller. Secure with the wire ties as needed.
8. Reinstall the inverter IGBT clamp capacitors removed in step 3 as
described in the procedure on page 4.3.42.
9. Reinstall the upper inverter snubber board as described in the procedure
on page 4.3.33.
10. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.92
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.29
Replacing a Temperature Switch
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware
that matches the original factory
specifications. Use of fasteners that do not
meet factory specifications can create
hazards. Some examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch
There are five temperature switches located on the heatsink (see Figure
4.3.28 on page 4.3.36 and Figure 4.3.50). There are two different types, a
68 °C switch (labeled 3455RCG8002-523 L68C) and an 85 °C switch
(labeled 3455RCG8002-525 L85C). Listed below are the temperature switch
designations, their locations and their type:
1. TS4, near the DB circuit components in the upper left-hand corner of the
heatsink, 68 °C switch.
2. TS5, to the right of the left-most line rectifier diode module, 85 °C switch.
• Loss of strength
3. TS6, to the left of the right-most line rectifier diode module, 85 °C switch.
• Mechanical interference
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
4. TS7, behind the upper snubber board in the right-most inverter IGBT
section (T3), 68 °C switch.
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
5. TS8, behind the upper snubber board in the left-most inverter IGBT
section (T1), 68°C switch.
The replacement parts kit includes one 68 °C switch and one 85 °C switch.
This procedure explains how to replace a heatsink temperature switch for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
Temperature Switch No.
ATV66C23N4
ATV66C28N4
VZ3G004
ATV66C31N4
DANGER
Temperature Switch
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Figure 4.3.50: Temperature Switch
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
When the controller is damaged, voltage may remain on certain energy
storage capacitors after de-energization of the controller and discharge
of the main capacitor bank. Before working on or near assemblies
containing energy storage capacitors, verify that the capacitor voltages
are less than 50 V. The following assemblies contain energy storage
capacitors:
• Clamp capacitors. Refer to Figure 4.3.3 on page 4.3.7 and Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29 on for location.
• Snubber boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.23 for location.
• Line filter boards. Refer to Figure 4.3.14 on page 4.3.22 and Figure
4.3.16 on page 4.3.24 for location.
Always check for the presence of voltage using a voltmeter set to the
1000 Vdc scale.
When voltage is present, allow the voltmeter to discharge the capacitor
stored charge. Refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED
ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” in section 5 for further information.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.93
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
CAUTION
STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Many drive controller components may be damaged by static electricity.
Follow the electrostatic precautions listed in “Static Sensitive
Components” in section 1 when handling controller circuit boards or
testing components.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure. The tools needed for this
procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Set of magnetized Phillips screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Needle nose pliers
• Multimeter
• Wire cutters
• Plastic tie wraps
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. To replace TS4:
a. Remove the four screws securing the precharge circuit protector
panel to the hinged assembly frame and the DB flexible bus cover
(see Figure 4.3.24 on page 4.3.31). Without removing any wires from
the precharge circuit protector, pull panel out of the way.
b. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the temperature switch
to the heatsink.
c. Remove the two wires from the old temperature switch and install on
the new 68 °C switch.
d. Reinstall the temperature switch on the heatsink and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
e. Reinstall the precharge circuit protector panel to the hinged assembly
frame and the DB flexible bus cover (see Figure 4.3.24). Secure with
four screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
f.
Close the drive controller door.
3. To replace TS5:
a. Remove the line filter board as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.22.
b. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the temperature switch
to the heatsink.
c. Remove the two wires from the old temperature switch and install on
the new 85 °C switch.
d. Reinstall the temperature switch on the heatsink and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
4.3.94
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch
e. Reinstall the line filter board as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.22.
f.
Close the drive controller door.
4. To replace TS6:
a. Using a flat blade screwdriver, loosen the two screws holding the
hinged assembly in place. Swing the assembly out to the right (see
Figure 4.3.15 on page 4.3.23).
b. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the temperature switch
to the heatsink.
c. Remove the two wires from the old temperature switch and install on
the new 85 °C switch.
d. Reinstall the temperature switch on the heatsink and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
e. Close the hinged assembly and secure with two captive
thumbscrews.
f.
Close the drive controller door.
5. To replace TS7:
a. Remove the two snubber boards in the right-most inverter IGBT
section (T3) as described in the procedure on page 4.3.30.
b. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the DC bus
fuse mounted below the T3 inverter IGBT section (see Figure 4.3.23
on page 4.3.29). Remove the fuse.
c. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the IGBT
module interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate
above the DC bus capacitor bank.
d. Loosen and remove the eight hex head screws that secure the IGBT
module interconnecting bus to the four IGBT modules (see Figure
4.3.23).
NOTE: Handle the IGBT module interconnecting bus with care. Do not
apply power to the drive controller if the interconnecting bus is damaged
or scratched. Contact Square D for replacement.
e. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the temperature switch
to the heatsink.
f.
Remove the two wires from the old temperature switch and install on
the new 68 °C switch.
g. Reinstall the temperature switch on the heatsink and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
h. Position the IGBT module interconnecting bus over the four IGBT
modules and install the eight power terminal screws.
DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
i.
Install the two hex head screws to secure the IGBT module
interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate above the
DC bus capacitor bank. Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
j.
Torque the eight IGBT module power terminal screws securing the
interconnecting bus to 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
k. Install the DC bus fuse over the terminals on the IGBT module
interconnecting bus and the white laminated DC bus plate. Install the
two hex screws and torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
l.
Install the two snubber boards as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.33.
m. Close the drive controller door.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.95
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.29 Replacing a Temperature Switch
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
6. To replace TS8:
a. Remove the two snubber boards in the left-most inverter IGBT section
(T1) as described in the procedure on page 4.3.30.
b. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the DC bus
fuse mounted below the T1 inverter IGBT section (see Figure 4.3.23).
Remove the fuse.
c. Loosen and remove the two hex head screws securing the IGBT
module interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate
above the DC bus capacitor bank.
d. Loosen and remove the eight hex head screws that secure the IGBT
module interconnecting bus to the four IGBT modules (see Figure
4.3.23 on page 4.3.29).
NOTE: Handle the IGBT module interconnecting bus with care. Do not
apply power to the drive controller if the interconnecting bus is damaged
or scratched. Contact Square D for replacement.
e. Loosen and remove the two screws securing the temperature switch
to the heatsink.
f.
Remove the two wires from the old temperature switch and install on
the new 68 °C switch.
g. Reinstall the temperature switch on the heatsink and secure with two
screws. Torque to 6 lb-in (0.7 N•m).
h. Position the IGBT module interconnecting bus over the four IGBT
modules and install the eight power terminal screws.
DO NOT TIGHTEN YET!
i.
Install the two hex head screws to secure the IGBT module
interconnecting bus to the white laminated DC bus plate above the
DC bus capacitor bank. Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
j.
Torque the eight IGBT module power terminal screws securing the
interconnecting bus to 27 lb-in (3.0 N•m).
k. Install the DC bus fuse over the terminals on the IGBT module
interconnecting bus and the white laminated DC bus plate. Install the
two hex screws and torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
l.
Install the two snubber boards as described in the procedure on
page 4.3.33.
m. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.96
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.30
Replacing a Discharge Resistor
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.30 Replacing a Discharge Resistor
There are two discharge resistors located in the lower right corner of the
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive controllers below the precharge contactor (see
Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6 and Figure 4.3.51). The replacement parts kit
contains a single resistor.
This procedure explains how to replace the discharge resistors for the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
• Loss of strength
ATV66C23N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C28N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C31N4
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Discharge Resistor No.
VZ3R1K2W480
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
Discharge Resistor
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
Figure 4.3.51: Discharge Resistor
2. Remove all five DC bus capacitor assemblies as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.73.
3. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the insulation barrier
behind the capacitor assemblies and the input air duct assembly that
serves as the supporting tray for all of the capacitor assemblies. Remove
the insulation and the input air duct assembly from the drive controller.
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that secures the sense wire to
the precharge contactor lower bus where it connects to the capacitor
bank laminated bus plate. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that
secures the precharge contactor lower bus to the laminated plate.
5. Loosen and remove the hex head screws, nut and washers that secure
the precharge contactor lower bus. Let the bus hang down out of the way.
6. Loosen and remove the hex head screw that secures the upper discharge
resistor wire to the end of the riser bar where it meets the capacitor bank
laminated bus plate.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.97
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.30 Replacing a Discharge Resistor
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
7. Loosen and remove the screws that secure the discharge resistor bracket
to the back panel.
8. Loosen and remove the screw and nut that secures the lower discharge
resistor wire to the resistor assembly. Remove the resistor assembly from
the drive controller.
9. Loosen and remove the screw and nut that secures the upper discharge
resistor wire (DCR-B) to the resistor assembly. Remove the wire.
10. Loosen and remove the screws that secure the resistor to the bracket.
11. On the new resistor, install the Teflon insulating washers and the
mounting brackets in the ends of the resistor. Secure the resistor back on
the panel with the screws removed in step 10, replacing the bracket
stiffeners if needed. Make sure the stiffeners are flush with the mounting
brackets. Make sure that the holes in the end straps line up with those on
the parallel resistor. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
12. Repeat steps 10 and 11 if the other resistor needs to be replaced. This
will require a second replacement parts kit.
13. Install the upper discharge resistor wire (DCR-B) on end of the resistor
assembly away from the round notch in the bracket. Be sure to
connect the end straps of both resistors. Torque screw and nut to
36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
14. Install the resistor assembly back into the drive controller. Install the
screw and nut that secures the lower discharge resistor wire to the
resistor assembly. Torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
15. Secure the discharge resistor bracket to the back panel with two hex head
screws and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
16. Secure the upper discharge resistor wire to the end of the riser bar where
it meets the capacitor bank laminate bus plate. Torque hex head screw to
36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
17. Secure the lower bus to the precharge contactor with hex head screws,
nuts and washers. Torque to 291 lb-in (33.0 N•m).
18. Secure the precharge contactor lower bus to the laminated bus plate and
torque the hex head screw to 148 lb-in (16.7 N•m). Secure the sense wire
to the precharge contactor lower bus with a hex head screw and torque
to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
19. Install the input air duct assembly into the drive controller. Install the
insulation barrier between the air duct assembly and the fan shroud,
lining up the four mounting holes in the insulation barrier with the top four
mounting holes in the air duct assembly. The left end of the insulation
should be flush with the left side of the drive controller. The top of the
insulation barrier should angle over the DC bus capacitor assemblies
when they are installed. Installation the hex head screws to secure the air
duct assembly and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
20. Reinstall the five DC bus capacitor assemblies as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.73.
21. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.98
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4.3.31
Replacing the Heatsink Fan
NOTE: When you need to replace lost or
damaged hardware, use only hardware that
matches the original factory specifications.
Use of fasteners that do not meet factory
specifications can create hazards. Some
examples of are:
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
There are two heatsink fans in the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 drive controllers
(see Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6). Each heatsink fan has an associated
starting capacitor mounted in the lower right-hand corner of the drive
controller. The replacement parts kit contains one fan and one capacitor.
This procedure explains how to replace the heatsink fan and capacitor in the
following drive controllers:
Drive Controller No.
• Loss of strength
ATV66C23N4
• Mechanical interference
ATV66C28N4
• Loss of electrical clearances or isolation
ATV66C31N4
Factory hardware is available in kit no.
VY1ADV614.
Heatsink Fan No.
VZ3V666
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Read “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the precaution
statement on the inside cover of this bulletin before performing any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedure.
The tools needed for this procedure are:
• Set of magnetized flat blade screwdrivers
• Hex key set, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Torque wrench
• Hex key sockets for torque wrench, 2 to 14 mm
• Socket set for torque wrench, 5.5 to 14 mm
• Flat blade screwdriver sockets for torque wrench
• Needle nose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Wire strippers
• Butt splice crimp tool
• Utility knife
• Plastic tie wraps
• Electrical tape
• 18–22 gauge insulated butt splices
With the drive controller door open:
1. Measure the bus voltage (if not already performed) as described in
section 5 of this bulletin.
2. Remove all five DC bus capacitor assemblies as described in the
procedure on page 4.3.73.
3. Loosen and remove the screws securing the horizontal wire tray secured
on the side of the controller frame just in front of the fan starting
capacitors (see Figure 4.3.4 on page 4.3.8). Remove the wire tray or let
it hang down out of the way.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.99
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
4. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the insulation barrier
behind the capacitor assemblies and the input air duct assembly that
serves as the supporting tray for all of the capacitor assemblies. Remove
the insulation and the input air duct assembly from the drive controller.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the white laminated bus plate above the
bus capacitor banks. See Figure 4.3.38 on page 4.3.70. Do not apply
power to the drive controller if bus plate is damaged or scratched. Contact
Square D for replacement.
5. In order to remove the metal fan shroud installed in front of the two
heatsink fans, it will be necessary to remove the white wire trough
installed on its left end. This wire trough is secured to the fan shroud with
several screws. To remove the wire trough, snap off its cover. Use a knife
to score the corner of the wire trough where the front and side panels
meet. Use a pair of pliers and tear off the outer panel of the wire trough
to access the mounting screws. Loosen and remove the mounting
screws. Remove the wire trough.
NOTE: This procedure will make the wire trough unusable. A new one is
provided in the replacement parts kit.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE – SEPARATE POWER
• Separate power may be present in the wiring within the white wire
trough mounted adjacent to the heatsink fan.
• Consult drive controller wiring diagrams and verify that all power has
been removed.
• Do not damage wiring when removing and installing the wire trough.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
6. Loosen and remove the hex head screws that secure the metal fan
shroud installed in front of the two heatsink fans. Remove the fan shroud.
7. If only one fan is being replaced, put an identifying mark (such as colored
electrical tape) on the fan wire that is connected to terminal 5 near its
connection to terminal block TB2 (see Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6). This
wire should be reattached to the same terminal during reassembly.
Loosen the top screws of terminals 1, 2, 4, and 5 on TB2 and remove the
fan wires (see Figure 4.3.52).
black
4
Fan
Cap
5
6
TB2
brown
blue
3
brown
2
blue
1
brown
Heatsink Fan
blue
brown
blue
black
Heatsink Fan
Fan
Cap
Figure 4.3.52: Heatsink Fan Wiring
4.3.100
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
8. Clip the wire ties that secure the fan wires to the drive controller frame.
Pull both sets of wires through the grommets just below the discharge
resistors. Pull heatsink fan assembly from the drive controller.
9. To replace the heatsink fan in the assembly:
a. Cut the plastic wire ties securing the wires of the fan that is being
removed.
b. Locate the electrical butt splices on the three wires. Cut the three
wires on the side of the butt splice away from the fan, as close to the
butt splice as possible. Save the three loose wires for installation on
the new fan.
c. Loosen and remove the screws securing the fan box to the front cover.
d. Loosen and remove the hex head screws securing the fan to the
fan box.
e. Remove the old fan from the box, pulling wires through rear
access hole.
f.
Install new fan into the box, routing wires through the rear
access hole.
g. Secure fan to box with hex head screws and torque to
18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
h. Secure the fan box back onto the front cover. Torque screws to
36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
i.
Make sure fan spins freely.
j.
Using a plastic wire tie, secure the fan wires to the T-shaped tab by
the rear access hole.
k. Repeat steps a-j if the other heatsink fan is also being replaced.
l.
Wire tie both sets of fan wires back out to the end of the assembly.
m. Cut the wires for the new fan(s) to length about 7 inches (18 cm) from
the end of the fan assembly.
n. Strip insulation from the end of the new fan wires and from the end of
the three loose wires cut off in step b. Butt splice the new wires and
the loose wires together following the color code: black to black, blue
to blue, and brown to brown. Wrap each butt splice connection with
electrical tape.
o. If only one fan is being replaced, determine if its brown wire has the
identifying mark or not. This will determine which capacitor to change
in step 12.
10. As the heatsink fan assembly is reinstalled into the drive controller, route
both sets of wires back through the grommets. Take care not to pinch or
damage the fan wires. Position the fan shroud over the fan assembly.
Secure the fan shroud and the heatsink fan assembly with screws and
torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
NOTE: The four screws inside the fan shroud are not hex head screws.
11. Reinstall the wires (per Figure 4.3.52 on page 4.3.100). If only one fan
was replaced, put the brown wire with the identifying mark in terminal 5.
Make sure the jumper between terminals 2 and 3 is in place. Torque the
screws to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m). Secure the two fan wires and the discharge
resistor wire to the frame with plastic wire ties.
12. Replace the capacitor(s) for the fan(s) that were just replaced (see Figure
4.3.52). If only one fan is being replaced and if the new fan’s brown wire
has the identifying mark, replace the capacitor connected to TB2
terminals 3 and 5. Otherwise, replace the capacitor connected to TB2
terminals 3 and 4. The capacitors are located directly below TB2 (see
Figure 4.3.2 on page 4.3.6). Loosen the wiring from TB2. Loosen and
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
4.3.101
Section 4.3–Replacement Part Change Out Instructions ATV66C23N4—C31N4
4.3.31 Replacing the Heatsink Fan
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
remove the nut securing the capacitor from the bracket. Install the new
capacitor and torque the nut to 35 lb-in (3.9 N•m). Reinstall the wiring (per
Figure 4.3.52) and torque terminals to 18 lb-in (2.0 N•m).
13. Reinstall the horizontal wire tray onto the side of the controller frame just
in front of the fan starting capacitors (see Figure 4.3.4 on page 4.3.8).
Torque the screws to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
14. Install new white wire trough around user wiring located just to the left of
the fan shroud. If possible, secure with screws. Snap cover over wire
trough.
15. Install the input air duct assembly into the drive controller. Install the
insulation barrier between the air duct assembly and the fan shroud,
lining up the four mounting holes in the insulation barrier with the top four
mounting holes in the air duct assembly. The left end of the insulation
should be flush with the left side of the drive controller. The top of the
insulation barrier should angle over the bus capacitor assemblies when
they are installed. Installation the hex head screws to secure the air duct
assembly and torque to 36 lb-in (4.0 N•m).
16. Reinstall the five bus capacitor assemblies as described in the procedure
on page 4.3.73.
17. Close the drive controller door.
4.3.102
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
SECTION 5
BASIC PROCEDURES
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Contents
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING STORED ENERGY IN
CAPACITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
PROCEDURE 3: INPUT LINE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . 5.5
PROCEDURE 4: CHECKING PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
PROCEDURE 5: VALIDATION AFTER REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
PROCEDURE 6: CHECKING FAN OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 7: CLEANING HEATSINKS AND AIR PASSAGES . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 8: RUNNING THE DRIVE CONTROLLER FROM CONTROL
POWER ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL . . . 5.10
PROCEDURE 10: OUTPUT MOTOR VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT . . 5.11
PROCEDURE 11: OUTPUT MOTOR CURRENT MEASUREMENT . . 5.11
TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
LOCAL SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
FACTORY TELEPHONE SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
FACTORY REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
ON-SITE REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.1
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Procedure 1: Bus Voltage Measurement
PRECAUTIONS
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
This section contains basic procedures that are referenced throughout this
manual. Read the safety statement below before proceeding with any
maintenance or troubleshooting procedures.
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Remove all power before performing this procedure.
• Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” in
section 5.
Failure to follow these instructions will cause shock or burn,
resulting in death or serious injury.
PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• This product contains energy storage devices. Read and understand
the bus voltage measurement procedure before proceeding.
Measurement of DC bus capacitor voltage must be performed by
qualified personnel.
• DC bus LED is not an accurate indication of absence of DC bus
voltage.
• DO NOT short across capacitors or touch unshielded components or
terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
• Many parts in this drive controller, including printed wiring boards,
operate at line voltage. DO NOT TOUCH. Use only electrically
insulated tools.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
The PA and (–) terminals are located inside the drive controller (see
Figure 5. 1 on page 5.3). To measure the bus capacitor voltage:
1. Disconnect and verify all power is removed from drive controller.
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Open the front cover of the drive controller.
4. Set the voltmeter to the 1000 VDC scale. Measure the bus capacitor
voltage between the PA and (–)terminals to verify the DC voltage is less
than 45 V. Do not short across capacitor terminals with voltage
present!
5. If the bus capacitors are not fully discharged, – do not operate the drive
controller.
6. If controller is to be serviced, refer to “PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS” on page 5.4. Otherwise, contact
your local Square D representative.
5.2
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Bus Voltage Measurement
L1
L2
L3
AI2-U
AI2-I
F1
F2
L1
L3
L2
PB
-
F6
PA
F5
ICE
NOT
PA
F3
—
L1
L2
L3
+
4
— U/T1V/T2 W/T3
DANGER
–
PA
ATV66C10N4 to C19N4
ATV66C23N4 to C31N4
Figure 5.1:
Location of PA and (–)Terminals
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.3
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Procedure 2: Discharging Stored Energy in Capacitors
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
PROCEDURE 2: DISCHARGING
STORED ENERGY IN CAPACITORS
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE -- STORED ENERGY
Some capacitors used in drive controller store sufficient energy at voltage
levels that can pose serious SHOCK, BURN or EXPLOSION effects if
their terminal connections are contacted or capacitors are improperly
discharged.
• Following procedure is for use only in event that normal capacitor
discharge means are not operational.
• Read and understand following procedure before attempting to
discharge stored energy in capacitor or group of capacitors.
• Wear protective equipment as recommended in “WORK PRACTICE
PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 of this document.
• Use only electrically insulated tools.
• DO NOT short across capacitors or touch unshielded components or
terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
Capacitors are used throughout the ATV66 drive controllers as energy
storage devices. Some of the capacitors can store potentially lethal amounts
of energy at hazardous voltage levels during normal controller operation.
Such capacitors are associated with the power circuit and include, but are not
limited to, the following categories.
• DC bus capacitors
• Line filter capacitors
• IGBT snubber capacitors found on power and snubber boards
• Inverter IGBT and dynamic braking voltage clamping capacitors
• Power board power supply capacitors
When power is removed from an undamaged controller the stored energy in
these capacitors is automatically discharged to nonhazardous levels.
However, the discharge mechanisms in a damaged controller may not be
operating properly and stored energy may be present.
If voltage is present across any power circuit capacitor in the controller, use
the following procedure to discharge stored energy.
• Capacitors whose capacitance is no greater than 10 microfarad:
— Capacitors which are included in this category are line filter capacitors,
IGBT snubber capacitors and IGBT voltage clamping capacitors. Use
a voltmeter set to the 1000 Vdc scale to discharge the capacitors. It will
take approximately 6.6 minutes for a 10 megohm input impedance
voltmeter to discharge a 10 microfarad capacitor from 700 V to less
than to 50 V. It will take approximately 40 seconds for a 1 megohm
input impedance voltmeter to discharge a 10 microfarad capacitor
from 700 V to less than 50 V.
— For snubber and voltage clamping capacitors, connect the voltmeter
directly across the capacitor terminals to discharge the stored energy.
For line filter capacitors, connect the voltmeter as indicated in section
4, “Replacing the Line Filter Board”, for the controller being serviced.
5.4
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Procedure 3: Input Line Voltage Measurement
• Capacitors whose capacitance is greater than 10 microfarad:
— Capacitors which are included in this category are the DC bus
capacitors and power board power supply capacitors. Discharge of
these capacitors should occur automatically once power is removed
from the controller.
— In the case of the DC bus capacitors, this is accomplished primarily by
discharge resistors that are switched onto the DC bus when power is
removed from the controller. The primary discharge means can
discharge the DC bus to less than 50 V in 60 seconds. For the power
board power supply capacitors, this is accomplished by the drive
controller switch mode power supplies. This primary discharge means
can discharge the power board capacitor to less than 50 V in 5
seconds.
— If the primary discharge means is not operating, a secondary
discharge means consisting of balancing resistors can discharge the
capacitors. The DC bus capacitor balancing resistors should
discharge the controller capacitor bank to less than 50 V in 15 minutes.
The power board balancing resistors can discharge the power board
power supply capacitors to less than 50 V in 60 seconds.
— In the unlikely event that both the primary and secondary discharge
means have failed, the capacitor can be discharged using a load bank
constructed by connecting seven 120 V, 60 W lamps in series. The
load bank should be connected across the capacitor until the capacitor
voltage has been reduced to less than 50 V.
PROCEDURE 3: INPUT LINE VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT
To measure the input line voltage:
1. Perform Bus Voltage Measurement procedure (see page 5.2).
2. Attach meter leads to L1 and L2. Set voltmeter to the 600 VAC scale.
3. Reapply power and check for correct line voltage, per drive controller
nameplate rating.
4. Remove power and repeat procedure for L2 and L3, and L1 and L3.
5. When all phases have been measured, remove power. Remove meter
leads and reinstall covers.
PROCEDURE 4: CHECKING
PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT
The following equipment may need to be checked. Follow the manufacturer’s
procedures when checking this equipment.
1. A protective device such as fuse or circuit breaker may have tripped.
2. A switching device such as a contactor may not be closing at the correct
time.
3. Conductors may require repair or replacement.
4. Connection of cables to the motor, DB resistor or connections to ground
may need to be checked. Follow NEMA standard procedure WC-53.
5. Motor insulation may need to be checked. Follow NEMA standard
procedure MG-1. Do not apply high voltage to drive controller output
terminals (U/T1, V/T2 or W/T3). Do not connect high potential dielectric
test equipment or insulation resistance tester to the drive controller since
the test voltages utilized may damage the drive controller. Always
disconnect the motor leads from the drive controller output terminals
before performing such tests.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.5
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Procedure 5: Validation After Repair
PROCEDURE 5: VALIDATION AFTER
REPAIR
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Conduct the validation after repair to ensure the drive controller is working
properly prior to returning it to service.
1. Following the instructions in “Checking the Power Part of the Drive
Controller” in section 3, check the following and make the necessary
repairs if problems are found:
— DC bus fuses
— Diode bridge
— DC bus
— Precharge resistor
— Inverter bridge
— DB IGBT module
— DB Diode module
2. Connect the controller to a test bench consisting of the following devices.
• A power source of appropriate current, voltage and frequency for the
controller. The test bench power source should be equipped with a
disconnect switch dimensioned for the power source and recommended
input fuses of a type and current rating as indicated on the controller
nameplate.
• A test motor whose voltage and frequency match the controller output
rating. The motor power rating should be greater than 20% but not
exceeding 100% of the controller power rating.
• A means for switching the logic inputs and providing an analog reference
to the controller as described in VDOC06S304_.
• A dynamic braking resistor (if applicable) selected according to the
selection chart in VDOC06S304_.
The test bench should be constructed in accordance with NFPA 70 and
OSHA standards.
In the event that a test bench is not available, it may be possible to use
the actual controller installation for check-out of the controller using some
or all of the following procedures. Check the suitability of the actual
installation prior to performing any procedures.
Read the “WORK PRACTICE PRECAUTIONS” in section 1 and the
precaution statement on the inside cover of this manual before
performing any of the following procedures.
3. Perform “PROCEDURE 8: RUNNING THE DRIVE CONTROLLER
FROM CONTROL POWER ONLY” on page 5.8.
4. From the drive initialization mode, reset the unit to the factory settings.
5. Perform the following:
a. Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI2 = 1 (forward)
— AI1 + AI2 = 0 V (reference)
— The motor should remain stationary.
b. Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI2 = 1 (forward)
— AI1 = 0 to 10 V (reference)
— The motor accelerates up to 60 Hz.
5.6
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Procedure 5: Validation After Repair
c. Set the following:
— LI1 = 0 (run)
— LI2 = 1 (forward)
— AI1 = 10 V (reference)
— The motor should freewheel to a stop.
d. Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI3 = 1 (reverse)
— AI1 = 10 V (reference)
— The motor accelerates up to 60 Hz. in reverse.
e. Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI2 = 1 (forward)
— LI3 = 1 (reverse)
— AI1 = 10V (reference)
— The motor speed remains constant.
f.
Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI2 = 1 (forward)
— LI3 = 0 (reverse)
— AI1 = 10 V (reference)
— The motor slows down and accelerates in the other direction.
g. Set the following:
— LI1 = 1 (run)
— LI2 = 0 (forward)
— LI3 = 0 (reverse)
— AI1 = 10 V (reference)
— The motor should stop in accordance with the deceleration ramp.
6. Reduce the ramp time to 0.1 seconds (acceleration and deceleration).
During transient operation, check that the yellow indicator lamp on the
controller is lit.
7. Check that the dynamic brake IGBT is operating correctly (if applicable),
either by noting that the current to the dynamic braking resistor is present,
or by connecting the series combination of a LED and a 66 kΩ resistor in
parallel with the dynamic brake resistor.
8. Check whether the motor current displayed on the keypad display is
consistent with the nominal motor current. Measure the motor current at
5 Hz, 20 Hz, and 60 Hz.
9. Conduct an “endurance” test using the Process Cycle function available
with the additional I/O card option (if installed). See User’s Manual
VD0C06T306 for more information. Test the drive controller for about an
hour.
10. Return to the total factory settings configuration.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.7
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Procedure 6: Checking Fan Operation
PROCEDURE 6: CHECKING FAN
OPERATION
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
All controllers are equipped with fans for cooling. Refer to VDOC06S304_ for
air intake and exhaust locations on the controller. In addition, the drive
controllers are equipped with air stirring fans to maintain air flow over internal
components.
To check the controller main heatsink fans, check the air flow from the
controller exhaust louvers (free fan air flow values are found in
VDOC06S304_ for each controller under the section entitled “Ventilation”).
Absolute air velocity measurements are difficult to perform and instrument
dependent. However, a comparison of flow velocity between the controller
under test and a properly operating controller can be done using hand-held
anemometer. Pass the anemometer over the exhaust of each controller and
compare the velocity readings. Generally, a controller with a damaged or
blocked fan or air passage will have a significantly diminished flow rate which
will be visible from the anemometer readings.
Stirring fans should be visually inspected. Look for damaged impellers,
blocked or binding impellers, or incorrect installation following repair (check
flow direction arrows).
PROCEDURE 7: CLEANING
HEATSINKS AND AIR PASSAGES
Cleaning heatsink passages generally requires some amount of controller
disassembly. All cleaning operations must be done with all power
removed from the controller.
• Cleaning the heatsink air passages is generally not required due to the
normal operating velocity of the air. However, if cleaning is required, the
main fan should be removed. Follow the procedures for fan replacement
in section 4. Use a compressed air jet applied to the exhaust opening of
the controller to blow dirt and debris from the heatsink passages. Debris
blown into the fan cavity can be removed with a vacuum hose.
PROCEDURE 8: RUNNING THE DRIVE
CONTROLLER FROM CONTROL
POWER ONLY
To run the drive controller from control power only:
1. Disconnect and verify that all power is removed from the drive controller.
Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” on page 5.2
of this manual.
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Open the front cover of the drive controller.
4. Remove the CL1 and CL2 jumpers (refer to VDOC06S304_ “REMOVAL
OF CL1 AND CL2 JUMPERS” for location and removal procedures) if
present in the controller. For Class 8839 controllers, remove the
conductors connected to the CL1 and CL2 controller terminals. Insulate
and tape the disconnected conductors.
5. Remove the recommended user-supplied power fuses in series with the
L1, L2, and L3 line terminals of the controller from their respective fuse
holders.
6. Connect a #10 AWG, (600 V insulation) jumper conductor between CL1
terminal of the controller and the user-supplied L1 line-side power fuse
terminal.
7. Connect a #10 AWG, (600V insulation) jumper conductor between CL2
terminal of the controller and the user-supplied L2 line-side power fuse
terminal.
8. Close the drive controller cover.
9. Apply power to the controller.
10. After the drive controller displays “Undervoltage” on the keypad display
screen, press “Enter” on the keypad display.
11. The controller is now ready for operation with control power applied.
5.8
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Procedure 8: Running the Controller from Control Power Only
NOTE: If controller settings are changed during testing, record the
original settings for restoration after completion of testing.
To restore the drive controller once testing is complete:
1. Disconnect and verify that all power is removed from the drive controller.
Follow “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT” on page 5.2
of this manual.
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Open the front cover of the drive controller.
4. Disconnect the jumper conductor between CL1 terminal of the controller
and the user-supplied L1 line-side power fuse terminal.
5. Disconnect the jumper conductor between CL2 terminal of the controller
and the user-supplied L2 line-side power fuse terminal.
6. Replace the CL1 and CL2 jumpers (refer to VDOC06S304_ “REMOVAL
OF CL1 AND CL2 JUMPERS” for location and replacement procedures)
if previously present in the controller. For Class 8839 controllers, replace
the conductors previously connected to the CL1 and CL2 controller
terminals.
7. Replace the recommended user-supplied power fuses in series with the
L1, L2, and L3 line terminals of the controller from their respective fuse
holders.
8. Close the drive controller cover.
9. Apply power to the controller.
NOTE: If other controller settings were changed during testing, return the
settings to those recorded prior to testing.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.9
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Procedure 9: Checking the Firmware Revision Level
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
PROCEDURE 9: CHECKING THE
FIRMWARE REVISION LEVEL
To check the firmware revision level with the drive controller powered up:
NOTE: Press the ▼ key of the keypad once to
display additional information, if available, about
the firmware version installed.
2. Read the firmware version from the upper right corner of the Drive
Identification screen.
1. Press the ESC key one or more times to access the Drive Identification
screen.
DRIVE IDENTIFICATION
ATV66C10N4, CT V3.2
POWER: 75 kW/100 HP
In=124.0 A Imax=186.0 A
SUPPLY: 400-460 V
Firmware version
ENT TO CONTINUE
DANGER
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
• Read and understand and perform “PROCEDURE 1: BUS VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT” on page 5.2 before identifying the firmware version.
Measurement of DC bus capacitor voltage must be performed by
qualified personnel.
• The DC bus LED is not an accurate indication of absence of DC bus
voltage.
• DO NOT short across capacitors or touch unshielded components or
terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
• Many parts in this drive controller, including printed wring boards,
operate at line voltage. DO NOT TOUCH. Use only electrically
insulated tools.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious
injury.
To check the firmware revision level with drive controller not powered up:
1. Disconnect and verify that all power is removed from the drive controller
(including any power present on J22, J23 and J24 terminals of the I/O
extension module, if installed).
2. Wait one minute to allow the DC bus to discharge.
3. Perform the bus voltage measurement procedure listed at the beginning
of this section.
Sticker
AI2-U
4. If the drive controller is equipped with an I/O extension module or
communication carrier module, first remove the module by loosening the
two mounting screws. (On the I/O extension module, also unplug the
separable connectors J22, J23 and J24 from the bottom of the module.)
Read the firmware version from the sticker on the front of the control
basket.
5. Record the firmware revision number from the chip.
AI2-I
6. Replace the plastic cover over the firmware chip.
Figure 5.2:
5.10
Control Basket—Location of
Firmware Identification Sticker
7. Reinstall the module (as required, see note in Step 4).
8. Close the drive controller cover.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
PROCEDURE 10: OUTPUT
MOTOR VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Procedure 10: Output Motor Voltage Measurement
To measure output motor voltage:
1. Perform the Bus Voltage Measurement procedure beginning on page 5.2.
2. Attach meter leads to U/T1 and V/T2. Set the voltmeter to the 600 VAC
scale.
3. Reapply power and run the drive controller with the motor connected.
Record the measured motor voltage.
4. Remove power and repeat the procedure for V/T2, W/T3, and U/T1.
5. When all phases have been measured, remove power. Remove the
meter leads and reinstall covers.
PROCEDURE 11: OUTPUT
MOTOR CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
Use this procedure to measure the current flowing from the drive controller
to the motor.
1. Perform the bus voltage measurement procedure beginning on page 5.2.
2. On drive controller panels with a bypass option, determine whether the
measurement needed is from the ATV66 power converter or from the AC
supply line through the bypass contactor. Set the panel operators to the
appropriate control mode before performing the measurement. In multimotor applications, determine whether the measurement needed is drive
controller output current or an individual motor’s current. Select the
appropriate measurement point.
3. Locate an insulated section of the three output motor leads that will allow
a fully-insulated clamp-on current probe to be conveniently and safely
installed while the motor is operating without having to handle the motor
leads. If the motor leads need to be physically moved to install the
probe, stop the drive controller and remove power before installing
or removing the clamp-on probe.
4. Place the clamp-on current probe around the first of the three motor
leads. With the motor running, record the measured AC motor current.
5. Repeat step 3 for the other two motor leads with the motor running under
the same load conditions.
6. When all three phases have been measured, reinstall all covers and
close the drive controller door.
TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS
To order replacement parts, call your local Square D Distributor with the
catalog numbers referenced in the manual.
Distributor Name:______________________________________
Distributor Phone Number:_______________________________
LOCAL SUPPORT
Call you local Square D Field Office for drive application assistance as well
as price and delivery information on replacement equipment. For a list of
phone numbers, see back cover of the Square D Digest.
Field Office Phone Number:______________________________
FACTORY TELEPHONE SUPPORT
Call Square D’s AC Drives Product Support Group (phone 919-266-8600,
FAX 919-217-6508) for ATV66 troubleshooting support. When placing a call,
please have the following information available:
1. Drive catalog number, available from nameplate on drive heatsink or from
drive identification screen on keypad display (Example: ATV66C10N4U).
2. If drive was enclosed by Square D, provide catalog number from
enclosure nameplate.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.11
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Factory Repair
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
(Example of free standing enclosure: 8839 66UTA4VFA11, M09, A16,
G16, L16, P16, R16, T16.
Example of MCC enclosure: 8898 M6BVV156AB M09, A16, AG16, T2,
P16, T16, N16).
3. Information on how the drive is applied (type of load, motor, power
distribution, etc.).
4. Drive installation environment (enclosure type, ambient
temperature, etc.).
5. Control wiring diagrams.
6. All user’s installation and configuration manuals.
7. This service and troubleshooting manual.
8. Listing of how drive is configured.
9. Listing of last eight faults from fault history menu.
10. History of drive and difficulties experienced.
11. Information on troubleshooting steps already taken.
Contact the AC Drives Product Support group by e-mail at:
[email protected].
5.12
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
Section 5—Basic Procedures
Factory Repair
FACTORY REPAIR
To arrange for your drive to be repaired at our factory, call your Square D
Distributor.
ON-SITE REPAIR
To arrange for factory-trained repair technician to repair your drive at your
site, call Square D’s Field Service Organization at 1-800-634-2003.
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
5.13
Section 5—Basic Procedure
Factory Repair
5.14
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702
July 2000
© 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
ALTIVAR® 66 Adjustable Speed Drive Controllers
Service and Troubleshooting Manual
Square D Company
8001 Highway 64 East
Knightdale, NC 27545-9023
1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
www.squared.com
Electrical equipment should be serviced only by qualified electrical maintenance personnel. No
responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this
material.
Bulletin No. VD0C06S702 July 2000 © 2000 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved.

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project